Home

Canon PIXMA iP110 User Guide Manual

1. Note If you need to turn off the printer to remove jammed paper during printing press the RESUME CANCEL button to cancel print jobs before turning off the printer 1 Pull the paper out slowly either from the rear tray or from the paper output slot whichever is easier Hold the paper with your hands then pull the paper out slowly not to tear it DJ Note e If you cannot pull the paper out turn the printer off and turn it back on The paper may be ejected automatically e If the paper tears and you cannot remove the jammed paper from the paper output slot or the rear tray remove the paper from inside the printer Paper Is Jammed inside the Printer 2 Reload the paper and press the RESUME CANCEL button on the printer If you turned off the printer in step 1 all print jobs in the queue are canceled Reprint if necessary Note e When reloading the paper confirm that you are using the paper suited for printing and are loading it correctly e We recommend you use paper other than A5 sized one to print documents with photos or graphics otherwise the printout may curl and cause paper exit jams Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 484 If you cannot remove the paper or the paper tears inside the printer or if the paper jam error continues after removing the paper contact the service center Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 485 Paper Is Jammed inside the Printer If the jammed pape
2. CES Is the paper curled Load the paper after correcting its curl Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 489 1000 Cause There is no paper in the rear tray Action Load paper in the rear tray and press the printer s RESUME CANCEL button Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 490 1200 Cause The print head cover is open Action Close the print head cover and wait for a while Do not close it while you are replacing an ink tank 3 Important e When you replace the ink tank do not touch the print head lock lever Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 491 1401 Cause The print head may be damaged Action Contact the service center Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 492 1403 Cause The print head may be damaged Action Contact the service center Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 493 1405 Cause The print head may be damaged Action Contact the service center Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 494 1410 Cause The ink tank cannot be recognized Action Open the print head cover and check that the ink tank which lamp is off is installed properly If the front innermost part of the ink tank is sticking up push down on the Canon logo on the ink tank to install it properly If the ink lamp is off even though the ink tank is installed properly replace the ink tank Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 495
3. Note e Changing the network settings with the USB cable temporarily may switch the default printer In this case reset Set as Default Printer Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 192 Changing the WPA WPA2 Detailed Settings Note e This screen is not available depending on the printer you are using To change the wireless network settings of the printer connect the printer and the computer with a USB cable temporarily If you modify the wireless network settings of the computer over wireless connection without USB connection your computer may not be able to communicate with the machine after modifying the settings The example screenshots in this section refer to the WPA detailed settings 1 Start up IJ Network Tool 2 Select the printer in Printers When the printer is connected to the computer with a USB cable temporarily select the printer with USBnnn where n is a number appearing in the Port Name column 3 Select Configuration from the Settings menu 4 Click the Wireless LAN tab 5 Select Use WPA WPA2 in Encryption Method and click Configuration The WPA WPA2 Details screen is displayed If encryption is not set to the printer the Authentication Type Confirmation screen is displayed Go to step 7 6 Click Change Settings The currert settings for chert authentication ere as follows To change the settings cick Change Settings Authentication Type PSK Dynamic Encrypti
4. c2cectdee tie deed eee de ede e een betebateede ed 141 Cleaning the Print Heads from Your Computer csi ode naan ned eauue dined oder adeadss 142 Cleaning the Paper Feed Rollers from Your Computer 000 000 eee eee 144 Aligning ihe Print SG s amp s ae aanca aid kad ata wee dod dae aed ald hh dn BALA debe eee ee ad 145 Aligning the Print Head Position from Your Computer 0 00000 e eee eee 146 Aligning the Print Head Position Manually from Your Computer 000e ee eee 147 Use Your Computer to Print a Nozzle Check Pattern 0 0 0 0 0 cc cece ees 151 Cleaning inside the PNMOL oo erari rorreri nii ieaaweeLadde teas a E aaa 152 Cleaning the PrN i6202c3endestrdSeardstnoegeride tot A E E A 153 Cleaning the Exterior of the PAMER cca rosriscrryoraaada dian ii dad sandok edie baaa i 154 Cleaning the Paper Feed Rollefis c c220 cee ee ee ean eee eee eee ade eel daee ee aes 155 Cleaning the Inside of the Printer Bottom Plate Cleaning 02 000 eee eee eee 156 Changing the Printer Settings 2 200s 055c csedededendeanedeedbecceds chdducn 158 Changing Printer Settings from Your Computer a a saasaa asana aaaea 159 Changing ihe Print OPUONS lt c002 lt cctdcecceeetd ited EEEREN PNE A seeds EE 160 Registering a Frequently Used Printing Profile nnana anaana anaa 161 Setting the Ink Usage Cont ex s scene Hebe ede doe trido riitit edirne deire 163 Managing the Primer POWRR aia stata dain a eta ito
5. Can be used with genuine Canon ink ES Properties This screen displays the status of the printer that is currently selected You can check how much ink is remaining or details about an error that occurred You can also access the ink purchasing site and the Online Manual 33 Important The Properties displayed may differ from the actual status at the display time depending on the printer status Manage jobs This screen displays the print status and the print history You can check the print status by looking at Status list and the print history by looking at History You can also cancel print jobs and delete history information To cancel or delete a job select that job and then select Cancel or Delete Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 59 Status Est History Updated date Mar 3 2014 4 56 AM Status Date of issue Details Canceled Mar 3 2014 4 20 AM Print CANON iMAGE G i Mar 3 2014 4 19 AM aS Print CANON IMAGE G Mar 3 2014 2 17 AM INVITE 5 Notices area This displays the latest notice Nothing is displayed in this area if there is no notice When you select Notice list you can display up to 40 items 6 Information area This display other information including the privacy statement and other companies licensing information 7 Global navigation area The User information Instructions and Log out buttons are displayed Press the User information to change the s
6. Paper Source Shows the source from which paper is supplied Rear Tray Paper is always supplied from the rear tray Copies Specifies the number of copies you want to print You can specify a value from 1 to 999 Important e When the application software that you used to create the document has the same function specify the settings on the printer driver However if the print results are not acceptable specify the function settings on the application software Always Print with Current Settings Prints documents with the current settings starting from the next print execution When you select this function and then close the printer driver setup window the information that you set on the Quick Setup Main and Page Setup tabs are saved and printing with the same settings is possible starting from the next print execution Important e If you log on with a different user name the settings that were set when this function was enabled are not reflected in the print settings e If a setting was specified on the application software it has priority Defaults Restores all the settings you have changed to their default values Click this button to return all settings on the Quick Setup Main and Page Setup tabs to their default values factory settings Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 359 Save Commonly Used Settings dialog box This dialog box allows you to save the information that you set on the Quick
7. Rear Tray Page Layout Normal size C Grayscale Printing C Duplex Printing Manual Copies File Menu Selects print operation and print history settings Print Prints the documents selected in the document list The printed documents are deleted from the list and when all documents are printed the Canon lJ XPS Preview closes This command has the same function as i Print on the toolbar and the Print in the print settings area Print All Documents Prints all documents in the document list and closes the Canon IJ XPS Preview Save Print History Switches whether the documents printed from the Canon IJ XPS Preview are to be saved as print history entries History Entry Limit Switches the maximum number of print history registrations Select 10 Entries 30 Entries or 100 Entries Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 390 Important e If the limit on the number of registration is exceeded the print history registrations are deleted starting from the oldest one Add documents from history to the list Adds the document saved in the print history to the document list Exit Ends the Canon IJ XPS Preview The documents remaining in the document list will be deleted from the list This command has the same function as the Exit in the print settings area Edit Menu Selects the method for editing multiple documents or pages Undo Reverses the previous change If the change cannot
8. To examine the connection performance between the printer and the access point or between the printer and the computer When you click the Connection Performance Measurement is displayed Connection Performance Measurement Screen Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 232 Connection Performance Measurement Screen gt Note e This screen is not available depending on the printer you are using Displays to execute the connection performance measurement Connection Performance Measurement Screen Initial Screen Connection Performance Measurement Screen Completion Screen Connection Performance Measurement Screen Initial Screen Click Next gt to start measurement Check that the printer is tumed on and cick Next When the connection peormance is poor place the printer closer to the access objects between Poor connection R wil take a couple of minutes to measure the conection performance You can cancel the operation while the measurement is in progress Connection Performance Measurement Screen Completion Screen Displays when the measurement is finished Connection Perfomance between the Printer and the Access Point et eee co 1 Cick Remeasuremernt to measure the performance again 2 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 233 1 Connection Performance between the Printer and the Access Point A mark indicates the result of the connection performance measureme
9. 1411 Cause The ink tank cannot be recognized Action Open the print head cover and check that the ink tank which lamp is off is installed properly If the front innermost part of the ink tank is sticking up push down on the Canon logo on the ink tank to install it properly If the ink lamp is off even though the ink tank is installed properly replace the ink tank Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 496 1600 Cause If the lamp on the ink tank is flashing ink may have run out Action Replacing the ink tank is recommended If printing is in progress and you want to continue printing press the printer s RESUME CANCEL button with the ink tank installed Then printing can continue Replacing the ink tank is recommended after the printing The printer may be damaged if printing is continued under the ink out condition DJ Note If multiple ink lamps are flashing red check the status of each ink tank Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 497 1660 Cause The ink tank is not installed Action Install the ink tank Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 498 1681 Cause More than one ink tanks of the same color are installed The lamp on the ink tank flashes Action Confirm that the ink tanks are installed in the appropriate positions Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 499 1687 Cause The print head lock lever is not locked or an ink tank is installed im
10. 2 Click Stamp Background on the Page Setup tab The Stamp Background dialog box opens 3 Select the background Check the Background check box and select the background to be used from the list The current settings are displayed in the settings preview on the left side of the Page Setup tab 4 Set the background details If necessary complete the following settings and then click OK Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 299 Select Background button To use another background or change the layout or density of a background click this Background first page only To print the background only on the first page check this check box 5 Complete the setup Click OK on the Page Setup tab When you execute print the data is printed with the specified background D Important e When Borderless is selected the Stamp Background Stamp button appears grayed out and is unavailable Note The stamp and background are not printed on blank sheets inserted with the Insert blank page function of booklet printing Related Topics Registering a Stamp Registering Image Data to be Used as a Background Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 300 Registering a Stamp This feature may be unavailable when certain printer drivers or operating environments are used You can create and register a new stamp You can also change and re register some of the settings of an existing sta
11. 2 Select Canon IJ Network Tool from the program list then click Uninstall If the User Account Control screen appears click Continue e In Windows 7 or Windows Vista 1 Click Start gt Control Panel gt Programs gt Programs and Features 2 Select Canon IJ Network Tool from the program list then click Uninstall If the User Account Control screen appears click Continue e In Windows XP 1 Click Start gt Control Panel gt Add or Remove Programs 2 Select Canon IJ Network Tool from the program list then click Remove 2 Click Yes when the confirmation message appears When the message prompting you to restart your computer is displayed click OK to restart your computer Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 469 About Errors Messages Displayed gt If an Error Occurs gt A Message Is Displayed Error Message Appears on a PictBridge Wireless LAN Compliant Device Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 470 If an Error Occurs When an error occurs in printing such as the printer is out of paper or paper is jammed a troubleshooting message is displayed automatically Take the appropriate action described in the message When an error occurs the Alarm lamp flashes and a Support Code error number is displayed on the computer screen For some errors the POWER lamp and the Alarm lamp flashes alternately Check the status of the lamps and the message then take the appropriate action to resolve the error
12. Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user s authority to operate equipment This transmitter must not be co located or operating in conjunction with any other antenna or transmitter The equipment complies with FCC radiation exposure limits for at uncontrolled equipment This equipment should be installed and operated with minimum distance at least 20cm between the radiator and persons body excluding extremities hands wrists feet and ankles and must not be colocated or operated with any other antenna or transmitter Canon U S A Inc One Canon Park Melville New York 11747 1 800 652 2666 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 89 Users in Canada This device complies with Industry Canada license exempt RSS standard s Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 this device may not cause interference and 2 this device must accept any interference including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device This equipment complies with IC radiation exposure limits set forth for an uncontrolled environment and meets RSS 102 of the IC radio frequency RF Exposure rules This equipment should be installed and operated keeping the radiator at least 20cm or more away from person s body excluding extremities hands wrists feet and ankles Pour les usagers r sidant au Canada Le pr sent appareil est conforme aux CNR d Industrie C
13. Picasa Web Albums CL 2 CREATIVE PARK PREMIUM ie paper craft When you finish sorting press the Set sort order button and confirm the order Ea Config This displays the Register apps screen in the Display area The display can be toggled between Registered and Search apps The Registered screen lists registered apps You can check the information of these apps or deregister them goa Ming pricier Manage users Userinformation instuctons Logout Registered Search apps CANON IMAGE GATEWAY Picasa Web Albums Contig CANON INC CANON INC ON i ON oe f Flickr Facebook Properties Manage jobs Latest noices CANON INC CANON INC CREATIVE PARK PREMIUM ON pop up card pace for Your Photos ye Evernote Notice list On the Search apps screen the apps that you can register by using the Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center are displayed by category 58 Search apps Photography Productivity Creatmty hot og apr y z5 Picasa Web Albums CANON IMAGE GATEWAY oductivily CANON INC CANON INC i a CREATIVE PARK PREMIUM f oe Crafts EI pop up card CTS z Facebook Flickr CANON INC CANON INC o When you select Gi the details of the app are displayed When you select Cm morf you can choose to register or unregister the app DJ Note Description of displayed icons g Cannot be used because it is not yet released not available in your region or does not support your model
14. When Plain Paper is selected for Media Type When Standard is selected for Print Quality Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 176 When Custom is selected for Print Quality and 2 or 3 is selected for Quality at the Custom dialog box e This function is not available when Borderless is selected for Page Layout in the Page Setup sheet 1 Make sure that the printer is turned on 2 Open the printer driver setup window 3 Click the Maintenance tab and then Ink Usage Control 4 Select Use Composite Black Immediate Measure 5 Click OK The specified setting will be used during printing gt Note The confirmation message is displayed each time you print e Deselect the check box after replacing the black ink tank with a new one Important e Save Black Ink and Use Composite Black Immediate Measure cannot be used at the same time Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 177 Information about Network Connection gt Useful Information about Network Connection Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 178 Useful Information about Network Connection gt Default Values Set at Factory Network Connecting the Printer to the Computer Using a USB Cable When Detecting the Printers Have the Same Name during Setup gt Connecting to Other Computer with LAN Changing the Connection Method from USB to LAN Printing Out Network Setting Information Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 179
15. e This feature may be unavailable when certain printer drivers or operating environments are used Print Cut Paste lines in margins To leave out cut lines uncheck this check box Print page range Specifies the printing range Select All under normal circumstances To reprint only a specific page select Pages and enter the page number you want to print To specify multiple pages enter the page numbers by separating them with commas or by entering a hyphen between the page numbers DJ Note e You can also specify the print range by clicking the pages in the settings preview 5 Complete the setup Click OK on the Page Setup tab When you execute print the document will be divided into several pages during printing Printing Only Specific Pages If ink becomes faint or runs out during printing you can reprint only the specific pages by following the procedure below 1 Set the print range In the settings preview on the left of the Page Setup tab click the pages that do not need to be printed The pages that were clicked are deleted and only the pages to be printed are displayed Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 292 Quick Setup Man Page Sp Martenance EEN Page Sze Letier 8 5 x11 22280m amp Onentation GPP Portar Poper Sze Letter 85 11 22280m Page Layout Tiing Poster wl Pian Paper H s a Leter 85 11 22280m Borderess FetoPage Scaled Page Lyo DA lt SS Copes r 1 H 0 393 3i V Port
16. 3 Select Configuration from the Settings menu 4 Click the Wireless LAN tab The Wireless LAN sheet is displayed Wireless LAN Admin Password v Network Type rtrestructure SSID ii Encryption Method Use WEP TCP IP Setup Get IP address automaticaly Use next IP address For details on the Wireless LAN sheet see Wireless LAN Sheet 5 Change the settings or confirm SSID Enter the same value that was set for the target access point When the printer is connected with USB the Search screen appears by clicking Search Set the SSID of the access point by selecting the one of the detected access points Search Screen Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 189 DJ Note e Enter the same SSID that the access point is configured to use The SSID is case sensitive Encryption Method Select the encryption method used over the wireless LAN You can change WEP settings with selecting Use WEP and clicking Configuration Changing the WEP Detailed Settings You can change WPA WPA2 settings with selecting Use WPA WPA2 and clicking Configuration Changing the WPA WPA2 Detailed Settings Important If all encryption types of the access point printer or computer do not match the printer cannot communicate with the computer If the printer cannot communicate with the computer after the encryption type of the printer was switched make sure that encryption types for the computer an
17. F the printer you intend to use is not detected refer to the instructions and check the settings Check the status of the panter to configure the settings k may take a few minutes for a printer to be visible on the network afer R is tumad on Please wat a while and then cick Update 1 File menu Exit Exits IJ Network Tool 2 View menu Status Displays the Status screen to confirm the printer connection status and wireless communication status In the access point mode this item is grayed out and you cannot confirm the printer connection status Status Screen Refresh Updates and displays the contents of Printers on the Canon IJ Network Tool screen to the latest information gt Important To change the printer s network settings using IJ Network Tool it must be connected via a LAN Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 229 If No Driver is displayed for the name associate the port with the printer When the Printer Driver Is Not Associated with a Port If Not Found is displayed for the status check the followings e The access point is turned on e When using wired LAN the LAN cable is connected properly If the printer on a network is not detected make sure that the printer is turned on then select Refresh It may take several minutes to detect printers If the printer is not yet detected connect the machine and the computer with a USB cable then select Refresh If the printe
18. Marus The Manual Color Adjustment dialog box opens 3 Adjust color balance Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 330 There are individual sliders for Cyan Magenta and Yellow Each color becomes stronger when the corresponding slider is moved to the right and becomes weaker when the corresponding slider is moved to the left For example when cyan becomes weaker the color red becomes stronger You can also directly enter a value linked to the slider Enter a value in the range from 50 to 50 The current settings are displayed in the settings preview on the left side of the printer driver After adjusting each color click OK y ABCDEF 1234567 Saergle Tygo Rarderd v Mew Color Patten Pryt a patien for color adaustrmert 4 Complete the setup Click OK on the Main tab When you execute print the document is printed with the adjusted color balance 339 Important e When the Grayscale Printing check box on the Main tab is checked the color balance Cyan Magenta Yellow appear grayed out and are unavailable Related Topics Setting the Print Quality Level Custom Specifying Color Correction Adjusting Color Balance Using Sample Patterns Printer Driver Adjusting Brightness Adjusting Intensity Adjusting Contrast Adjusting Intensity Contrast Using Sample Patterns Printer Driver euee ese Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 331 Adjusting Color Balanc
19. Network Information ooo i IE wos F me oe Pe i Sy o om 1 OK Returns to the Canon IJ Network Tool screen 2 Copy All Information All network information displayed is copied to the clipboard Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 239 Appendix for Network Communication Using the Card Slot over a Network When the Printer Driver Is Not Associated with a Port About Technical Terms Restrictions gt About Firewall Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 240 Using the Card Slot over a Network 3J Note e This screen is not available depending on the printer you are using Mounting the Card Slot as the Network Drive Restrictions on Card Slot Use over a Network Mounting the Card Slot as the Network Drive The card slot must be mounted to use it over a network To mount the card slot as the network drive follow the procedure below 1 Insert a memory card into the card slot of the machine 2 Start up IJ Network Tool 3 Select the machine in Printers 4 Select Maintenance on the Settings menu 5 Click Setup Setting intialization To retum the printer settings to the factory defaults cick Initialize Network Setup of the Card Slot F you plan to use the card slot via the network cick Setup eru Cancel Instructions OK 6 Specify the drive letter then click OK Map the card siot as a network deve to this computer Specfy the deve letter
20. Registering New Background 1 Open the printer driver setup window 2 Click Stamp Background on the Page Setup tab Letter 85 11 22280m A Langecope Pian Paper Leter 85 11 22280m Borderless Feto Page Scaled o l Mi Atcmabcaly seduce large documert that the perter caret otp C Oupleg Parting Manus Stapling Side Lorg ede taping Leh 1 1 955 i Port thom Last Page v te oe ewes ao me The Stamp Background dialog box opens Note e With the XPS printer driver the Stamp Background button has become the Stamp button and Background cannot be used 3 Click Select Background The Background Settings dialog box opens Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 304 4 Select the image data to be registered to the background Click Select File Select the target bitmap file bmp and then click Open 5 Specify the following settings while viewing the preview window Layout Method Select how the background image data is to be placed When Custom is selected you can set coordinates for X Position and Y Position You can also change the background position by dragging the image in the preview window Intensity Set the intensity of the background image data with the Intensity slider Moving the slider to the right darkens the background and moving the slider to the left lightens the background To print the background at the original bitmap intensity move
21. Support Code Corresponding to the Number of Flashes of the Alarm Lamp Example of 2 times flashing a6 kl A B A B A Flashes B Goes off There is no paper in the rear tray 1000 The paper size in the print settings and the size of the loaded paper do not 0 2101 match 7 flashes More than one ink tanks of the same color are installed The lamp on the ink tank flashes ee fa 1410 1411 15 flashes The ink tank cannot be recognized moun Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 471 17 flashes The ink has run out The lamp on the ink tank flashes 1688 18 flashes The remaining ink level cannot be correctly detected 1689 21 flashes The printer cannot detect the paper size 2103 Support Code Corresponding to the Number of Alternate Flashes of the POWER Lamp and the Alarm Lamp Example of 2 times flashing 0O00 O00 es 7 a O t E A B A B A Flashes B Goes off Printer error has occurred 5100 Printer error has occurred 5B00 5B01 10 flashes An error requiring you to contact the B201 B202 B203 B204 service center has occurred 16 flashes A problem has occurred with the battery A100 Other cases than above Printer error has occurred 5200 5400 5700 5C00 6000 6500 6800 6801 6900 6901 6902 6910 6911 6930 6931 6932 6933 6940 6941 6942 6943 6944 6945 6946 6A00 A000 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 472 Wh
22. To print with Google Cloud Print you need to get Google account and register the printer with Google Cloud Print in advance Getting Google Account If you already have Google account register the printer Registering the Printer with Google Cloud Print Getting Google Account First get your Google account in order to register the printer with Google Cloud Print Access to Google Cloud Print with the web browser on the computer or the mobile device then register the required information Google One account All of Google me sin v Stay signed in Need help The screen above may change without prior notice Registering the Printer with Google Cloud Print Register the printer with Google Cloud Print The authentication procedure using the web browser on the computer or the mobile device is required in the process of registering 33 Important e LAN connection with the printer and Internet connection are required to register the printer and to print with Google Cloud Print Internet connection fees apply If the printer s owner changes delete the printer from Google Cloud Print 1 Make sure that the printer is turned on 2 Remote UI startup Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 70 3 Select Google Cloud Print setup gt Register with Google Cloud Print DJ Note e If you have already registered the printer with Google Cloud Print the confirmation message to re register the
23. 50 60 Hz Printing Approx 10 W 1 Standby minimum Approx 1 8 W 1 2 OFF Approx 0 2 W Wireless LAN is active 2 The wait time for standby cannot be changed Approx 12 7 W x 7 3 D x 2 5 H inches Approx 322 W x 185 D x 62 H mm With the Paper Support and Paper Output Slot Cover retracted Approx 4 3 Ib Approx 2 0 kg With the Print Head and ink tanks installed Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 265 Print Head Ink Total 1856 nozzles PgBK 320 nozzles Y DyeBK each 256 nozzles C M each 512 nozzles Network Specifications Communication protocol TCP IP Wireless LAN Supported Standards IEEE802 11n IEEE802 11g IEEE802 11b Frequency bandwidth 2 4 GHz Channel 1 11 or 1 13 Frequency bandwidth and available channels differ depending on country or region Communication distance Indoors 164 feet 50 m Effective range varies depending on the installation environment and location Security WEP 64 128 bits WPA PSK TKIP AES WPA2 PSK TKIP AES Setup WPS Push button configuration PIN code method WCN WCN NET Cableless setup Other Features Administration password Minimum System Requirements Conform to the operating system s requirements when higher than those given here Windows Operating System Windows 8 Windows 8 1 Windows 7 Windows 7 SP1 Windows Vista SP1 Windows Vista SP2 Windows XP SP3 32 bit only Hard Disk Space 3 GB Note For bu
24. A type of paper other than Plain Paper is selected for Media Type on the Main tab Borderless is selected for Page Layout on the Page Setup tab Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 163 e Save Black Ink and Use Composite Black Immediate Measure cannot be used at the same time Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 164 Managing the Printer Power This function allows you to manage the printer power from the printer driver The procedure for managing the printer power is as follows The Power Off function turns off the printer When you use this function you will not be able to turn the printer on from the printer driver Power Off 1 Open the printer driver setup window 2 Execute power off Click Power Off on the Maintenance tab When the confirmation message appears click OK The printer power switches off and the Maintenance tab is displayed again KO Auto Power allows you to set Auto Power Off Auto Power The Auto Power Off function automatically turns off the printer when there are no operations from the printer driver or the printer for a specified period of time A different time can be set depending on whether the AC adapter is used or the battery is used 1 Open the printer driver setup window 2 Make sure that the printer is on and then click Auto Power on the Maintenance tab The Auto Power Setting dialog box opens D2 Note Ifthe printer is off or if communication between th
25. Clear Ink contains nitrate salts For models containing Clear Ink In case ink gets in contact with eyes rinse with water immediately In case ink gets in contact with skin wash with soap and water immediately If irritation to eyes or skin persists obtain medical advice immediately Never touch the electrical contacts on a Print Head or FINE Cartridges after printing The metal parts may be very hot and could cause burns Do not throw ink tanks and FINE Cartridges into fire Do not attempt to disassemble or modify the Print Head ink tanks and FINE Cartridges Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 87 Universal AC Adapter e When you pack the universal AC adapter for travel or storage never wrap the cord around the body of the AC adapter to prevent the cord from splitting or separating from the body of the AC adapter and causing a short circuit Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 88 Regulatory and Safety Information For models containing lithium battery e Dispose of used batteries according to the local regulations e Risk of explosion if battery is replaced by an incorrect type Users in the U S A FCC Notice U S A Only For 120V 60Hz model Model Number K10404 Contains FCC ID AZDK30357 This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 this device must accept any interference received i
26. Default Values Set at Factory Network Default Values of the LAN Connection The default Enable disable LAN Enable SSID BJNPSETUP Communication mode Infrastructure Wireless LAN security Disable IPv4 IP address Auto setup IPv6 IP address Auto setup Set printer name XXXXXXXXXXXX The default value in this item varies by the printer Default Values of the Access Point Mode SSID access point name 1 XXXXXX iP110series Security setting WPA2 PSK AES 1 XXXXXX is the last six digits of MAC address of the printer 2 The default value in this item varies by the printer Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 180 Connecting the Printer to the Computer Using a USB Cable Connect the printer and the computer using a USB cable as the illustration below The USB port is located on the side of the printer Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 181 When Detecting the Printers Have the Same Name during Setup When the printer is detected during setup you may see multiple printers of the same name on the detection result screen Select a printer with checking the MAC address or the serial number set to the printer against that on the detection result screen Note A serial number may not be displayed on the detection result screen To check the MAC address of the printer print out the network setting information Printing Out Network Setting Information Downloaded from Manuals
27. Key Length Length of the WEP key Select either 64 bits or 128 bits Longer key length allows you to set a more complex WEP key Link Quality The status of connection between the access point and the printer excluding noise interference is indicated with a value from 0 to 100 LPR A platform independent printing protocol used in TCP IP networks It is not supported bidirectional communication MAC Address Also known as the physical address A unique and permanent hardware identifier that is assigned to network devices by its manufacturer MAC addresses are 48 bits long and are written as a hexadecimal number separated by colons i e 11 22 33 44 55 66 Operation Status Indicates the status on whether the printer can be used Proxy server A server that links a LAN connected computer to the Internet When using a proxy server specify the address and the port number of the proxy server PSK An encryption method employed by WPA WPA2 Router A relay device to connect to another network Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 247 S e Signal Strength The strength of the signal received by the printer from the access point is indicated with a value from 0 to 100 SSID Unique label for wireless LAN It is often represented such as a network name or an access point name SSID distinguishes one wireless LAN from another to prevent interference The printer and all clients on a wireless LAN must use the s
28. Next Document Displays the document located after the currently displayed document If the currently selected document is the last document this command is grayed out and cannot be selected Last Document Displays the last document in the document list If the currently selected document is the last document this command is grayed out and cannot be selected Pages Use the following command to select the page to be displayed Note If the Page Layout setting in the printer driver is specified to Tiling Poster or Booklet the number of pages is the number of sheets to be used for printing and not the number of pages in the original document created with the application software First Page Displays the first page of the document If the currently displayed page is the first page this command is grayed out and cannot be selected Previous Page Displays the page located before the currently displayed page If the currently displayed page is the first page this command is grayed out and cannot be selected Next Page Displays the page located after the currently displayed page If the currently displayed page is the last page this command is grayed out and cannot be selected Last Page Displays the last page of the document If the currently displayed page is the last page this command is grayed out and cannot be selected Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 393 Page Selection Displays the Page Selection
29. No Printing Results Printing Is Blurred Colors Are Wrong White Streaks 444 Lines Are Misaligned gabe aoe PEET EEEN E eer naii aaan 446 Line Does Not Print or Prints Partially cs i02 2 s450 0 e285 oa 0ea4 0244 0a Hadad tiar de eee eS 447 Image Does Not Print or Prints Partially TEET PERTE TETTETETT o 448 Printed Paper Curls or Has Ink Blots occu 294050404 92904 e441 804494144 108445 044008 449 Paper Is Smudged Printed Surface Is Scratched Kish Sam Ada EEEE Torey ere steoeeee 460 Back of the Paper le SmuUdgad s 222534000 cessnanddoeaduserrageanivabedeine gaedde 453 Colors Are Uneven or Streaked eee ee oe pia Sie aaa Se ee 454 Ine Ne Beer 65 nc sees bene ee eas ata o saree Bs Soa rma NeNeed MORNE LE eee bonnes ea 456 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Problems with the Printer 0 0000 eee eee 457 The Printer Cannot Be Powered ON sa nccacas aketwertearea dade dann nida ina aiaa Bane 458 The Panter Turns On Unintentional se osii os gers eeted bie eee ey eee eee 459 Cannot Connect to Computer with a USB Cable Properly 2 0 0000 eee eee eee 460 Cannot Communicate with the Printer with USB Connection TOPET T E EN TEPEN 461 Print Head Holder Does Not Move to the Position for Replacing 0 eee eee eee 462 Printer Status Monitor ls Not Distlayed ss 6684406055445 eoh0eet4Soi5b ned ap kE ded ae ete 463 Problems with Installa
30. Panel gt Programs gt Programs and Features From the program list select XXX Printer Driver where XXX is your model name and then click Uninstall If you are using Windows 7 or Windows Vista select Start menu gt Control Panel gt Programs gt Programs and Features From the program list select XXX Printer Driver where XXX is your model name and then click Uninstall If you are using Windows XP select Start menu gt Control Panel gt Add or Remove Programs From the program list select XXX Printer Driver where XXX is your model name and then click Remove The confirmation window for uninstalling the model appears Important e In Windows 8 1 Windows 8 Windows 7 or Windows Vista a confirmation warning dialog box may appear when starting installing or uninstalling software This dialog box appears when administrative rights are required to perform a task When you are logged on to an administrator account click Yes or Continue Allow to continue Some applications require an administrator account to continue In such cases switch to an administrator account and restart the operation from the beginning 2 Execute the uninstaller Click Execute When the confirmation message appears click Yes When all the files have been deleted click Complete The deletion of the printer driver is complete Important e Printer driver and XPS printer driver will be deleted when you uninstall
31. This product should be handed over to a designated collection point e g on an authorized one for one basis when you buy a new similar product or to an authorized collection site for recycling waste electrical and electronic equipment EEE and batteries and accumulators Improper handling of this type of waste could have a possible impact on the environment and human health due to potentially hazardous substances that are generally associated with EEE Your cooperation in the correct disposal of this product will contribute to the effective usage of natural resources For more information about the recycling of this product please contact your local city office waste authority approved scheme or your household waste disposal service or visit www canon europe com weee or www canon europe com battery Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 90 Korisnici u Srbiji OR Ovaj simbol ozna ava da ovaj proizvod ne sme da se odla e sa ostalim ku nim otpadom u skladu sa WEEE Direktivom 2012 19 EU Direktivom o baterijama 2006 66 EC i nacionalnim zakonima Ukoliko je ispod gore navedenog simbola od tampan hemijski simbol u skladu sa Direktivom o baterijama ovaj simbol ozna ava da su u ovoj bateriji ili akumulatoru prisutni te ki metali Hg iva Cd kadmijum Pb olovo u koncentracijama koje prema uju prihvatljivi prag naveden u Direktivi o baterijama Ovaj proizvod treba predati odre enom centru za prikupljanje npr po princi
32. automatically If the setup not completed follow the orrecreen Petrctoes to set wo the printer Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 30 Restrictions When connecting another device while a device such as a smartphone is already connected to the printer connect it using the same connection method as the connected device If you connect using a different connection method the connection to the device in use will be disabled Connection Using a Wired Network cannot be performed on printers that do not support a wired connection Connection Using an Access Point Make sure that a device and an access point or wireless network router are connected For details on how to check the settings refer to the manual supplied with the access point or contact its manufacturer As for a device already connected to the printer without using an access point reconnect it via an access point The configuration router functions setup procedures and security settings of the network device vary depending on your system environment For details refer to the manual of your network device or contact its manufacturer Check if your device supports IEEE802 11n 2 4 GHz IEEE802 11g or IEEE802 11b If your device is set to the IEEE802 11n only mode WEP or TKIP cannot be used as a security protocol Change the security protocol for your device to something other than WEP and TKIP or change the setting to something other than IEEE802 11n onl
33. contact the service center Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 526 6930 Cause Printer error has occurred Action Turn off the printer and unplug the power cord of the printer from the power supply If you use a battery turn off the printer then detach the battery Plug the printer back in or attach the battery then turn the printer back on If the problem is not resolved contact the service center Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 527 6931 Cause Printer error has occurred Action Turn off the printer and unplug the power cord of the printer from the power supply If you use a battery turn off the printer then detach the battery Plug the printer back in or attach the battery then turn the printer back on If the problem is not resolved contact the service center Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 528 6932 Cause Printer error has occurred Action Turn off the printer and unplug the power cord of the printer from the power supply If you use a battery turn off the printer then detach the battery Plug the printer back in or attach the battery then turn the printer back on If the problem is not resolved contact the service center Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 529 6933 Cause Printer error has occurred Action Turn off the printer and unplug the power cord of the printer from the power supply If you use a battery turn off the printer
34. f an Error Occurs Printer error An error requiring servicing may have occurred Turn off the printer and unplug the power cord of the printer from the power supply If you use a battery turn the printer off then detach the battery Plug the printer back in or attach the battery then turn the printer back on If the problem is not resolved contact the service center Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 480 If You Cannot Resolve the Problem If you cannot resolve the problem with any of the workarounds in this chapter please contact the seller of the printer or the service center Canon support staff are trained to be able to provide technical support to satisfy customers Ay Caution e If the printer emits any unusual sound smoke or odor turn it off immediately Unplug the power cord from the outlet and contact the seller or the service center Never attempt to repair or disassemble the printer yourself e Attempts by customers to repair or take apart the printer will invalidate any warranty regardless of whether the warranty has expired Before contacting the service center confirm the following e Product name Your printer s name is located on the front cover of the setup manual e Serial number please refer to the setup manual e Details of the problem e What you tried to solve the problem and what happened Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 481 Support Code List The support code ap
35. in the search window and perform a search Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 19 Notes on Operation Explanations In this guide most of the operations are described based on the windows displayed when Windows 8 1 operating system called Windows 8 1 below or Windows 8 operating system called Windows 8 below is used Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 20 Useful Functions Available on the Machine Connect Wirelessly with Ease in Access Point Mode Print Photos Easily Using My Image Garden gt Print Items with Easy PhotoPrint Web Application gt Print Photos on Facebook Easily Using a Facebook App Print Your Days Connection Methods Available on the Printer Notice for Web Service Printing Use PIXMA Cloud Link Printing with Google Cloud Print Printing from AirPrint Compliant Device Android Print Checking Printer Information Print Easily from a Smartphone or Tablet with PIXMA Printing Solutions Printing with Windows RT Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 21 Connect Wirelessly with Ease in Access Point Mode The printer supports access point mode in which you can connect to the printer wirelessly from a computer or smartphone even in an environment without an access point or wireless LAN router Switch to access point mode with simple steps to enjoy printing wirelessly When you use the printer with the access point mode be sure to specify the access po
36. perform cleaning only when necessary Deep Cleaning Deep Cleaning is more thorough than cleaning Perform deep cleaning when two Cleaning attempts do not resolve the print head problem 1 Open the printer driver setup window 2 Click Deep Cleaning on the Maintenance tab Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 142 When the Deep Cleaning dialog box opens select the ink group for which deep cleaning is to be performed Click Initial Check Items to display the items you need to check before performing deep cleaning 3 Execute deep cleaning Make sure that the printer is on and then click Execute Click OK when the confirmation message appears Print head deep cleaning starts 4 Complete deep cleaning The Nozzle Check dialog box opens after the confirmation message 5 Check the results To check whether the print quality has improved click Print Check Pattern To cancel the check process click Cancel Important e Deep Cleaning consumes a larger amount of ink than Cleaning Cleaning the print head frequently will rapidly deplete your printer s ink supply Consequently perform cleaning only when necessary Note e If there is no sign of improvement after Deep Cleaning turn off the printer wait 24 hours and then perform Deep Cleaning again If there is still no sign of improvement the ink may have run out or the print head may be worn For details on the remedial action to be taken see Ink Is Not
37. then detach the battery Plug the printer back in or attach the battery then turn the printer back on If the problem is not resolved contact the service center Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 530 6940 Cause Printer error has occurred Action Turn off the printer and unplug the power cord of the printer from the power supply If you use a battery turn off the printer then detach the battery Plug the printer back in or attach the battery then turn the printer back on If the problem is not resolved contact the service center Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 531 6941 Cause Printer error has occurred Action Turn off the printer and unplug the power cord of the printer from the power supply If you use a battery turn off the printer then detach the battery Plug the printer back in or attach the battery then turn the printer back on If the problem is not resolved contact the service center Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 532 6942 Cause Printer error has occurred Action Turn off the printer and unplug the power cord of the printer from the power supply If you use a battery turn off the printer then detach the battery Plug the printer back in or attach the battery then turn the printer back on If the problem is not resolved contact the service center Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 533 6943 Cause Printer error has occurred
38. 128 bits key format of ASCII code or Hexadecimal and key number of 1 to 4 Wi Fi International association that certifies interoperability of wireless LAN products based on the IEEE 802 11 specification This machine is a Wi Fi authorized product Wireless LAN A network that instead of being connected by physical wires is connected by a wireless technology such as Wi Fi WPA Security framework announced by the Wi Fi Alliance in October 2002 The security has been strengthened more than WEP o Authentication WPA defines the following authentication methods PSK that can be used without an authentication server plus WPA 802 1x that do require an authentication server This machine supports WPA PSK e Passphrase This encrypted key is used to perform WPA PSK authentication The passphrase should be a string of 8 to 63 alphanumeric characters or a 64 digit hexadecimal value e WPA2 Security framework released by the Wi Fi Alliance in September 2004 as a later version of WPA Provides a stronger encryption mechanism through Advanced Encryption Standard AES e Authentication WPA2 defines the following authentication methods PSK that can be used without an authentication server plus WPA2 802 1x that do require an authentication server This machine supports WPA2 PSK e Passphrase This encrypted key is used to perform WPA2 PSK authentication The passphrase should be a string of 8 to 63 alphanumeric characters or a
39. 2 Click Ink Usage Control on the Maintenance tab The Ink Usage Control dialog box opens 3 If necessary complete the following settings Save Black Ink Controls the consumption of black ink during printing This function allows you to save black ink To use this function select Plain Paper for Media Type on the Main tab and set Standard for Print Quality D Important e The Save Black Ink function does not work when Booklet is selected for Page Layout on the Page Setup tab e Duplex Printing Manual is checked on the Page Setup tab Use Composite Black Immediate Measure Instead of using black ink the printer combines color inks to synthesize black for printing the black sections Use this function only as an immediate and temporary measure when the black ink runs out and there is no replacement at that time You should leave this check box unchecked under normal circumstances To use this function select Plain Paper for Media Type on the Main tab Also set Print Quality to Standard or in the Custom dialog box set the quality level to 2 or 3 Important The confirmation message will appear when you execute printing e Uncheck this check box after replacing the black ink tank with a new one 4 Save the settings Click OK The selected settings are enabled hereafter Important The print quality may deteriorate when Ink Usage Control is used The Ink Usage Control function does not work when
40. 50 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 364 Contrast Adjusts the contrast between light and dark in the image to be printed Moving the slider to the right increases the contrast moving the slider to the left decreases the contrast You can also directly enter a value linked to the slider Enter a value in the range from 50 to 50 Print a pattern for color adjustment When the color balance or intensity contrast is changed the pattern printing function prints a list of the adjustment results along with the adjustment values Select this function when printing a pattern for color adjustment Pattern Print preferences Check Print a pattern for color adjustment to enable this button The Pattern Print dialog box opens and allows you to set pattern printing settings Pattern Print dialog box Performs the setup for printing of patterns that allow you to check the color balance and intensity contrast of documents Parameters to Adjust Select the item to be checked by pattern printing Cyan Magenta Yellow Prints a pattern that allows you to check the cyan magenta yellow balance Important e When Grayscale Printing is checked on the Main tab Cyan Magenta Yellow appear grayed out and are unavailable Intensity Contrast Prints a pattern that allows you to check the intensity contrast balance Printer Paper Size Selects the paper size to be used for pattern printing This setting is linked to Printer Paper Size on
41. Action Turn off the printer and unplug the power cord of the printer from the power supply If you use a battery turn off the printer then detach the battery Plug the printer back in or attach the battery then turn the printer back on If the problem is not resolved contact the service center Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 534 6944 Cause Printer error has occurred Action Turn off the printer and unplug the power cord of the printer from the power supply If you use a battery turn off the printer then detach the battery Plug the printer back in or attach the battery then turn the printer back on If the problem is not resolved contact the service center Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 535 6945 Cause Printer error has occurred Action Turn off the printer and unplug the power cord of the printer from the power supply If you use a battery turn off the printer then detach the battery Plug the printer back in or attach the battery then turn the printer back on If the problem is not resolved contact the service center Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 536 6946 Cause Printer error has occurred Action Turn off the printer and unplug the power cord of the printer from the power supply If you use a battery turn off the printer then detach the battery Plug the printer back in or attach the battery then turn the printer back on If the problem is no
42. Cleaning the Paper Feed Rollers from Your Computer Aligning the Print Head Aligning the Print Head Position from Your Computer Use Your Computer to Print a Nozzle Check Pattern Cleaning Inside the Printer Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 141 Cleaning the Print Heads from Your Computer The print head cleaning function allows you to clear up clogged print head nozzle Perform print head cleaning if printing is faint or a specific color fails to print even though there is enough ink The procedure for cleaning the print head is as follows Cleaning 1 Open the printer driver setup window 2 Click Cleaning on the Maintenance tab When the Print Head Cleaning dialog box opens select the ink group for which cleaning is to be performed Click Initial Check Items to display the items you need to check before performing cleaning 3 Execute cleaning Make sure that the printer is on and then click Execute Print head cleaning starts 4 Complete cleaning The Nozzle Check dialog box opens after the confirmation message 5 Check the results To check whether the print quality has improved click Print Check Pattern To cancel the check process click Cancel If cleaning the head once does not resolve the print head problem clean it once more Important e Cleaning consumes a small amount of ink Cleaning the print head frequently will rapidly deplete your printer s ink supply Consequently
43. Click to configure settings of the selected printer Configuration Screen Note e You cannot configure a printer that has the status Not Found e This item has the same function as Configuration in the Settings menu Canon IJ Network Tool Menus The following menu is displayed from the Canon IJ Network Tool screen 7 2 B 4 Punters Name Update Configura on F the printer you intend to use is not detected refer to the instructions and check the settings Check the status of the panter to configure the settings k may take a few minutes for a printer to be visible on the network afer R is tumad on Please wat a while and then cick Update 1 File menu Exit Exits IJ Network Tool 2 View menu Status Displays the Status screen to confirm the printer connection status and wireless communication status In the access point mode this item is grayed out and you cannot confirm the printer connection status Status Screen Refresh Updates and displays the contents of Printers on the Canon IJ Network Tool screen to the latest information gt Important To change the printer s network settings using IJ Network Tool it must be connected via a LAN Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 205 If No Driver is displayed for the name associate the port with the printer When the Printer Driver Is Not Associated with a Port If Not Found is displayed for the status check th
44. Google Chrome Mac OS X v10 6 OS X Mavericks v10 9 Safari 5 1 6 7 When you use Internet Explorer 8 the web pages may not display correctly Canon recommends that you upgrade to Internet Explorer 9 or later or use another browser Smartphone or tablet iOS 5 1 or later 320 x 480 HVGA or higher OS standard browser Android 2 3 3 or later 480 x 800 HVGA or higher Android3 x is not supported Important On the browser you are using enable JavaScript and cookies e If you use the zoom function or change the font size on your browser the web pages may not display correctly e If you use the translation function of Google Chrome the web pages may not display correctly e If you use a proxy server outside of your country the service may not be able to determine the correct region Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 38 e In an in house network environment the 5222 port must be released For confirmation instructions contact the network administrator Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 39 Preparations Before Using Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center To use the Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center you need to follow the steps described below and register the user information 1 Check that the printer is connected to the Internet gt Important e To use this function you must connect this printer to the Internet 2 Remote UI startup 3 Select IJ Cloud Printing Center s
45. ManualsPrinter com Manuals 377 Save Save overwrite Saves the stamp Enter a title in Title and then click this button Delete Deletes an unnecessary stamp Specify the title of an unnecessary stamp from the Stamps list and click this button Background Tab The Background tab allows you to select a bitmap file omp to be used as a background or determine how to print the selected background Preview Window Shows the status of the bitmap set on the Background tab File Specifies the name of the bitmap file to be used as the background Select File Opens the dialog box to open a file Click this button to select a bitmap file bmp to be used as the background Layout Method Specifies how the background image is to be placed on the paper When Custom is selected you can set coordinates for X Position and Y Position Intensity Adjusts the intensity of the bitmap to be used as a background Moving the slider to the right increases the intensity and moving the slider to the left decreases the intensity To print the background at the original bitmap intensity move the slider to the rightmost position Note e Depending on the type of printer driver you are using and the environment this function may not be available e Click Defaults to set File to blank Layout Method to Fill page and the Intensity slider to the middle Save settings Tab The Save settings tab allows you to register a new background or delete
46. Print Head Alignment dialog box and click Print Alignment Value Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 146 Aligning the Print Head Position Manually from Your Computer Print head alignment corrects the installation positions of the print head and improves deviated colors and lines This printer supports two head alignment methods automatic head alignment and manual head alignment Normally the printer is set for automatic head alignment If the printing results of automatic print head alignment are not satisfactory perform manual head alignment The procedure for performing manual print head alignment is as follows Print Head Alignment 1 Open the printer driver setup window 2 Click Custom Settings on the Maintenance tab The Custom Settings dialog box opens Note e If the printer is off or if communication between the printer and the computer is disabled an error message may appear because the computer cannot collect the printer status If this happens click OK to display the most recent settings specified on your computer 3 Switch head alignment to manual Check the Align heads manually check box 4 Apply the settings Click OK and when the confirmation message appears click OK 5 Click Print Head Alignment on the Maintenance tab The Start Print Head Alignment dialog box opens 6 Set the paper thickness lever to the right and load paper in the printer Load two sheets of A4 size or Lett
47. Print Status During printing a Print Center icon is displayed in the list of recently used apps and you can use it to check the print progress Press the Home button on the Apple device twice to set the Multitasking mode Then swipe to the right to display the Print Center icon and a Print Summary Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 16 Print Center Deleting a Print Job To delete a print job with AirPrint use one of the following two methods From the printer If your printer has a LCD monitor use the operation panel to cancel the print job If you printer does not have aLCD monitor press the Stop button on the printer to cancel the print job From an Apple device Press the Home button on the Apple device twice to set the Multitasking mode and then swipe to the right Tap the Print Center icon to display a Print Summary Tap the print job to be canceled and then tap Cancel Printing AirPrint Troubleshooting If the document does not print check the following 1 Check that the printer power is on If the printer power is on turn it off and then back on again and check whether the issue is resolved 2 Check that the printer is connected by LAN to the same network subnet as the device on which iOS is installed 3 Check that the printer has enough paper and ink 4 If your printer has a LCD monitor check that no error message is displayed on the LCD monitor If the problem persists use the printe
48. Turn off the printer and unplug the power cord of the printer from the power supply If you use a battery turn off the printer then detach the battery Plug the printer back in or attach the battery then turn the printer back on If the problem is not resolved contact the service center Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 523 6902 Cause Printer error has occurred Action Turn off the printer and unplug the power cord of the printer from the power supply If you use a battery turn off the printer then detach the battery Plug the printer back in or attach the battery then turn the printer back on If the problem is not resolved contact the service center Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 524 6910 Cause Printer error has occurred Action Turn off the printer and unplug the power cord of the printer from the power supply If you use a battery turn off the printer then detach the battery Plug the printer back in or attach the battery then turn the printer back on If the problem is not resolved contact the service center Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 525 6911 Cause Printer error has occurred Action Turn off the printer and unplug the power cord of the printer from the power supply If you use a battery turn off the printer then detach the battery Plug the printer back in or attach the battery then turn the printer back on If the problem is not resolved
49. a USB cable check the status of the device on your computer Follow the procedure below to check the status of the device 1 Open the Device Manager on your computer as shown below If the User Account Control screen is displayed follow the on screen instructions e In Windows 8 1 or Windows 8 select Control Panel from the Settings charm on Desktop gt Hardware and Sound gt Device Manager e In Windows 7 or Windows Vista click Control Panel Hardware and Sound then Device Manager e In Windows XP click Control Panel Performance and Maintenance System then click Device Manager on the Hardware sheet 2 Double click Universal Serial Bus controllers then USB Printing Support If the USB Printing Support Properties screen is not displayed make sure that the printer is correctly connected to the computer Be Make sure that the printer is connected to your computer properly 3 Click the General tab and make sure that there is no indication of a problem with the device If a device error is displayed refer to Windows help to resolve the error Other Error Messages If an error message is displayed outside the printer status monitor check the following e Could not spool successfully due to insufficient disk space Delete any unnecessary files to increase the amount of free space on the disk Could not spool successfully due to insufficient memory Quit other running application softwares to increase available mem
50. a digital camera camcorder or mobile phone to the printer through wireless LAN and print recorded images directly without using a computer Connectable devices PictBridge Wireless LAN compliant device Printable image data format The printer accepts images taken with a camera compliant with the Design rule for Camera File system and PNG files Exif 2 2 2 21 2 3 compliant Important LAN connection with the printer is required to use this function Note PictBridge is the Standard to print your photos directly without using a computer connecting a device such as a digital still camera digital camcorder or camera equipped mobile phone In this manual PictBridge printing with the wireless LAN connection is referred to as PictBridge Wireless LAN When printing photos with the PictBridge Wireless LAN compliant device connected to the printer we recommend the use of the AC adapter supplied with the device If you are using the device battery be sure to charge it fully Depending on the model or brand of your device you may have to select a print mode compliant with PictBridge Wireless LAN before connecting the device You may also have to turn on the device or select Play mode manually after connecting the device to the printer Perform necessary operations on the PictBridge Wireless LAN compliant device before connecting it to this printer according to instructions given in the device s instruction manua
51. a smartphone Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 173 Initializing the Printer Settings You can initialize the printer settings Important e When using the printer over wireless LAN note that initialization erases all network settings on the printer and printing operation from a computer over network may become impossible To use the printer over network perform setup with the Setup CD ROM or perform it according to the instructions on our website Follow the procedure below to initialize the printer settings 1 Make sure that the printer is turned on 2 Press and hold the RESUME CANCEL button then release the button when the POWER lamp flashes 15 times All the printer settings are initialized The administrator password specified by IJ Network Tool reverts to the default setting Note e You cannot initialize the current position of the print head Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 174 Disabling the Wireless LAN Function of the Printer Follow the procedure below to disable the wireless LAN 1 Make sure that the printer is turned on 2 Press and hold the RESUME CANCEL button then release the button when the POWER lamp flashes 12 times The Wi Fi lamp goes off D gt Note e When you enable the wireless LAN press and hold the RESUME CANCEL button then release the button when the POWER lamp flashes 10 times Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 175 Setting the Ink Usage Cont
52. an ink tank until it clicks into place After confirming the conditions above turn on the printer again If the problem is not resolved contact the service center Important e When you clear the jammed paper or protective material that is preventing the print head holder from moving be careful not to touch the components inside the printer The printer may not print out properly if you touch it Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 511 5200 Cause Printer error has occurred Action Turn off the printer and unplug the power cord of the printer from the power supply If you use a battery turn off the printer then detach the battery Plug the printer back in or attach the battery then turn the printer back on If the problem is not resolved contact the service center Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 512 5400 Cause Printer error has occurred Action Turn off the printer and unplug the power cord of the printer from the power supply If you use a battery turn off the printer then detach the battery Plug the printer back in or attach the battery then turn the printer back on If the problem is not resolved contact the service center Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 513 5700 Cause Printer error has occurred Action Turn off the printer and unplug the power cord of the printer from the power supply If you use a battery turn off the printer then detach the batter
53. an unnecessary background Title Enter the title to save the background image you specified Up to 64 characters can be entered DJ Note e Spaces tabs and returns cannot be entered at the beginning or end of a title Backgrounds Shows a list of registered background titles Specify a title to display the corresponding background in Title Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 378 Save Save overwrite Saves the image data as a background After inserting the Title click this button Delete Deletes an unnecessary background Specify the title of an unnecessary background from the Backgrounds list and then click this button Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 379 Maintenance tab Description The Maintenance tab allows you to perform printer maintenance or change the settings of the printer Quick Setup Man Page Setup Mantenance Desing Botiom Piste Gearing 6 Emines unwanted smudges and ines n Prevents paper smudges during printing he pert resut amp Deep Geaning 5 Ceaning Unclogs nozzles Put cannot be Geared wrt Expeutes pirt toler clearing for smoother Kes by regtar deaning n paper feeding Part Head Adgrmert Power Ot mn Eases pert head aligrrrert to corect Tums the perter off Li Pe misaigimert of colors and ines Nozzle Check Ato Power Ports a pattem to check whether the pert Abows you to set the auto power setings head nores are clogged ink Usage Control Oset Setings OOO Sav
54. and cick OK Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 241 7 Make sure that the card slot is mounted When the card slot is mounted the following icon appears on Computer or My Computer gt canon_memory Iy o Restrictions on Card Slot Use over a Network The card slot can be shared by multiple computers if the machine is connected to a network Multiple computers can read files from a memory card in the card slot at the same time However while one computer is writing a file into a memory card other computers cannot access the same file If your computer joins a domain the card slot may not be mounted as the network drive If you use the memory card stored the large size files or many files a large amount of card access may be generated In this case the operation in the memory card may be impossible or slow Operate after the Access lamp of the machine is lit When you access the network drive for the card slot over the network file names consisting of eight or less lowercase letters not including its extension may be shown in uppercase For example a file name such as abcdefg doc will be ABCDEFG DOC while a name such as AbcdeFG doc will appear the same The file is not actually renamed but merely appears to be changed When you enable a memory card in the card slot of the machine to be writable only from a USB connected computer you cannot access the network drive of the card slot On the other han
55. and user name of the printed document The setting items in the Stamp tab change depending on the selected type When Stamp Type is Text or Date Time User Name Stamp Text Specifies the stamp text string Up to 64 characters can be entered For Date Time User Name the creation date time and user name of the printed object are displayed in Stamp Text Important e Stamp Text appears grayed out and is unavailable if Date Time User Name is selected TrueType Font Selects the font for the stamp text string Style Selects the font style for the stamp text string Size Selects the font size for the stamp text string Outline Selects a frame that encloses the stamp text string If a large font size is selected for Size characters may extend outside of the stamp border Color Select Color Shows the current color for the stamp To select a different color click Select Color to open the Color dialog box and select or create a color you wish to use as a stamp When Stamp Type is Bitmap File Specifies the name of the bitmap file to be used as the stamp Select File Opens the dialog box to open a file Click this button to select a bitmap file to be used as a stamp Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 376 Size Adjusts the size of the bitmap file to be used as a stamp Moving the slider to the right increases the size moving the slider to the left decreases the size Transparent white area Specifies whether to
56. are printing a photograph or an illustration incorrect paper type settings may reduce the quality of the printout color Also if you print with an incorrect paper type setting the printed surface may be scratched In borderless printing uneven coloring may occur depending on the combination of the paper type setting and the loaded paper The method of confirming the paper and print quality settings differs depending on what you do with your printer To print from a PictBridge Wireless LAN Confirm by using your PictBridge Wireless LAN compliant device compliant device gt About PictBridge Wireless LAN Print Settings To print from a computer Confirm by using the printer driver Printing with Easy Setup Make sure that the appropriate print quality is selected referring to the table in Check 1 Select a print quality option suitable for the paper and image for printing If you notice blurs or uneven colors increase the print quality setting and try printing again Note e You cannot make this setting from a PictBridge Wireless LAN compliant device If the problem is not resolved there may be other causes See also the sections below Cannot Print to End of Job No Printing Results Printing Is Blurred Colors Are Wrong White Streaks Lines Are Misaligned Line Does Not Print or Prints Partially Image Does Not Print or Prints Partially Printed Paper Curls or Has Ink
57. bar at the bottom of the preview window Status Displays the status of the print documents Documents that are undergoing data processing are displayed as Processing data Important e Documents showing Processing data cannot be printed or edited Wait until the data processing ends Print Settings Area Screen Allows you to check and change the print settings of the documents selected in the document list Print Settings Area is displayed on the right side of the preview window Page Information tab The print settings are displayed for each page You can change the media type and paper source settings Printer Paper Size Displays the paper size of the document to be printed Media Type Allows you to select the media type of the document to be printed Paper Source Allows you to select the paper source of the document to be printed Page Layout Displays the page layout of the document to be printed Layout tab You can specify settings for page layout printing To apply the specified settings click Apply If the page layout print settings cannot be changed for the print document the individual items are grayed out and cannot be selected Manual Color Adjustment tab This tab allows you to adjust the color balance by changing the settings of the Cyan Magenta Yellow Brightness Intensity and Contrast options Cyan Magenta Yellow Adjusts the strengths of Cyan Magenta and Yellow Moving the slider to the right makes a
58. becomes faint or a specific color fails to print Print a nozzle check pattern and check whether the print head is working properly If the print result for a specific color is fainted or if there are any unprinted sections click Cleaning to clean the print head To display a list of items that you should check before printing the nozzle check pattern click Initial Check Items Print Check Pattern This function prints a pattern that allows you to check whether the any of the ink nozzles are clogged Click Print Check Pattern When the confirmation message is displayed click OK The Pattern Check dialog box is then displayed Left side bitmap good The print head nozzles are not clogged Right side bitmap bad The print head nozzles may be clogged Exit Closes the Pattern Check dialog box and returns to the Maintenance tab Cleaning Performs print head cleaning Print head cleaning removes any blockage in the print head nozzles Perform cleaning when printing becomes faint or if a specific color fails to print even though all ink levels are sufficiently high Ink Usage Control Opens the Ink Usage Control dialog box You can reduce the amount of black ink used and produce the black sections with color inks Bottom Plate Cleaning Performs cleaning of the bottom plate of the printer To prevent smudges on the back side of a sheet of paper perform Bottom Plate Cleaning before you perform duplex printing Also perform Botto
59. before printing check box When you do not want to display a preview before printing uncheck the check box Important e If you are using the XPS printer driver see Editing the Print Document or Reprinting from the Print History Related Topic Displaying the Print Results before Printing Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 351 Deleting the Undesired Print Job If you are using the XPS printer driver replace Canon IJ Status Monitor with Canon IJ XPS Status Monitor when reading this information If the printer does not start printing canceled or failed print job data may be remaining Delete the undesired print job by using the Canon IJ Status Monitor 1 Display the Canon IJ Status Monitor Click the icon of the Canon IJ Status Monitor displayed on the task bar The Canon IJ Status Monitor appears 2 Display the print jobs Click Display Print Queue The print queue window opens 3 Delete the print jobs Select Cancel All Documents from the Printer menu When the confirmation message appears click Yes The deletion of the print job is complete gt Important e Users who have not been granted access permission for printer management cannot delete the print job of another user DJ Note e When you perform this operation all print jobs are deleted If the print queue list contained a necessary print job start the printing process over from the beginning Downloaded from Man
60. changed Light is selected Normal is selected Dark is selected The procedure for adjusting brightness is as follows You can also set brightness on the Quick Setup tab by choosing Photo Printing under Commonly Used Settings and then choosing Color Intensity Manual Adjustment under Additional Features 1 Open the printer driver setup window 2 Select the manual color adjustment On the Main tab select Manual for Color Intensity and click Set eg The Manual Color Adjustment dialog box opens 3 Specify the brightness Select Light Normal or Dark for Brightness and click OK The current settings are displayed in the settings preview on the left side of the printer driver Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 336 ABCDEF 1234567 Saergle Tygo Rardord C Yew Color Paten 4 Complete the setup Click OK on the Main tab When you execute print the data is printed at the specified brightness Related Topics Setting the Print Quality Level Custom Specifying Color Correction Adjusting Color Balance Adjusting Intensity Adjusting Contrast Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 337 Adjusting Intensity You can dilute brighten or intensify darken the colors of the overall image data during printing The following sample shows the case when the intensity is increased so that all colors become more intense when the image data is printed No adjustme
61. confirm the port settings Make sure that a port named USBnnn where n is a number with Canon XXX series Printer appearing in the Printer column is selected for Print to the following port s Note When the printer is used over LAN the port name of the printer is displayed as CNBJNP_XXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX is the character string generated from the MAC address or a character string specified by the user when setting up the printer If the setting is incorrect Reinstall the printer driver with the Setup CD ROM or install it from our website Printing does not start even though the printer is connected to the computer using a USB cable and the port named USBnnn is selected In Windows 8 1 or Windows 8 select My Printer on the Start screen to start My Printer If My Printer is not displayed on the Start screen select the Search charm then search for My Printer Set the correct printer port on Diagnose and Repair Printer Follow the on screen instructions to set the correct printer port then select your printer s name In Windows 7 Windows Vista or Windows XP click Start and select All programs Canon Utilities Canon My Printer Canon My Printer then select Diagnose and Repair Printer Follow the on screen instructions to set the correct printer port then select your printer s name If the problem is not resolved reinstall the printer driver with the Setup CD ROM or install it from our website Printing
62. connectable devices on a network automatically C Channel Frequency channel for wireless communication In the infrastructure mode the channel is automatically adjusted to match that set to the access point This machine supports channels 1 to 13 Channels 12 and 13 are not supported depending on the country or region of purchase Note that the number of channels that can be used for your wireless LAN varies depending on the region or country D Default Gateway A relay device to connect to another network such as a router or a computer DHCP server functionality The router or the access point assigns an IP address automatically whenever the printer or the personal computer on a network starts up DNS server A server that converts device names into IP addresses When specifying IP addresses manually specify the addresses of both a primary and a secondary server Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 245 F Firewall It is a system that prevents an unlawful computer access in the network To prevent you can use the firewall function of a broadband router the security software installed in the computer or operation system for computer IEEE 802 11b International standard for wireless LAN using the 2 4 GHz frequency range with a throughput of up to 11 Mbps IEEE 802 11g International standard for wireless LAN using the 2 4 GHz frequency range with a throughput of up to 54 Mbps Compatible with 802 11b I
63. days since the last day that the service screen was accessed 99 Important e If you fail to log in five straight times you will not be able to login again for an hour e You remain logged in for an hour after the last access e The service may not function properly if you log in from multiple devices at the same time After logging in you can use useful services such as adding managing apps that work in conjunction with this product s cloud functionality and checking the ink status For screen descriptions and operation instructions see Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center window Printing procedure This section introduces the photo printing procedure by using CANON iMAGE GATEWAY as an example Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 62 Important The available functions differ depending on the app The printing procedure differs depending on the app e You need to get the account and register photo and other data beforehand e The following file formats can be printed jpg jpeg pdf docx doc xlsx xls pptx ppt and rtf The file formats that can be printed differ depending on the app Before you print check that printer is on and is connected to the network Then start e This is available if you are using a smartphone or tablet D gt Note e You can use CANON iMAGE GATEWAY to print jog and jpeg file formats 1 On the Main screen select the app to be used 2 Enter the information according to
64. dialog box This command allows you to specify the page number of the page to be displayed Zoom Menu Selects the ratio of the actual size printed on the paper to the preview display size You can also select the ratio from the drop down list box located on the toolbar Whole Displays the entire page of data as one page 50 Reduces the displayed data to 50 of the actual size to be printed 100 Displays the data at the actual size to be printed 200 Enlarges the displayed data to 200 of the actual size to be printed 400 Enlarges the displayed data to 400 of the actual size to be printed Option Menu Toggles the show hide status of the following information View Thumbnails Reduces all pages in the document selected in the document list and displays them at the bottom of the preview window This command has the same function as the Geel View Thumbnails on the toolbar View Document List Displays the print document list at the top of the preview window View Print Settings Area Displays the print settings area at the right side of the preview window View Deleted Pages When the thumbnails are displayed this function displays pages that were deleted with the Delete Page function To check deleted pages you must first select the View Thumbnails check box Keep printed documents on the list Leaves the printed document in the document list Print Settings Displayed at Startup Switches the tab of the print setting
65. does not start even though the port named CNBJNP_xxxxxxxxxx is selected when the printer is used over LAN Launch IJ Network Tool and select CNBJNP_xxxxxxxxxx as you confirmed in step 4 then associate the port with the printer using Associate Port in the Settings menu If the problem is not resolved reinstall the printer driver with the Setup CD ROM or install it from our website Make sure that the printer is connected to your computer properly Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 475 When the printer is connected to your computer with a USB cable make sure that the USB cable is securely plugged in to the printer and the computer then check the followings e If you are using a relay device such as a USB hub disconnect it connect the printer directly to the computer and try printing again If printing starts normally there is a problem with the relay device Consult the reseller of the relay device for details e There could also be a problem with the USB cable Replace the USB cable and try printing again When you use the printer over LAN make sure that the printer is set up to be used over network correctly Make sure that the printer driver is installed correctly Uninstall the printer driver following the procedure described in Deleting the Unnecessary Printer Driver then reinstall the printer driver with the Setup CD ROM or reinstall it from our website When the printer is connected to your computer with
66. ee hah he wala dr wow wal Achaea 165 Reducing the Printer NO WE o c 0c5 6 sedencw dtm ork date arate teh Meet ani ee Sh rec a Gees 167 Changing the Printer Operation MOdG sis iiss cs icne paste eee aha eS ae Ae ee 168 Changing the Machine Settings Using the Operation Panel 000200 eee eee 170 Using the Printer with the Access Point Mode 0 00s04 4 00 00 a eee ee 171 Initializing the Printer Settings ces srar sintbsercd ett dawed aint bd heedaweed deere iene anws 174 Disabling the Wireless LAN Function of the Printer 022 25 00 5605 0 cca en ecusaeaas acaba 175 Setting the Ink Usage Control TETTIE TENET ATE EEEE aE EEEE 176 Information about Network Connection sssaaa aaaea 178 Useful Information about Network Connection nasasa saaa aaaea 179 Default Values Set at Factory Network icc es cA eee ee eek ow 180 Connecting the Printer to the Computer Using a USB Cable 224 181 When Detecting the Printers Have the Same Name during Setup 00 00 eee 182 Connecting to Other Computer with LAN Changing the Connection Method from USB to LAN 183 Printing Out Network Setting Information oc ia dk hae ee eR we ee le 184 About Network Communication 626256405 obo d66 CREE REME SED OTA TESE EE oe EE 186 Changing and Confirming Network Settings 0 0 0 0 ccc eee 187 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals IJ Network Tool Gp eave eae pi
67. for borderless printing 4 Adjust the amount of extension from the paper If necessary adjust the amount of extension using the Amount of Extension slider Moving the slider to the right increases the amount extending off the paper and moving the slider to the left decreases the amount It is recommended to set the slider at the second position from the right for most cases ri Q al Important When the Amount of Extension slider is set to the rightmost position the back side of the paper may become smudged 5 Complete the setup Click OK When you execute print the data is printed without any margins on the paper J Important When a page size that cannot be used for borderless printing is selected the size is automatically changed to the valid page sizes for borderless printing When Borderless is selected the Printer Paper Size Duplex Printing Manual Stapling Side settings and the Stamp Background Stamp button on the Page Setup tab appear grayed out and are unavailable When Envelope is selected from the Media Type list on the Main tab you cannot perform borderless printing Depending on the type of the media used during borderless printing the print quality may deteriorate at the top and bottom of the sheet or stains may form When the ratio of the height to the width differs from the image data a portion of the image may not be printed depending on the size of the media used In this case cr
68. from drying Do not transport or store the printer with the front of printer the paper output slot cover side down as shown below e Before shipping the printer by a delivery service e Tape the lid of the box securely with strong tape e Clearly label the box as FRAGILE or HANDLE WITH CARE 1 Turn the printer off 2 Confirm that the POWER lamp is off and unplug the power cord 3 Important Do not unplug the printer while the POWER lamp is lit or flashing as it may cause malfunction or damage to the printer making the printer unable to print 3 Retract the paper support then close the rear tray cover and paper output slot cover 4 Unplug the printer cable from the computer and from the printer then unplug the universal AC adapter from the printer When the battery is not used for a long period of time 6 months or longer remove the battery from the printer For details on how to remove the battery refer to the battery s instruction manual 5 Use adhesive tape to secure all the covers on the printer to keep them from opening during transportation Then pack the printer in the plastic bag 6 Attach the protective material to both sides of the printer when packing the printer in the box Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 260 Legal Limitations on Use of Your Product and Use of Images It may be unlawful to print the following documents The list provided is non exhaustive When in doubt
69. in the printer are identical with those of the access point Refer to the instruction manual provided with the access point or contact its manufacturer to check the access point settings and then modify the printer settings How to Set an Encryption Key Make sure that there is no obstruction Wireless communication between different rooms or floors is generally poor Adjust the location of the devices Make sure that the printer is not placed far away from the access point The access point is located indoors within the effective range for wireless communication Locate the printer within 164 ft 50 m from the access point enteral Make sure that there is no source of radio wave interference in your vicinity Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 425 If a device e g microwave oven using the same frequency bandwidth as the wireless station is placed nearby the device may cause interference Place the wireless station as far away from the interference source as possible Make sure that the network settings of the computer are correct Make sure that the computer can communicate with the access point over the wireless LAN Make sure that Enable bidirectional support is selected in the Ports sheet of the properties dialog box of the printer driver Make sure that the firewall of the security software is disabled If the firewall function of your security software is turned on a message may appear warning that Cano
70. interference near the printer and the access point The wireless connection may use the same frequency band as microwave ovens and other sources of radio interference Try to keep the printer and the access point away from such sources Check if the radio channel of the access point is close to that of other access points nearby If the radio channel of the access point is close to that of other access points nearby the connection performance may become unstable Be sure to use a radio channel that does not interfere with other access points Check that the printer and the access point face each other Connection performance may depend on the orientations of the wireless devices Replace the access point and the printer in another direction to achieve the best performance Check whether other computers are not accessing the printer If i appears in the result of the measurement check whether other computers are not accessing the printer Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 199 r still appears even if you have tried the above finish the measurement then restart the IJ Network Tool to start over the measurement 7 Click Finish DJ Note e If any messages appear on Overall Network Performance move the machine and access point as instructed to improve the performance Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 200 Initializing the Network Settings of the Machine D Important Note that initialization erases al
71. level can be set in the Custom The procedure for setting the print quality level is as follows 1 Open the printer driver setup window 2 Select the print quality On the Main tab select Custom for Print Quality and click Set Pian Paper Leter 85x11 22280m 3 Setting the print quality level Drag the slider bar to select the print quality level and click OK 4 Complete the setup Click OK on the Main tab When you execute print the image data is printed with the selected print quality level gt Important e Certain print quality levels cannot be selected depending on the settings of Media Type Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 318 Related Topics Specifying Color Correction Adjusting Color Balance Adjusting Brightness Adjusting Intensity Adjusting Contrast Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 319 Printing a Color Document in Monochrome The procedure for printing a color document in monochrome is as follows You can also set a grayscale printing in Additional Features on the Quick Setup tab 1 Open the printer driver setup window 2 Set grayscale printing Check the Grayscale Printing check box on the Main tab Pian Paper Leter 85x11 22280m Ea _ 3 Complete the setup Click OK When you execute print the document is converted to grayscale data It allows you to print the color document in monochrome 33 Important e When
72. network The setting items may differ depending on the choice of access control methods When Selecting MAC address When Selecting IP address When Selecting MAC address The accessible computers or network devices are specified by their MAC addresses Computers or network devices whose MAC addresses appear on the list are allowed access Wreless LAN Weed LAN Access Control Admin Password Printer Acoess Control Type MAG Address instructions Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 221 1 Enable printer access control MAC address Select to enable access control to the printer by MAC address Note The two types of access control i e by MAC address and by IP address can be enabled at the same time An access control type is enabled as long as the Enable printer access control check box is selected regardless of the type currently displayed by selecting in Printer Access Control Type e When both access control types are enabled at the same time a computer or a network device whose address is registered to either list will be allowed access to the printer 2 Accessible MAC Addresses Shows the registered MAC addresses and any comments 3 Edit The Edit Accessible MAC Address screen is displayed to edit the settings selected in Accessible MAC Addresses Edit Accessible MAC Address Screen Add Accessible MAC Address Screen 4 Add The Add Accessible MAC Address screen is d
73. oc ot eek eea eas hese te ee oees Ge bene see Seeesedeat 270 Printing with Application Software that You are Using Printer Driver 2 2 0005 271 Praning wini Easy SSW cc sndacagee eee aD eked Nee RAAe RODE RGRe A Re Aaa dees 272 Paper Settings on the Printer Driver ITY eee ETEEN ate cae a 214 varous Pining Method sg 6 5 a4 ga sh die a 5 a GAA 64H GR SA GM See dnd BATH A GA Gi BAU GML Grae 4 275 Setting a Page Size and Orientation as 5 ina aeae a edh seer darees eee aan de aeeh 276 Setting the Number of Copies and Printing Order 20200 cece eee 277 Setting the Stapling Margin TEPPE esed Apa dened apd TEE ja paces ac Zire Execute Borderless Primi o 5 2 5 de sco d wand 84 4 05 iinr oe RS SEW SSS SSE aed 281 Fit to Page Printing ee re er er A AITTE PEATE nu ETT 284 CAE FN eaea E Ar A RWS AA E 286 Page Layout Printing Aiken jade eer er rere ree were ssaa ZOO Ting Poster PINUNO o ob adie 4 i od ace a ae hte Ratna AGA Gian RR LR aed Ge 291 BOOK P IMNO orere cde ee ERaresee isa Bee nErededddinewensdeae E anaes 294 Duplex Printings sre s 45h Sebo eS PUSSEEESE CHESS EPESE PERSEUS eee E hee ees 296 Stamp Background Printing cia 4a 4b hk wad Hdd ata Rd aad Bacal Wk da adele amp dada ed 298 Registering 4 SaM eassa dest bews eed ete a ew bd dures tend dae e ea ee awe 301 Registering Image Data to be Used as a Background 0 0 eee eee eee
74. password WEP key of the printer the same change must be made to the password WEP key of the access point 1 WEP Key Enter the same key as the one set to the access point The number of characters and character type that can be entered differ depending on the combination of the key length and key format oS a Key Format ASCII 13 characters Hexadecimal Hex 10 digits 26 digits 2 Key Length Select either 64bit or 128bit 3 Key Format Select either ASCII or Hex 4 Key ID Select the Key ID index set to the access point 5 Authentication Select the authentication method to authenticate the printer s access to the access point Select Auto or Open System or Shared Key Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 213 WPA WPA2 Details Screen Note e This screen is not available depending on the printer you are using Specify the printer WPA WPA2 settings The value displayed on the screen differs depending on the present settings The curtert sellings for chert authentication ere as follows To change the settings cick Change Settings 1 Authentication Type Displays the type of authentication used for client authentication This machine supports the PSK authentication method 2 Dynamic Encryption Type Displays the dynamic encryption method 3 Change Settings Displays the Authentication Type Confirmation screen Authentication Type Confirmation Screen Dow
75. password select the Use admin password check box and enter a password Important e The password should consist of alphanumeric characters and be no longer than 32 characters The password is case sensitive Do not forget the password you set If you forget the administrator password you specified initialize the printer to revert the password to the default setting 6 Click OK A screen is displayed asking you for confirmation before the settings are sent to the printer If you click Yes the settings are sent to the printer and the Transmitted Settings screen is displayed Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 197 Monitoring Wireless Network Status 2 Note e This screen is not available depending on the printer you are using e When using the machine over the wired LAN you cannot monitor network status 1 Start up IJ Network Tool 2 Select the printer in Printers 3 Select Status from the View menu The Status screen is displayed and you can check the printer status and connection performance 3 Important If the indicated value is low move your printer closer to the wireless network device 4 If you measure the connection performance in detail click Advanced Measurement The Connection Performance Measurement screen is displayed 5 Click Next gt The measurement starts and the status displays Measurement takes a few minutes Check that the printer is tumed on and click Next W
76. personal information to a third party Note e Signal strength is displayed as follows Til Good Ti Fair T Poor e Type of encryption is displayed as follows Blank No encryption WEP WEP is set WPA WPA2 WPA WPA2 is set 2 Update Click to update the list of access points when your target access point is not detected If the target access point is set to the stealth mode click Cancel to return to the previous screen and enter the access point s SSID in SSID on the Wireless LAN sheet Wireless LAN Sheet Note e When detecting your target access point make sure that the access point is turned on Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 211 3 Set Click to set the access point s SSID in SSID on the Wireless LAN sheet Note The WEP Details screen or the WPA WPA2 Details screen appears if the selected access point is encrypted In this case configure the details to use the same encryption settings set to the access point e Access points that cannot be used by this machine including those configured to use different encryption methods are displayed grayed out and cannot be configured Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 212 WEP Details Screen Note e This screen is not available depending on the printer you are using Specify the printer WEP settings WEP Key 1 v Kay Length Key Format 3 Key D 4 5 Atherticaton Ato inetyuctions D Note When changing the
77. print head e If you pull up the print head lock lever after installing the print head push both tabs in left to right order until each clicks into place Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 99 Note e For details on replacing an ink tank see Replacing an Ink Tank Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 100 About the Power Supply of the Printer gt Confirming that the Power Is On gt Turning the Printer On and Off Notice for the Power Plug Power Cord Notice for Unplugging the Power Cord Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 101 Confirming that the Power Is On The POWER lamp is lit when the printer is turned on Note e It may take a while for the printer to start printing immediately after you turn on the printer Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 102 Turning the Printer On and Off Turning on the printer 1 Open the rear tray cover The paper output slot cover opens automatically 2 Press the ON button to turn on the printer The POWER lamp flashes and then remains lit Confirming that the Power Is On e It may take a while for the printer to start printing immediately after you turn on the printer If the Alarm lamp flashes see If an Error Occurs 3J Note e If you use the battery make sure that it is charged For details on how to check it refer to the battery s instruction manual Turning off the printer 1 Press the ON button
78. printer outside the country or region where you purchased it you may not be able to install certain apps You can continue to use apps that are already installed as long as the apps support the country or region you are moving to If the registered app is not in the Apps list Check the display language of Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center If the display language is switched to a language that does not support an app the app will not be displayed in the apps list but will continue to be registered If you switch back to the target language of the app it will be displayed in the apps list and you will be able to start register or unregister the app If the information is not updated when you press the Update button Because the Properties screen requires network connection with this product the information may not be reflected immediately Please wait awhile and then try updating the information again If the information is still not updated then check that the product is connected to the Internet If you do not receive the registration e mail You may have entered a different e mail address during the user registration of Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center Remote Ul startup gt IJ Cloud Printing Center setup gt Delete from this service to delete the service registration After resetting the printer repeat the user registration of Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center from the beginning Printing starts on its own even if
79. printer s name then select Printer properties e In Windows Vista or Windows XP right click the Canon XXX series icon where XXX is your printer s name then select Properties 4 Click the Ports tab to confirm the port settings Make sure that a port named USBnnn where n is a number with Canon XXX series appearing in the Printer column is selected for Print to the following port s Note When the printer is used over LAN the port name of the printer is displayed as CNBJNP_XXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX is the character string generated from the MAC address or a character string specified by the user when setting up the printer If the setting is incorrect Reinstall the printer driver with the Setup CD ROM or install it from our website Printing does not start even though the printer is connected to the computer using a USB cable and the port named USBnnn is selected In Windows 8 1 or Windows 8 select My Printer on the Start screen to start My Printer If My Printer is not displayed on the Start screen select the Search charm then search for My Printer Set the correct printer port on Diagnose and Repair Printer Follow the on screen instructions to set the correct printer port then select your printer s name In Windows 7 Windows Vista or Windows XP click Start and select All programs Canon Utilities Canon My Printer Canon My Printer then select Diagnose and Repair Printer Follow the on screen i
80. printing profile are displayed in Additional Features You can also change a printing profile and register it under a new name You can delete the registered printing profile You can rearrange the profiles either by dragging the individual profiles or by holding down the Ctrl key and pressing the up or down arrow keys Standard These are the factory settings If Page Size Orientation and Copies were set from the application software those settings have priority Photo Printing If you select this setting when printing a photo the photo paper and photo size generally used are set The Borderless Printing check box is checked automatically If Orientation and Copies were set from the application software those settings have priority Business Document Select this setting when printing a general document If Page Size Orientation and Copies were set from the application software those settings have priority Paper Saving Select this setting to save paper when printing a general document The 2 on 1 Printing and Duplex Printing Manual check boxes are checked automatically If Page Size Orientation and Copies were set from the application software those settings have priority Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 356 Envelope If you select this setting for printing an envelope Media Type is set automatically to Envelope In the Envelope Size Setting dialog box select the size of the envelope to be used Note The
81. profiles and allows you to specify them use a printing ICC profile in the application software and select settings for color management The procedure for adjusting colors with the printer driver is as follows 1 Open the printer driver setup window 2 Select the manual color adjustment On the Main tab select Manual for Color Intensity and click Set The Manual Color Adjustment dialog box opens 3 Select color correction Click Matching tab and select Driver Matching for Color Correction Calor Correction KM None 4 Set the other items If necessary click Color Adjustment tab and adjust the color balance Cyan Magenta Yellow and adjust Brightness Intensity and Contrast settings and then click OK 5 Complete the setup Click OK on the Main tab When you execute print the printer driver adjusts the colors when printing the data Related Topics Setting the Print Quality Level Custom Specifying Color Correction Adjusting Color Balance Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 325 Adjusting Brightness Adjusting Intensity Adjusting Contrast Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 326 Printing with ICC Profiles When the image data has a specified input ICC profile you can print by using the color space Adobe RGB or SRGB of the data effectively The printer driver setting procedure varies depending on the application software used to print Spe
82. properly from the print head nozzle Note e If the remaining ink level is low the nozzle check pattern will not be printed correctly Replace the ink tank whose ink is low You need to prepare a sheet of A4 or Letter sized plain paper 1 Make sure that the power is turned on 2 Load a sheet of A4 or Letter sized plain paper in the rear tray 3 Set the paper thickness lever to the right Loading Paper 4 Hold down the RESUME CANCEL button until the POWER lamp flashes twice then release it immediately The nozzle check pattern will be printed Do not perform any other operations until the printer completes the printing of the nozzle check pattern 5 Examine the nozzle check pattern Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 137 Examining the Nozzle Check Pattern Examine the nozzle check pattern and clean the print head if necessary 1 Check if there are missing lines in the pattern A or horizontal white streaks in the pattern B H Coo Ic a gt C Number of sheets printed so far If there are missing lines in the pattern A Cleaning the print head of the Black ink is required D E D Good E Bad lines are missing If there are horizontal white streaks in the pattern B Cleaning the print head of the Color ink is required F Good G Bad horizontal white streaks are present D Note The total number of sheets printed so far is shown in increments of 50 sheets on the p
83. select x the printer is deleted from the Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center When transferring the ownership of the printer select Clear the information saved on the printer Add printers series Copy apps Add printer Select this to add printers to be used in the Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center DJ Note Up to 16 printers are guaranteed to operate for each e mail address Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 49 Manage users screen yt Manage users Delete User name Authority Administrator Standard user Add user From the Manage users screen you can check user information registered to the Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center delete users add users and change the Administrator and Standard user settings User deletion Select the check box of the user to be deleted and select Delete However you cannot delete yourself To delete yourself cancel your membership from the user information screen Adding a user Select Add user The user registration screen appears e Changing Administrator and Standard user settings You can change the privileges of the Administrator and Standard users 2 Printer name area The registered name of the printer selected is displayed The Administrator can change the printer name 3 Right context menu When you select the context menu appears The information displayed depends on the menu currently selected in the menu a
84. setup Click OK When you execute print the document will be enlarged or reduced to fit to the page size Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 285 Scaled Printing Festival el i Come and join wet The procedure for printing a document with pages enlarged or reduced is as follows inter driver setup window 1 Open the pr 2 Set scaled printing Select Scaled from the Page Layout list on the Page Setup tab Page Stp Martenance IEN Page Sze 4 Onentation AJ Peers AJC Ftate 190 degrees Letter 8 5 11 22280m Quick Setup Man Letier 8 5711 22280m FA Poren Pacer Sze Pian Paper Leter 85x11 22280m Cl Ouples Parting Manusi Long ede taping 1 H 01 935 Zi g lt y EF Port tom Last Page F Collate Pact Options Stamp Background _ Detauts Cres oy he Copes 3 Select the paper size of the document Using Page Size select the page size that is set with your application software 4 Set the scaling rate by using one of the following methods e Select a Printer Paper Size When the printer paper size is smaller than the Page Size the page image will be reduced When the printer paper size is larger than the Page Size the page image will be enlarged Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 286 Letter 8 5711 22280m e Specify a scaling factor Directly type in a value into the Scaling box Guick Setup Man Page Senp Martenance Le
85. status of the prrter to configure the settings t may take a few minutes for a printer to be visible on the network after R is tumad on Please wat a while and then cick Update 1 Printers The printer name status printer model name and port name are displayed A check mark next to the printer in the Name list indicates it is set as the default printer Configuration changes are applied to the selected printer 2 Update Performs printer detection again Click this button if the target printer is not displayed Important To change the printer s network settings using IJ Network Tool it must be connected via a LAN If No Driver is displayed for the name associate the port with the printer When the Printer Driver Is Not Associated with a Port If Not Found is displayed for the status check the followings e The access point is turned on e When using wired LAN the LAN cable is connected properly If the printer on a network is not detected make sure that the printer is turned on then click Update It may take several minutes to detect printers If the printer is not yet detected connect the machine and the computer with a USB cable then click Update If the printer is being used from another computer a screen is displayed informing you of this condition Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 204 Note This item has the same function as Refresh in the View menu 3 Configuration
86. supported B5 A5 Legal and Envelopes Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 115 Standard sizes e Letter e Legal A5 A4 BS e 4 x 6 10 x 15 cm 5 x 7 13 x 18 cm e 8 x 10 20 x 25 cm e Envelope DL e Envelope Com 10 Non standard sizes You can print on non standard size paper within the following ranges e Minimum size 2 17 x 3 58 inches 55 0 x 91 0 mm e Maximum size 8 50 x 23 00 inches 215 9 x 584 2 mm Paper Weight You can use paper in the following weight range e 17 to 28 Ib 64 to 105 g Im plain paper except for Canon genuine paper Do not use heavier or lighter paper except for Canon genuine paper as it could jam in the printer Notes on Storing Paper e Take out only the necessary number of paper from the package just before printing To avoid curling when you do not print put unused paper back into the package and keep it on a level surface And also store it avoiding heat humidity and direct sunlight Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 116 Paper Load Limit Commercially Available Papers Paper Thickness Limit of the Media Name Rear Tra Plain Paper including recycled Approx 50 sheets Right Approx 10 sheets paper 2 Canon Genuine Papers Note e We recommend that you remove the previously printed sheet from the paper output slot cover before continuously printing to avoid blurs and discoloration Paper for printing photos Paper Thic
87. the Grayscale Printing check box is checked the printer driver processes image data as sRGB data In this case actual colors printed may differ from those in the original image data When using the grayscale printing function to print Adobe RGB data convert the data to sRGB data using an application software Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 320 DJ Note During Grayscale Printing inks other than black ink may be used as well Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 321 Specifying Color Correction You can specify the color correction method suited to the type of document to be printed Normally the printer driver adjusts the colors by using Canon Digital Photo Color so that data is printed with color tints that most people prefer This method is suitable for printing sRGB data When you want to print by using the color space Adobe RGB or sRGB of the image data effectively select ICM ICC Profile Matching When you want to use an application software to specify a printing ICC profile select None The procedure for specifying color correction is as follows You can also set color correction on the Quick Setup tab by choosing Photo Printing under Commonly Used Settings and then choosing Color Intensity Manual Adjustment under Additional Features 1 Open the printer driver setup window 2 Select the manual color adjustment On the Main tab select Manual for Color Intensity and click Set Color rtenst
88. the Ink Lamps 4 Remove the new ink tank from its packaging then remove the protective cap C from the bottom of the ink tank gt Important Do not touch the electrical contacts D on the ink tank Doing so can cause the printer to malfunction or become unable to print Shaking ink tanks may cause ink to spill out and stain clothing or the surrounding area Handle ink tanks carefully Do not touch the inside of the protective cap C or the open ink port E The ink may stain your hands if you touch them Do not reattach the protective cap C once you have removed it Discard it according to the local laws and regulations regarding disposal of consumables Do not touch the open ink port E once the protective cap C is removed as this may prevent the ink from being ejected properly 5 Insert the front end of the ink tank into the print head at a slant Align the Y mark with the A mark Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 127 6 Press the mark on the ink tank until the ink tank snaps firmly into place Make sure that the ink lamp lights up 3 Important e Install both ink tanks to print The printer cannot be used unless both ink tanks are installed e If the front innermost part of the ink tank F is sticking up push down on the Canon logo on the ink tank Do not remove the ink tank forcibly Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 128 7 Close the print head cover 3J Not
89. the Printer Driver Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 403 Before Installing the Printer Driver This section describes the items that you should check before installing the printer driver You should also refer to this section if the printer driver cannot be installed Checking the Printer Status Turn off the printer Checking the Personal Computer Settings e Terminate all running applications Log on as a user who has the administrator account Important e Before installing the latest printer driver delete the previously installed version Related Topics Obtaining the Latest Printer Driver Installing the Printer Driver Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 404 Installing the Printer Driver You can access our web site through the Internet and download the latest printer driver and XPS printer driver for your model The procedure for installing the downloaded printer driver is as follows 1 Turn off the printer 2 Start the installer Double click the icon of the downloaded file The installation program starts Important e In Windows 8 1 Windows 8 Windows 7 or Windows Vista a confirmation warning dialog box may appear when starting installing or uninstalling software This dialog box appears when administrative rights are required to perform a task When you are logged on to an administrator account click Yes or Continue Allow to continue Some applications r
90. the Printer over the Wireless LAN Make sure that the printer is turned on Make sure that the network settings in the printer are identical with those of the access point Refer to the instruction manual provided with the access point or contact its manufacturer to check the access point settings and then modify the printer settings gt How to Set an Encryption Key Make sure that the printer is not placed far away from the access point The access point is located indoors within the effective range for wireless communication Locate the printer within 164 ft 50 m from the access point Make sure that there is no obstruction Wireless communication between different rooms or floors is generally poor Adjust the location of the devices SH Make sure that there is no source of radio wave interference in your vicinity If a device e g microwave oven using the same frequency bandwidth as the wireless station is placed nearby the device may cause interference Place the wireless station as far away from the interference source as possible G Make sure that the network settings of the computer are correct For the procedures to connect a network device to the computer and set them up refer to the instruction manual of your network device or contact its manufacturer Make sure that the radio status is good and adjust the installation positions while monitoring the radio status with IJ Network Tool Monitoring Wireless Ne
91. the media type and paper source are set from the application software those settings have priority and the changed settings may become ineffective Printer Paper Size Displays the paper size of the document to be printed Media Type You can select the media type of the document to be printed Paper Source You can select the paper source of the document to be printed Page Layout Displays the page layout of the document to be printed Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 389 Canon IJ XPS Preview Description Canon IJ XPS Preview is an application software that displays what the print result will look like before a document is actually printed The preview reflects the information which is set within the printer driver and allows you to check the document layout print order and number of pages The preview also allows you to edit the print document edit the print pages change the print settings and perform other functions When you want to display a preview before printing open the printer driver setup window and check the Preview before printing check box on the Main tab Important e To use the Canon IJ XPS Preview you must have Microsoft NET Framework 4 Client Profile installed on your computer Eile Egt Yew Zoom Option Help e s SI G B Cocument Name Page Informaton Layout Manual Color Adjustment test Notepad Printer Paper Size Letter 85 11 2228om Media Type Pain Paper Paper Source
92. the paper becomes smudged during duplex printing perform Bottom Plate Cleaning in the Maintenance tab Related Topics Cleaning Inside the Printer Changing the Printer Operation Mode Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 297 Stamp Background Printing Stamp or Background may be unavailable when certain printer drivers or operating environments are used The Stamp function allows you to print a stamp text or a bitmap over or behind document data It also allows you to print date time and user name The Background function allows you to print a light illustration behind the document data The procedure for performing stamp background printing is as follows Printing a Stamp CONFIDENTIAL IMPORTANT and other stamps that are used often in companies are pre registered 1 Open the printer driver setup window 2 Click Stamp Background Stamp on the Page Setup tab Letter 8 5 x11 22280m A Langecope Pign Paper Letter 85 11 22280m o l V Atomaca seduce large documert that the perter carrot otat C Oupleg Parting Manus Stapling Sde Lorg ede taping Lef 1 1 999 i Port trom Last Page v se on oe ered em me The Stamp Background Stamp dialog box opens Note e With the XPS printer driver the Stamp Background button has become the Stamp button and only the stamp function can be used Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 298 3 S
93. the printer becomes a concern such when printing at night Perform this operation when you want to change the quiet mode setting DJ Note If the printer is off or if communication between the printer and the computer is disabled an error message may appear because the computer cannot collect the printer status Custom Settings Opens the Custom Settings dialog box Perform this function to change the settings of this printer Note e If the printer is off or if communication between the printer and the computer is disabled an error message may appear because the computer cannot collect the printer status If this happens click OK to display the most recent settings specified on your computer View Print History This function starts the Canon IJ XPS preview and displays the print history Note e You can use this function only with the XPS printer driver View Printer Status Starts the Canon IJ Status Monitor Perform this function when you want to check the printer status and how a print job is proceeding Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 382 J Note e If you are using the XPS printer driver the Canon IJ Status Monitor becomes the Canon IJ XPS Status Monitor About Opens the About dialog box The version of the printer driver plus a copyright notice can be checked In addition the language to be used can be switched Initial Check Items Before running Cleaning or Deep Cle
94. the stringent requirements of the Energy Star programme for both environmental benefits and the amount of energy consumption will carry the Energy Star logo accordingly Paper types This product can be used to print on both recycled and virgin paper certified to an environmental stewardship scheme which complies with EN12281 or a similar quality standard In addition it can support printing on media down to a weight of 64g m2 lighter paper means less resources used and a lower environmental footprint for your printing needs Regulatory Model Code RMC is for identification and proof that the product complies with the regulations Please note that RMC is different from the marketing model number of the product D ENERGY STAR oN MA Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 92 Main Components and Basic Operations Main Components About the Power Supply of the Printer Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 93 Main Components gt Front View gt Rear View gt Side View gt Inside View Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 94 Front View 7 1 print head cover Open to replace an ink tank or remove jammed paper inside the printer 2 paper guide Align with the left side of the paper stack 3 paper support Pull out fully to support paper loaded on the rear tray 4 rear tray cover Open to load paper in the rear tray 5 rear tray Load paper here Two or more sheets o
95. the width of the stapling margin The specified width becomes the stapling margin from the center of the sheet Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 372 Page Border Prints a page border line around each document page Check this check box to print the page border line Specify Margin dialog box This dialog box allows you to specify the margin width for the side to be stapled If a document does not fit on one page the document is reduced when printed Margin Specifies the width of the stapling margin The width of the side specified by Stapling Side becomes the stapling margin Print Options dialog box Makes changes to print data that is sent to the printer Depending on the type of printer driver you are using and the environment this function may not be available Disable ICM required from the application software Disables the ICM function required from the application software When an application software uses Windows ICM to print data unexpected colors may be produced or the printing speed may decrease If these problems occur checking this check box may resolve the problems Important e Uncheck this check box under normal circumstances e This function does not work when ICM is selected for Color Correction on the Matching tab of the Manual Color Adjustment dialog box J Note e Disable ICM required from the application software tab cannot be used with the XPS printer driver Disable the color profil
96. to turn off the printer When the POWER lamp stops flashing the printer is turned off Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 103 3 Important e When you unplug the power cord after turning off the printer be sure to confirm that the POWER lamp is off e If you stand the printer up or carry the printer before the POWER lamp goes off this may cause the ink to leak or the printer to break 3J Note e It may take up to 40 seconds until the power is turned off e You can set the printer to automatically turn off when no print jobs are sent to the printer for a certain interval This is the default setting Managing the Printer Power Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 104 Notice for the Power Plug Power Cord Unplug the power cord once a month to confirm that the power plug power cord does not have anything unusual described below The power plug power cord is hot The power plug power cord is rusty The power plug power cord is bent The power plug power cord is worn The power plug power cord is split As Caution e If you find anything unusual with the power plug power cord described above unplug the power cord and call for service Using the printer with one of the unusual conditions above may cause a fire or an electric shock Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 105 Notice for Unplugging the Power Cord To unplug the power cord follow the procedure below g
97. trademarks service marks or product names of the Licensor except as required for reasonable and customary use in describing the origin of the Work and reproducing the content of the NOTICE file 7 Disclaimer of Warranty Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing Licensor provides the Work and each Contributor provides its Contributions on an AS IS BASIS WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND either express or implied including without limitation any warranties or conditions of TITLE NON INFRINGEMENT MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE You are solely responsible for determining the appropriateness of using or redistributing the Work and assume any risks associated with Your exercise of permissions under this License 8 Limitation of Liability In no event and under no legal theory whether in tort including negligence contract or otherwise unless required by applicable law such as deliberate and grossly negligent acts or agreed to in writing shall any Contributor be liable to You for damages including any direct indirect special incidental or consequential damages of any character arising as a result of this License or out of the use or inability to use the Work including but not limited to damages for loss of Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 16 goodwill work stoppage computer failure or malfunction or any and all other commercial damages or losses even if such Contrib
98. using single byte alphanumeric characters and symbols amp lt gt _ Alphabets are case sensitive Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 43 11 Specify the Time zone setting and select Next Select your region on the list If you cannot find your region on the list select the one closest to your region Apply daylight saving time This appears only when there is a daylight saving time in the Time zone that you selected Select whether or not to apply the daylight saving time Register user info User Name 1 to 20 characters Time zone UTC Coordinated Universal Time v 12 Enter the Security code and select Done Enter the code for authenticating the user Register user info Set security code About security code Security code Security code confirmation 0 to 8 digits 33 Important e The Security code entry field has the following character restrictions e Single byte numbers Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 44 The registration is complete A registration completion message is displayed When you select the OK button in the message the login screen is displayed Enter the registered e mail address and password and log in to the Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center Using Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 45 Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center window This section describes the Canon Inkjet Clou
99. you do not do anything A third party may be able to illegally use the Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center services Remote Ul startup gt IJ Cloud Printing Center setup gt Delete from this service to delete the service registration After resetting the printer repeat the user registration of Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center from the beginning Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 67 If you are unable to log in correctly even after entering the correct password in iOS or Mac If you are using iOS or Mac and the password contains the symbol enter a backslash instead For instructions on entering a backslash see the OS help Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 68 Printing with Google Cloud Print The printer is compatible with Google Cloud Print Google Cloud Print is a service provided by Google Inc By using Google Cloud Print you can print from anywhere with applications or services supporting Google Cloud Print 1 Preparations for Printing with Google Cloud Print 2 Printing from Computer or Smartphone with Google Cloud Print 33 Important e LAN connection with the printer and Internet connection are required to register the printer and to print with Google Cloud Print Internet connection fees apply e This function may not be available depending on the country or region you live in Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 69 Preparations for Printing with Google Cloud Print
100. 00 000 c eee ee eee 243 AOU Technical WANS sae odd wae ates hand ah Baan es eae eae nian 244 e e ie E E E E EE EE EG eee Eee eee eRe IEE oS 251 AOU PEN heed g E a a a o dn a a a NE 252 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Tips for Ensuring Optimal Printing Quality 02660 64444 ch eee we ee sees tied ee ee 253 Useui Infonnaton about lik cos cduiscnses edad wha dias hohe dat en Kaleb oh Rhona eo 254 Key Points to Successful Printing esisseiccee eevee db ewee teeth bebe eee eeeee reed 255 Be Sure to Make Paper Settings after Loading Paper 0 00060 ce ee cee eee eee eee 256 Canceling a Print Job ee Suns eee Lee dante ree Rake EE EE eer ieee one en LOT Printer Handing Precautions sirs ce620999649548L 65629 PRRTDELRARRERAERA RAGED EMSS LAS 258 Key to Enjoying Consistent Printing Quality 0 0 000 eee ete 259 Precautions for Safe Transport of the Printer 0 00000 cece eee 260 Legal Limitations on Use of Your Product and Use of Images 261 ir es Me PW kee cee eee eteet esse eees oe 4 cece Cadeeceeeseeses ae 262 Traveling Abroad with he PANS 66 ose iee sd adees C8101 6S3GERE Ke wo ORES EES 263 PROLOG 54 6b a Hi od hh OE E See rei OGG T SG bee eed 264 Ue oe iC ec ot en ee eee ee ee ee See ee ee ee ee ae ee meen eee eee a eee ee eer 265 About the Administrator Password 00000 cece eee ee eee 268 PARIN 5 ea ee eee eS dele od oe OE Ee a hh eee A ee ek 269 Pining roma IM
101. 24 Replacing an Ink Tank When remaining ink cautions or errors occur the Alarm lamp will flash to inform you of the error Count the number of flashes and take appropriate action If an Error Occurs Note If print results become faint or white streaks appear despite sufficient ink levels see Maintenance Procedure Replacing Procedure When you need to replace an ink tank follow the procedure below Important If you remove an ink tank replace it immediately Do not leave the printer with the ink tank removed e Use a new ink tank for replacement Installing a used ink tank may cause the nozzles to clog Furthermore with such an ink tank the printer will not be able to inform you when to replace the ink tank properly e Once an ink tank has been installed do not remove it from the printer and leave it out in the open This will cause the ink tank to dry out and the printer may not operate properly when it is reinstalled To maintain optimal printing quality use an ink tank within six months of first use Note Color ink may be consumed even when printing a black and white document or when black and white printing is specified Every ink is also consumed in the standard cleaning and deep cleaning of the print head which may be necessary to maintain the performance of the printer When an ink tank is out of ink replace it immediately with a new one Useful Information about Ink 1 Make su
102. 304 setting Up Envelope Printing s 2i0 0 oeyeseviwdeene enor obese eee peewee bey 307 Pioio on POSCAS i sics sh aorta 2k cots idan due hades ER 309 Displaying the Print Results before Printing 45 00 45 00 c00ee een e eeeea eee wa eden 311 Setting Paper Dimensions Custom Size 00 85 cee eee ee ee cee ences eeenens 312 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Editing the Print Document or Reprinting from the Print History 04 314 Changing the Print Quality and Correcting Image Data 00 0022 eeaee 317 Setting the Print Quality Level Custom 0 0000000 cece eens 318 Printing a Color Document in Monochrome c00csseerdiekbedar dived anaananawwa naa 320 Specifying Color COne CUON 1 0 1aee 44 tiad eu cee ed ee EW Soe Eee a EN EYE SRE eS 322 Optimal Photo Printing of Image Data s61 is eodets teed ee eee d kirye en nia 324 Adjusting Colors with the Printer Driver asssssssssssesseresaereresrerirrns 325 Pining WiN ICC PISS ad weak A tahoe ak a E g a ia aiaa ae eee 327 Adjusting Color Balance 22 ssersrrssie reretia nire ee eee eeedoer ytd 330 Adjusting Color Balance Using Sample Patterns Printer Driver 392 Adjusting BQhiNnGSS 22 2 16cc0scceteeeweeteeeeaed doer d DEES EESE RENE EEEE 336 Adum MMSE ass deere vie teed amserebedatieneenerendederdaiedas o4a 338 Adjusting Contrast E ee ee eee eee ee ET ee T 340 Adjusting Intensity Contrast Us
103. 64 digit hexadecimal value Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 249 e WPS Wi Fi Protected Setup WPS is a standard for easy and secure establishment of a wireless network There are 2 primary methods used in the Wi Fi Protected Setup PIN entry a mandatory method of setup for all WPS certified devices Push button configuration PBC an actual push button on the hardware or through a simulated push button in the software Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 250 Restrictions If you use a printer over the wireless LAN the printer may recognize nearby wireless systems you should set a network key WEP or WPA WPA2 to the access point to encrypt wireless transmission Wireless communication with a product that does not comply with the Wi Fi standard cannot be guaranteed Connecting with too many computers may affect the printer performance such as printing speed Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 251 About Firewall A firewall is a function of the security software installed in the computer or operation system for computer and is a system that is designed to prevent unauthorized access to a network Precautions When a Firewall Function is Enabled A firewall function may limit communications between a printer and a computer This may disable printer setup and communications During the printer setup you may be prompted to enable or disable communications depending on the firewall function of the securi
104. 85x11 22280m or Ww Preview betore pareng 3 Complete the setup Click OK When you execute print the Canon IJ Preview opens and displays the print results 33 Important In the Manual Color Adjustment dialog box the Color Adjustment tab contains the Print a pattern for color adjustment check box When this check box is selected the Preview before printing appears grayed out and is unavailable Related Topic Canon IJ Preview Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 311 Setting Paper Dimensions Custom Size You can specify the height and width of paper when its size cannot be selected from the Page Size Such a paper size is called custom size The procedure for specifying a custom size is as follows You can also set a custom size in Printer Paper Size on the Quick Setup tab 1 Open the printer driver setup window 2 Select the paper size Select Custom for Page Size on the Page Setup tab AJ Pore A __ Rotate 180 degrees Same as Page Size Page Layout Nomslcize 5 OB g Nomalsizne Bordderiess Feto Paze Scaled lt V Atoenatically reduce large documert that the certer caret ope Cl Ouples Parting Manus Stapling Sde Long side stapling Leh P 1 1 995 gj Zi Port bom Last Page V Collate Pact Options Stamp Background Defauts oe wes tor o The Custom Paper Size dialog box opens e5 mhes 2 17 16 54 11 00 inches 05823 39 ox cocu t
105. Adjusting Colors with the Printer Driver Printing with ICC Profiles Printing a Color Document in Monochrome Displaying the Print Results before Printing Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 367 Page Setup tab Description The Page Setup tab allows you to determine how a document is to be arranged on the paper Also this tab allows you to set the number of copies and the order of printing If the application which created the document has a similar function set them with the application GB Nomalaize Borderless Feto Page Scaled lt V Atonaticaly seduce large documert that the perter cant ofpt Duplex Parting Manusi Raping Sde Longade stapling eh Copes 2 1 H 1 39 3i Z Pert iom Last Page v Pact Options Qanp Backgound OK Cancel beoly Settings Preview The paper illustration shows how the original will be laid out on a sheet of paper You can check an overall image of the layout Page Size Selects a page size Ensure that you select the same page size as you selected within the application If you select Custom the Custom Paper Size dialog box opens and allows you to specify any vertical and horizontal dimensions for the paper size Orientation Selects the printing orientation If the application used to create your document has a similar function select the same orientation that you selected in that application Portrait Prints the document so that its top and bottom position
106. BCDEF 1234567 Saergle Tyge Idod v C Mew Color Paten 4 Setting pattern print When the Pattern Print dialog box opens set the following items and then click OK Cyan Magerta Yelow reeraty Cortroz Letter 85x11 22x28cm Sane as Page Sre v Urge Medum Parameters to Adjust Select Intensity Contrast Printer Paper Size Select the paper size to be used for pattern printing 3J Note e Depending on the paper size selected on the Page Setup tab there may be sizes that cannot be selected Amount of Pattern Instances Select Largest Large or Small to set the number of patterns to be printed Note e Largest and Large cannot be selected when certain paper sizes or output paper sizes are selected Color Variation Between Instances Set the amount of color change between neighboring patterns 3J Note e Large is about double the size of Medium and Small is about half the size of Medium 5 Checking the print results of pattern print Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 343 On the Color Adjustment tab select OK to close the Manual Color Adjustment dialog box On the Main tab select OK and then execute printing The printer then prints a pattern in which the intensity contrast that you set is the center value enc w is Ee EE Ee ancy d OIS N E ks ks Bacio j b T 5 n s 5 pas p u 4 6 Adjusting the intensity contrast Look at the print results and s
107. Blots Paper Is Smudged Printed Surface Is Scratched Back of the Paper Is Smudged Colors Are Uneven or Streaked Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 442 Cannot Print to End of Job Select the setting not to compress the printing data If you select the setting not to compress the printing data with an application software you are using the printing result may be improved Click Print Options on the Page Setup sheet on the printer driver Select the Do not allow application software to compress print data check box then click OK Deselect the check box after printing is complete Is the size of the print data extremely large Click Print Options on the Page Setup sheet on the printer driver Then set Prevention of Print Data Loss in the displayed dialog to On When On is selected for Prevention of Print Data Loss print quality may be reduced Is the space of your computer s hard disk sufficient Delete unnecessary files to free disk space Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 443 No Printing Results Printing Is Blurred Colors Are Wrong White Streaks No Printing Results Printing Is Blurred Colors Are Wrong White Streaks Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 444 Did you confirm the paper and print quality settings Print Results Not Satisfactory ei Print the Nozzle Check Pattern and perform any necessary maintenance operations such as Pri
108. Canon Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals iP110 series Online Manual Read Me First Useful Functions Available on the Machine Overview of the Printer Printing Troubleshooting English Contents R ad Me Finck 40 0 hbs ee bend AEREE ERRARE EER eee keen dea oe DES 12 How to Use the Online Manual 000 ccc ee eee eee 13 Trademarks and Licenses 2c 6 G49 oi ee OSES OO ORES 14 SCH WN E a a ke adhe Se eke ee Shee hansen E a snare aad 18 Notes on Operation Explanations 0 00 cece eee eee 20 Useful Functions Available on the Machine 0 000000 e eee 21 Connect Wirelessly with Ease in Access Point Mode 0020000 ee 22 Print Photos Easily Using My Image Garden 6 666 ekdtee eee ens eG sdeee bade oe ees 23 Print Items with Easy PhotoPrint Web Application 0 200000 eee 25 Print Photos on Facebook Easily Using a Facebook App Print Your Days 26 Connection Methods Available on the Printer aaa 27 Connection without Using an Access Point Windows XP 00000 cece eee eee eens 29 icc S 18 Cee ee ee te er eee eee eae ee eee re eee ee ee eee ee ere eee 31 Notice for Web Service Printing oe hie do Fos Sb ROSE Ee HSER Se ROS OS OS 33 Use PIXMA Cloud LING 2 ocs ccc it aeeokeseeidecsaeatbebedgegadedseens IE E EKS 35 Using PIXMA Cloud Link from Your Smartphone Tablet or Computer nnana naaasar aae 36 Before Using Canon I
109. Changing the Settings in the Wireless LAN Sheet Changing the WEP Detailed Settings gt Changing the WPA WPA2 Detailed Settings Changing the Settings in the Wired LAN Sheet Changing the Settings in the Admin Password Sheet Monitoring Wireless Network Status gt Initializing the Network Settings of the Machine gt Viewing the Modified Settings Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 187 IJ Network Tool IJ Network Tool is a utility that enables you to display and modify the machine network settings It is installed when the machine is set up Important To use the machine over LAN make sure you have the equipment necessary for the connection type such as an access point or a LAN cable Do not start up IJ Network Tool while printing Do not print when IJ Network Tool is running If the firewall function of your security software is turned on a message may appear warning that Canon software is attempting to access the network If the warning message appears set the security software to always allow access IJ Network Tool has been verified to work on Windows XP however it does not support Fast User Switching It is recommended to exit IJ Network Tool when switching users Starting up IJ Network Tool 1 Start up IJ Network Tool as shown below In Windows 8 1 or Windows 8 select IJ Network Tool on the Start screen to start IJ Network Tool If IJ Network Tool is not displayed on the Start screen
110. Displays the settings used for client authentication Confirm the settings and click Finish Check the settings for chert authentication and then cick Frish Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 217 Wired LAN Sheet Note e This screen is not available depending on the printer you are using Allows you to set the printer with wired LAN connection To display the Wired LAN sheet click the Wired LAN tab on the Configuration screen Wied LAN Admin Password v TCPAP Setup Get IP address automaticaly Use next IP address 1 TCP IP Setup Sets the IP address of the printer to be used over the LAN Specify a value appropriate for your network environment Get IP address automatically Select this option to use an IP address automatically assigned by a DHCP server DHCP server functionality must be enabled on your router Use next IP address Select this option if no DHCP server functionality is available in your setup where you use the printer or you want to use a particular IP address or a fixed IP address Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 218 Admin Password Sheet Set a password for the printer to allow specific people to perform setup and configurations operation To display the Admin Password sheet click the Admin Password tab on the Configuration screen 1 Use admin password Set an administrator password with privileges to set up and change detailed options To use this fea
111. Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 445 Lines Are Misaligned D Did you confirm the paper and print quality settings Print Results Not Satisfactory Perform Print Head Alignment If printed lines are misaligned or print results are otherwise unsatisfactory adjust the print head position Aligning the Print Head D gt Note e If the problem is not resolved after performing the Print Head Alignment perform Print Head Alignment manually referring to Aligning the Print Head Position from Your Computer Increase the print quality and try printing again Increasing the print quality in the printer driver may improve the print result Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 446 Line Does Not Print or Prints Partially Is the Page Layout Printing performed or the Binding margin function used When the Page Layout Printing or Binding margin function is being used thin lines may not be printed Try thickening the lines in the document Is the size of the print data extremely large Click Print Options on the Page Setup sheet on the printer driver Then set Prevention of Print Data Loss in the displayed dialog to On When On is selected for Prevention of Print Data Loss print quality may be reduced Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 447 Image Does Not Print or Prints Partially Select the setting not to compress the printing data If you select the setting not to compress the printing da
112. EEE 802 11n International standard for wireless LAN using the 2 4 GHz and 5 GHz frequency ranges Even when using two or more antennas simultaneously or obtaining a bigger transfer rate than before by using multiple communication channels at the same time the transmission speed may be influenced by the connected apparatus At the maximum transfer rate of 600 Mbps it is possible to communicate with multiple computer terminals within a dozen or so metre radius Compatible with 802 11b and 802 1 1g Infrastructure Client computer and machine setup where all wireless communications pass through an access point IP Address A unique number with four parts separated by dots Every network device that is connected to the Internet has an IP address Example 192 168 0 1 An IP address is usually assigned by an access point or a DHCP server of the router automatically IPv4 IPv6 They are internetwork layer protocol used on the internet IPv4 uses 32 bit addresses and IPv6 uses 128 bit addresses Key Format Select either ASCII or Hex as the WEP key format The character that can be used for the WEP key differs depending on the selected key formats ASCII Specify with a 5 or 13 character string that can include alphanumeric and underscore characters It is case sensitive Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 246 R o Hex Specify a 10 digit or 26 digit string that can contain hexadecimal 0 to 9 A to F and a to f
113. Ejected Related Topic Use Your Computer to Print a Nozzle Check Pattern Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 143 Cleaning the Paper Feed Rollers from Your Computer Cleans the paper feed rollers Perform feed roller cleaning when there are paper particles sticking to the paper feed rollers and paper is not fed properly The procedure for performing the feed roller cleaning is as follows Roller Cleaning 1 Prepare the printer Remove all sheets of paper from the rear tray and set the paper thickness lever to the right 2 Open the printer driver setup window 3 Click Roller Cleaning on the Maintenance tab The confirmation message appears 4 Execute paper feed roller cleaning Make sure that the printer is on and then click OK Paper feed roller cleaning starts 5 Complete paper feed roller cleaning After the rollers have stopped follow the instruction in the message load three sheets of plain paper into the rear tray and click OK Paper will be ejected and feed roller cleaning will be completed Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 144 Aligning the Print Head When you perform head position adjustment errors in the print head adjustment position are corrected and conditions such as color and line streaking are improved If the print results appear uneven because of line shifts or other conditions adjust the position of the print head On this printer you can adjust the pri
114. GOODS OR SERVICES LOSS OF USE DATA OR PROFITS OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY WHETHER IN CONTRACT STRICT LIABILITY OR TORT INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE Apache License Version 2 0 January 2004 http www apache org licenses TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR USE REPRODUCTION AND DISTRIBUTION Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 14 1 Definitions License shall mean the terms and conditions for use reproduction and distribution as defined by Sections 1 through 9 of this document Licensor shall mean the copyright owner or entity authorized by the copyright owner that is granting the License Legal Entity shall mean the union of the acting entity and all other entities that control are controlled by or are under common control with that entity For the purposes of this definition control means i the power direct or indirect to cause the direction or management of such entity whether by contract or otherwise or ii ownership of fifty percent 50 or more of the outstanding shares or iii beneficial ownership of such entity You or Your shall mean an individual or Legal Entity exercising permissions granted by this License Source form shall mean the preferred form for making modifications including but not limited to software source code documentation so
115. Hagakis with a zip code column downward e When printing on envelopes refer to Loading Paper and prepare the envelopes before printing Once you have prepared the envelopes load them in portrait orientation If the envelopes are placed in landscape orientation they will not feed properly Confirm that the media type and the paper size settings correspond with the loaded paper Make sure that there are not any foreign objects in the rear tray Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 438 If the paper tears in the rear tray see Paper Jams to remove it If there are any foreign objects in the rear tray be sure to turn off the printer unplug it from the power supply then remove the foreign object If you use a battery turn off the printer detach the battery then remove the foreign object OFA Clean the paper feed roller Cleaning the Paper Feed Roller 3J Note e Cleaning the paper feed roller will wear the roller so perform this procedure only when necessary Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 439 Printing Stops Before It Is Completed Is the paper loaded Make sure that paper is loaded If the printer has run out of paper load paper Do the printing documents have lots of photographs or illustrations As printing large data such as photos or graphics takes time for the printer and the computer to process the printer may appear to have stopped operating In addition when printing data
116. ID of the access point mode Password of the access point mode 8 to 10 alphanumeric characters IPv6 IP Address 2 Selected IP Address IPv6 XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX IPv6 Default Gateway 2 Default Gateway IPv6 XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 184 Subnet Prefix Length 2 Subnet Prefix Length XXX Security Protocol 3 Method of the Security Protocol ESP ESP amp AH AH Wireless LAN DRX Discontinuous reception Enable Disable wireless LAN Bonjour setting Enable Disable Bonjour Service Name Bonjour service name Bonjour service name Up to 52 alphanumeric characters PictBridge Commun PictBridge Communication Enable Disable DNS Server Getting DNS Server Auto Manual automatically XX represents alphanumeric characters 1 Depending on the country or region of purchase one of the channels from 1 to 11 is printed 2 Only when IPV6 is enabled the status of the network is printed 3 Only when IPv6 and the IPsec setting are enabled the status of the network is printed Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 185 About Network Communication Changing and Confirming Network Settings gt Screens for Network Connection of IJ Network Tool gt Other Screens of IJ Network Tool gt Appendix for Network Communication Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 186 Changing and Confirming Network Settings IJ Network Tool
117. Important e Do not change this setting while the print job is displayed in the print wait list Otherwise characters may be omitted or the layout may become corrupt Detect the paper width when printing from computer When you print from the computer this function identifies the paper that was loaded into this printer When the paper width detected by the printer differs from the width of the paper specified in Page Size on the Page Setup tab a message is displayed To use paper width detection when printing from the computer select the check box J Important e If you are using user defined paper use the Custom Paper Size to correctly set the size of the paper loaded in the printer Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 168 If an error message is displayed even though the same size that was set is loaded clear the check box Ink Drying Wait Time You can set the length of the printer rest time until printing of the next page begins Moving the slider to the right increases the pause time and moving the slider to the left decreases the time If the paper gets stained because the next page is ejected before the ink on the printed page dries increase the ink drying wait time Reducing the ink drying wait time speeds up printing 4 Apply the settings Click OK and when the confirmation message appears click OK The printer operates with the modified settings hereafter Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 169 Chan
118. Name column 3 Select Configuration from the Settings menu 4 Click the Wireless LAN tab 5 Select Use WEP in Encryption Method and click Configuration The WEP Details screen is displayed 6 Change the settings or confirm When changing the password WEP key the same change must be made to the password WEP key of the access point a hH Kay Length 128be 2 Key Format ASCII v 3 Key ID Athertication 5 instructions 1 WEP Key Enter the same key as the one set to the access point The number of characters and character type that can be entered differ depending on the combination of the key length and key format Key Length Key Format ASCII 13 characters Hexadecimal Hex 10 digits 26 digits Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 191 2 Key Length Select either 64bit or 128bit 3 Key Format Select either ASCII or Hex 4 Key ID Select the Key ID index set to the access point 5 Authentication Select the authentication method to authenticate the printer s access to the access point Normally select Auto If you want to specify the method manually select Open System or Shared Key according to the setting of the access point 7 Click OK 3J Important e If the printer cannot communicate with the computer after the encryption type of the printer was switched make sure that encryption types for the computer and the access point match that set to the printer
119. OO 4 Ri 519 2 ee idir rire iei ee ee ee ee eee ee ee ee 520 24 ee ene eS Ce ee See ee ee ee ee ete ee ee ee en ee E E ee ee 521 OP cit tate coesiGiatcauteatiengacteshesaseres seek aarneeiesaessakess 522 OOO a eee ee ee ee re ee ee ee ee 523 3 ee eee ee eee eer eee eee ee ee eee eT ee ee ee ee ee eee ee 524 BOW E T E A E E EE saat beeesegedeselesauscceseutenesrsecegensenen 525 Ot a ee ee eteta ee ee ee a ee 526 We ee ce ee seeteeeheseeaat ee bees E E EE E eee teens E EE 527 Boe EAN A T E E E T E E EE E E E A E E E EE 528 e E AE ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee eee ee ee 529 i pind ea da oceans a5 cde ee ene or eee S E a ee ee ee es 530 OO ceSiSeaneees beleisecee N A E T E E E oe E E E E senses 531 J a ee er en ee ee re ee eee ee eee 532 eee bi ee a eee ies cin i mete Go eee ode ea ere ae at as ey ees 533 O98 ENEA AT T E areca E T E E E E E E A A E EEE E ET 534 OAA ee rehine epee eee ee ee ee eee ee ee eee ee 535 Mie nce ee aa r A E eee oe 536 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals A ee ee ee eee ee ee ee eee ee ee ee ee ee eee ree ee eee 538 MUO sodeceseccbetueeheo tecmia segseeeehoeae tease setesessteeshaesecat 539 0 ee eee eee ek eee ee eee A eee ee ee eee ee ee ee ee ee ee 540 B o eee eee ee eT ree er ye eee eee Te ee es eee eee ee ere oe ee ee 541 ee eee tesadetctgenseeseemtese dates eegegeseeh ed yededeesege shee se 5a 542 Lit eee eee ee ee eee ee eee ee eee eee ee Se re ee ee ee ee eee ee 543 Bo ee ae ee eT eee eee eye ee ee ee ee
120. Printer com Manuals 182 Connecting to Other Computer with LAN Changing the Connection Method from USB to LAN To add the computer connecting the printer with LAN or to change the connection method between the printer and the computer from USB to LAN perform setup with the Setup CD ROM or perform it according to the instructions on our website Connecting to Other Computer with LAN To add the computer connecting the printer with LAN perform setup with the Setup CD ROM or perform it according to the instructions on our website Changing the Connection Method from USB to LAN To change the connection method to LAN while you are using the printer with USB connection perform setup again with the Setup CD ROM or perform it again according to the instructions on our website and select Change Connection Method Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 183 Printing Out Network Setting Information You can print out the current network settings of the printer Important e This print out contains valuable information about your computer Handle it with care 1 Make sure that the printer is turned on 2 Load a sheet of A4 or Letter sized plain paper 3 Press and hold the RESUME CANCEL button then release the button when the POWER lamp flashes 6 times The printer starts printing the network setting information The following information on the printer s network setting is printed out ee O SSID of the wireless LAN SS
121. Printing Center change printer names delete printers add printers and copy apps Check the printer information series Copy apps The registered printer name is displayed indicates the currently selected printer indicates that an error occurred on the printer Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 55 Display update date time of the printer information Userinformation Instructions Log out Close Updated date Mar 4 2014 4 59 AM This displays the date and time the printer information was last updated refreshes the information e Change the printer name When you select 7 a screen to change the printer name appears Follow the instructions on the screen to change the name D gt Note e The printer name entry has the following character limitation Up to 128 characters Delete printers When you select x the printer is deleted from the Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center When transferring the ownership of the printer select Clear the information saved on the printer Add printers CS Add printer Select this to add printers to be used in the Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center Note Up to 16 printers are guaranteed to operate for each e mail address Copy apps Select this to copy apps added in the selected printer to another printer Copy apps When you select coras f the screen shown below appears Downloaded from ManualsPrinter
122. Re a cee dudaharerendat aw atpdieaah amp see 87 Regulatory and Safety Information 000 00 cece eee 89 Main Components and Basic Operations 000 0c eee eee eee 93 Maim COmpoOnentS lt 454 ace eoe Le bendee Geek eke e EEN oe eee eet ee SEE ee WEEE 4 Ged 94 POY Oeria kid am aapid Lies ht ae aes backers bated bbe ened ek aeceaus 95 Rear VIOW nisi c neta dri tin a adder RE E atone REE Rna a aa ARG 97 SE VEW aag enrage 2a rte aed a a a aan al end ha hy aban ER E heat sh 98 INSIdG VIOW cass oed ua sosit teri Rey a EES EW DOESN O DEORE EME ORS ORO eR Hed 99 About the Power Supply of the Printer node cd hae Baad AEE HEED EARS AERA A a de De 101 Confirming that the Power S Ofs 6 240064406 the 86d Ee PEDERI eR ee BORIS 102 Timing the Printer On and Oti0csca oa twe tee kes ek haem nade Gea bbwra doe ota md aes 103 Notice for the Power Plug Power Cord 0 ic 0 ci00 eed eek oe Geer eee eens Khe eee ew oS 105 Notice for Unplugging the Power Cord caccdade piadeaeeddd daar ewiuhideeeawe daa dae 106 Loading a Sa 2 ear eee ee eee ee ee ae ee ee eee er eee ee 107 Loa mO PON estas hd a ara aes bar ke a ag oh ah hy Aa ay Se peas Aha la a Bil a A 108 Leading Plain Papers Photo Papil tic icccidadctt einen he bicedd ated dhe eared bas 109 Loading EPOPEE Sp Hurai siuna i ene es dubai dead Ak arpa a aa Aldi d a hes 112 Media Types You Can Use ace ee cee eon dd tresier SAEPE aE T aa 115 Paper Load Limi esi iaaa a a A a a a a a a
123. Scratched Paper Is Smudged The Edges of Paper Are Smudged Printed Surface Is Smudged Printed Surface Is Scratched Did you confirm the paper and print quality settings Print Results Not Satisfactory Is the appropriate type of paper used Check the followings e Check to see if the paper you are printing on is suitable for your printing purpose Media Types You Can Use e When performing Borderless Printing make sure that the paper you are using is suitable for Borderless Printing If the paper you are using is not suitable for Borderless Printing the print quality may be reduced at the top and bottom edges of the paper Printing Area Load the paper after correcting its curl We recommend putting unused paper back into the package and keeping it on a level surface e For Plain Paper Turn the paper over and reload it to print on the other side Leaving the paper loaded on the rear tray for a long time may cause the paper to curl In this case load the paper with the other side facing up It may resolve the problem For Other Paper If the curl on the four corners of the paper is more than 0 1 inch 3 mm A in height the paper may be smudged or may not be fed properly In such cases follow the procedure described below to correct the paper curl Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 450 1 Roll up the paper in the opposite direction to the paper curl as shown below LNG 2 Che
124. Setup Main and Page Setup tabs and add the information to the Commonly Used Settings list on the Quick Setup tab Name Enter the name for the printing profile you wish to save Up to 255 characters can be entered The name appears with its associated icon in the Commonly Used Settings list on the Quick Setup tab Options Opens the Save Commonly Used Settings dialog box Changes the details of printing profile to be saved Save Commonly Used Settings dialog box Select the icons of the printing profiles to be registered to Commonly Used Settings and change the items to be saved in the printing profiles Icon Select the icon for the printing profile you wish to save The selected icon appears with its name in the Commonly Used Settings list on the Quick Setup tab Save the paper size setting Saves the paper size to the printing profile in Commonly Used Settings To apply the saved paper size when the printing profile is selected check this check box If this check box is unchecked the paper size is not saved and consequently the paper size setting is not applied when the printing profile is selected Instead the printer prints with the paper size specified with the application software Save the orientation setting Saves the Orientation to the printing profile in Commonly Used Settings To apply the saved print orientation when the printing profile is selected check this check box If this check box is unchecked the print
125. When performing printer maintenance or printer settings options can be selected according to the number of flashes 12 Wi Fi button Hold down to automatically set up the wireless LAN connection 13 Wi Fi lamp Lights or flashes to indicate the wireless LAN status Lights Wireless LAN connection is enabled Flashes Printing over wireless LAN Also flashes while configuring the wireless LAN connection Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 96 Rear View 1 battery connector Connects the battery For how to connect and use the battery refer to the battery s instruction manual 2 battery connector cover Covers the battery connector When the battery is unplugged from the connector use this cover to protect the battery connector Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 97 Side View 1 AC adapter connector Plug in the supplied universal AC adapter plug here 2 USB port Plug in the USB cable to connect the printer with a computer gt Important e Do not touch the metal casing Do not plug in or unplug the USB cable while printing Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 98 Inside View 1 ink lamps Lights or flashes to indicate the ink tank status Checking the Ink Status with the Ink Lamps 2 print head holder Install the print head here 3 print head lock lever Locks the print head into place gt Important Do not pull up this lever after installing the
126. XPS printer driver Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 374 Stamp Background Stamp dialog box The Stamp Background Stamp dialog box allows you to print a stamp and or background over or behind the document pages In addition to the pre registered ones you can register and use your original stamp or background Note e With the XPS printer driver the Stamp Background button has become the Stamp button and only the stamp function can be used Stamp Stamp printing is a function that prints a stamp over a document Check this check box and select a title from the list to print a stamp Define Stamp Opens the Stamp Settings dialog box You can check the details of a selected stamp or save a new stamp Place stamp over text Sets how the stamp is to be printed over the document Check the Stamp check box to enable this Check this check box to print a stamp over the printed document page The printed data may be hidden behind the stamp Uncheck this check box to print the document data over the stamp The printed data will not be hidden behind the stamp However the sections of the stamp that are overlapped by the document may be hidden Print semitransparent stamp Sets how the stamp is to be printed over the document Check the Stamp check box to enable this Check this check box to print a semi transparent stamp over the printed document page Uncheck this check box to print the stamp over the document
127. a aha peak a ae ee ee EEE EEPE EOE ter oe Tee E 188 Changing the Settings in the Wireless LAN Sheet 0 00000 ce eee eee eeeee 189 Changing the WEP Detailed SRUNGS a0 0 2ii0ddscctddoecrtdedaveneriabedueda dene dd 191 Changing the WPA WPA2 Detailed Settings 0 0 000 c eee eee eae 193 Changing the Settings in the Wired LAN Sheet 20 0 0 0 0 cece eee eee 196 Changing the Settings in the Admin Password Sheet 0 000 e ee eee 197 Monitoring Wireless Network Status er ee re rer eee eau ee Tere ee sae 198 Initializing the Network Settings of the Machine 00 00 cece ee 201 Viewing the Modified Settings 0 000 ccc tte eee 202 screens for Network Connection of IJ Network Tool 6 0 0 605 e eee bene eee e nes 203 Canon lJ Network Tool Screen sis ccc sens Gourd stews seer deveseaned diene ee ESEESE 204 COMMING SCE 0o2 4h 4 a5 de 22N owed dGReoudeeeradeuansgead ooewnedaarrewese 208 Wireless LAN SHSGl 12c2cened pase deberansetaaedeaa join eee ts ee A re eee ee 209 MAC Olea na wine ain E 19 5S Sew LOR SED Rae a ROO O e 858S Soar WRDeS meee ed 211 WEP Details Screen EE PETE EEE ore RE EANET TT EUEN TTET mae 213 WPAINPA2 Details SOOO 6 4 5 cdscaa dee Pde des dea MD HER EMERLR ERE RT REESE O LG 214 Authentication Type Confirmation Screen sii 5cecid eth setseoeeds seeker erdeeeredanes 215 PSK Passphrase and Dynamic Encryption Setup Screen 00020000 eee ea
128. a sanded 117 Media Types You Cannot USG 6 0 5 cct cased sede eh iseen i datt AG era ee ake E Ra 118 PAMO sch sta ae rh tnd Ba TETEE dias dh ga Wad eat st AA ew REAREA 119 PRIMING AIGGy srein r aaa aaa 120 Other Sizes than Letter Legal Envelopes oc ck ee ee 121 Lerter Legal 22 4 iteet hase neeet hee a a eth bee ee eee Rhea eee eae ee 122 Sue e E E EE due ee dae SEE EET OE Bw dius nee 123 Replacing annk Ps oho decade neeaae ea e e n AE Ea E 4 124 Replacing an Ink ieena E a a A ESTRA 125 Checking the Ink Status from Your Computers i066 lt 20s0 severe eee deere iwedeed ee ew ee 130 Checking the Ink Statis cand dasa acta aa dav ota aaah hh ae Real a ae eeu a hd a eee aah eae 131 Checking the Ink Status with the Ink Lamps 000 0c eee eee ee eee 132 MaimtenanCE s os na neietdeunseiusasebeeete eed sere ci eseeeeenetessar eases 133 When Printing Becomes Faint or Colors Are Incorrect 000 000 eee eee eee 134 Maintenance PIOCKUUIG o aioe dan ed ai eta ena hee tad wa mA ea Mba die daw att aided 135 Printing the Nozzle Check Pattern 2200 sccsecesrressrireirerdy eee de ey wee eee 137 Examining the Nozzle Check PaWeMiiasa aeaacau ks ieoeee da ha doe wade ek ae ets A eee 138 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Cleaning the Print Head eee oe Coe ee eee eee ee ere ee 139 Aligning he Prot Head essri cade med dda ead Ak ee k a Abd Baca aa 140 Performing Maintenance from a Computer
129. ach the battery Plug the printer back in or attach the battery then turn the printer back on If the problem is not resolved contact the service center Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 519 6800 Cause Printer error has occurred Action Turn off the printer and unplug the power cord of the printer from the power supply If you use a battery turn off the printer then detach the battery Plug the printer back in or attach the battery then turn the printer back on If the problem is not resolved contact the service center Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 520 6801 Cause Printer error has occurred Action Turn off the printer and unplug the power cord of the printer from the power supply If you use a battery turn off the printer then detach the battery Plug the printer back in or attach the battery then turn the printer back on If the problem is not resolved contact the service center Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 521 6900 Cause Printer error has occurred Action Turn off the printer and unplug the power cord of the printer from the power supply If you use a battery turn off the printer then detach the battery Plug the printer back in or attach the battery then turn the printer back on If the problem is not resolved contact the service center Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 522 6901 Cause Printer error has occurred Action
130. address of the printer print out the network setting information Printing Out Network Setting Information To display the network setting information using IJ Network Tool select Network Information on the View menu Canon IJ Network Tool Screen Checking the IP Address or the MAC Address of the Computer To check the IP address or MAC address assigned to the computer follow the procedure below 1 Select Command Prompt as shown below In Windows 8 1 or Windows 8 select Command Prompt from the Start screen If Command Prompt is not displayed on the Start screen select the Search charm then search for Command Prompt e In Windows 7 Windows Vista or Windows XP click Start gt All Programs gt Accessories gt Command Prompt 2 Enter ipconfig all and press the Enter key The IP addresses and the MAC addresses of the network devices installed on your computer are displayed When the network device is not connected to the network the IP address is not displayed Checking If the Computer and the Printer or Computer and the Access Point Can Communicate To check that communication is available perform the ping test 1 Select Command Prompt as shown below In Windows 8 1 or Windows 8 select Command Prompt from the Start screen If Command Prompt is not displayed on the Start screen select the Search charm then search for Command Prompt e In Windows 7 Windows Vista or Windows XP click Start
131. aded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 74 Canon oss eaminp stummen GEDANS 3 From the menu options tap Print ia canon com e D Ga 4 From Printer Options select the model that you are using gt Important Because some app does not support AirPrint Printer Options may not be displayed If an app does not let you use printer options you cannot print from that app Note The Printer Options differ depending on the app and model you are using Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 75 5 When printing a file type that has multiple pages such as a PDF file click Range and then click All Pages or select the range of pages to be printed 6 For 1 Copy click or to set the number of required copies 7 For Duplex Printing click On to enable duplex printing or click Off to disable the function 8 Tap the Print When you execute printing the printer prints according to the specified settings Paper Size With AirPrint the paper size is selected automatically according to the app being used on the Apple device and the region in which AirPrint is used When Apple s photo app is used the default paper size is L size in Japan and 4 x6 or KG in other countries and regions When documents are printed from Apple s Safari app the default paper size is letter size in the U S region and A4 in Japan and Europe Important Your app may support different paper sizes Checking the
132. age Printing SE Festival estival G k 4 Festival 5 i 3 Come and join uc Come ank jin wi The procedure for printing a document that is automatically enlarged or reduced to fit the page size to be used is as follows 1 Open the printer driver setup window 2 Set fit to page printing Select Fit to Page from the Page Layout list on the Page Setup tab Quick Setp Man Page Sep Martenance IEN Pope Sie Letter 8 5x11 22280m l1 amp Orientation A Pora AJC Rotate 180 degrees GPP Portar Poser Sze Letter 85 11 22280m Page Layout Fttofage Ma oO amp Nomalsize Borderless c 3 Select the paper size of the document Using Page Size select the page size that is set with your application software 4 Select the print paper size Select the size of the paper loaded in the printer from the Printer Paper Size list When the Printer Paper Size is smaller than the Page Size the page image will be reduced When the Printer Paper Size is larger than the Page Size the page image will be enlarged The current settings are displayed in the settings preview on the left side of the printer driver Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 284 Chick Setup Man Page Senp Maitenance EEN Pope Se Letter 85x11 22280m a Onereation A Porat A Oungcpe Page Layout Fttofage a D H 9S A Nomasize Borde ess Fito Page Scaled Page Layout 5 Complete the
133. ages select the View Deleted Pages check box from the Option menu and select the pages to be recovered from among the displayed thumbnail pages Then from the Edit menu chose Pages and then Restore Page Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 315 After editing the print documents or print pages you can change the print settings on the Page Information Layout and Manual Color Adjustment tabs as necessary Important To display the multiple documents in the list open the preview and execute print again To return the print documents to their original condition before they were edited in the preview on the Edit menu select Reset Documents from Documents If the documents to be combined have different print settings a message may be displayed Check the contents of the displayed message before combining the documents If the documents to be combined have different output paper sizes and duplex printing or page layout printing is to be performed the printer may not produce the expected print results for certain print pages Check the preview before printing Depending on the print settings of the print document some functions may not be available in the Canon IJ XPS preview DJ Note e You can rename Document Name to any name 5 Executing print Click Print When you execute print the printer uses the specified settings to print the data Reprinting from the Print History When you click Save Print History on the File me
134. als 278 Setting the Stapling Margin The procedure for setting the staple side and the margin width is as follows 1 Open the printer driver setup window 2 Specify the side to be stapled Check the position of the stapling margin from Stapling Side on the Page Setup tab The printer analyzes the Orientation and Page Layout settings and automatically selects the best staple position When you want to change the setting select from the list Letier 8 5 11 22280m AJ Pora A O Linge C Retste 180 degrees Same as Page Sre Page Layout Noenalcize BH Ba 8 Nomalcize Borderless Fitto Page Scaled Page Layout Pian Paper Leter 8 11 22280m lt gt al V Aromatica reduce large document that the perter carrot opt 3 Set the margin width If necessary click Specify Margin and set the margin width and then click OK Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 279 Note The printer automatically reduces the print area depending on the staple position margin 4 Complete the setup Click OK on the Page Setup tab When you execute print the data is printed with the specified staple side and margin width D Important Stapling Side and Specify Margin appear grayed out and are unavailable when Borderless Tiling Poster or Booklet is selected for Page Layout e Scaled is selected for Page Layout When Duplex Printing Manual is also selected only Stapling Side can be spe
135. ame SSID in order to communicate with each other The SSID can be up to 32 characters long and is made up of alphanumeric characters The SSID may also be referred to by its network name Stealth In the stealth mode an access point hides itself by not broadcasting its SSID The client must specify the SSID set to the access point to detect it Subnet Mask IP address has two components the network address and the host address Subnet Mask used to calculate the Subnet Mask address from the IP address A Subnet Mask is usually assigned by an access point or a DHCP server of the router automatically Example IP Address 192 168 127 123 Subnet Mask 255 255 255 0 Subnet Mask Address 192 168 127 0 TCP IP Suite of communications protocols used to connect hosts on the Internet or the LAN This protocol allows different terminals to communicate with each other TKIP An encryption protocol employed by WPA WPA2 e USB Serial interface designed to enable you to hot swap devices i e by plugging and unplugging them without turning off the power Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 248 WwW e WCN Windows Connect Now Users running Windows Vista or later can obtain the setting information directly via wireless network WCN NET WEP WEP Key An encryption method employed by IEEE 802 11 Shared security key used to encrypt and decrypt data sent over wireless networks This printer supports key length of 64 bits or
136. anada applicables aux appareils radio exempts de licence L exploitation est autoris e aux deux conditions suivantes 1 l appareil ne doit pas produire de brouillage et 2 l utilisateur de l appareil doit accepter tout brouillage radio lectrique subi m me si le brouillage est susceptible d en compromettre le fonctionnement Cet quipement est conforme aux limites d exposition aux rayonnements nonc es pour un environnement non contr l et respecte les r gles d exposition aux fr quences radio lectriques RF CNR 102 de l IC Cet quipement doit tre install et utilis en gardant une distance de 20 cm ou plus entre le dispositif rayonnant et le corps a l exception des extr mit s mains poignets pieds et chevilles Users in Jordan This printer contains WLAN Module approved by TRC LPD 2013 130 Name of WLAN Module K30357 Only for European Union and EEA Norway Iceland and Liechtenstein TA These symbols indicate that this product is not to be disposed of with your household waste according to the WEEE Directive 2012 19 EU the Battery Directive 2006 66 EC and or national legislation implementing those Directives If a chemical symbol is printed beneath the symbol shown above in accordance with the Battery Directive this indicates that a heavy metal Hg Mercury Cd Cadmium Pb Lead is present in this battery or accumulator at a concentration above an applicable threshold specified in the Battery Directive
137. aning check that the printer power is on and open the cover of the printer Check the following items for each ink e Check the amount of ink remaining in the tank e Make sure that you push in the ink tank completely until you hear a clicking sound e If an orange tape is adhered to the ink tank peel it off completely Any remaining tape will hinder ink output e Check that the ink tanks are installed in their correct positions Start Print Head Alignment dialog box This dialog box allows you to adjust the attachment position for the print head or to print the current setting value for the print head position Align Print Head Aligns the print head Print head alignment corrects the installation positions of the print head and improves deviated colors and lines Align the print head immediately after installing the print head Print Alignment Value Click this button to check the current setting value of the print head position Prints the current setting value for the print head position Print Head Alignment dialog box To adjust the print head position manually click Align Print Head in the Start Print Head Alignment dialog box and perform the operations instructed in the messages The Print Head Alignment dialog box is then displayed This dialog box allows you to check the printed pattern and adjust the print head position Preview Window Displays the pattern of Print Head Alignment and checks the position of the selecte
138. are saved and you can print with the same settings from the next time as well In the Commonly Used Settings window click Save to register the specified settings Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 273 Paper Settings on the Printer Driver When you use this printer selecting a media type that matches the print purpose will help you achieve the best print results You can use the following media types on this printer Commercially available papers Plain Paper including recycled paper Plain Paper Canon genuine papers Photo Printing Canon genuine papers Original Products Media name lt Model No gt Media Type in the printer driver Photo Stickers lt PS 101 gt Glossy Photo Paper Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 274 Various Printing Methods gt gt gt gt Y xy yyy y Setting a Page Size and Orientation Setting the Number of Copies and Printing Order Setting the Stapling Margin Execute Borderless Printing Fit to Page Printing Scaled Printing Page Layout Printing Tiling Poster Printing Booklet Printing Duplex Printing Stamp Background Printing Registering a Stamp Registering Image Data to be Used as a Background Setting Up Envelope Printing Printing on Postcards Displaying the Print Results before Printing Setting Paper Dimensions Custom Size Editing the Print Document or Reprinting from the Print History Downloaded from ManualsPr
139. at the document extends beyond the paper click the Page Setup tab choose Borderless and enter the value in Amount of Extension Grayscale Printing This function converts the data to monochrome data when printing your document Draft This setting is appropriate for test printing Rotate 180 degrees Prints the document by rotating it 180 degrees against the paper feed direction The width of print area and the amount of extension that are configured in other application software will be reversed vertically and horizontally Color Intensity Manual Adjustment Select when you set the Color Correction method and individual settings such as Cyan Magenta Yellow Brightness Intensity and Contrast etc Media Type Selects a type of printing paper Select a media type that matches the paper that is loaded in the printer This ensures that printing is carried out properly for the specified paper Printer Paper Size Selects the size of paper actually loaded into the printer Normally the paper size is set automatically according to the output paper size setting and the document is printed with no scaling When you set 2 on 1 Printing or 4 on 1 Printing in Additional Features you can manually set the paper size with Page Size on the Page Setup tab If you select a paper size that is smaller than the Page Size the document size will be reduced If you select a paper size that is larger the document size will be enlarged Also if you select Cu
140. away from the printer Do not locate external communication devices too far away from the printer Make sure that there is no obstruction Wireless communication between different rooms or floors is generally poor Adjust the location of the devices GAA Make sure that there is no source of radio wave interference in your vicinity If a device e g microwave oven using the same frequency bandwidth as the wireless station is placed nearby the device may cause interference Place the wireless station as far away from the interference source as possible GEE Are you trying to connect 6 devices or more You can connect up to 5 devices using the access point mode Cannot Print from a Computer Connected to the Network OEGE Make sure that the network settings of the computer are correct For the procedures to set up the computer refer to the instruction manual of your computer or contact its manufacturer eile If the printer driver is not installed install it Install the printer driver with the Setup CD ROM or install it from our website Gs Make sure that access control is not set to the access point For the procedures to connect an access point and set it up refer to the instruction manual of your access point or contact its manufacturer Note e To check the MAC address or the IP address of the computer see Checking the IP Address or the MAC Address of the Computer Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manual
141. ayout then Automatically reduce large document that the printer cannot output is displayed Normally you can leave the check box checked During printing if you do not want to reduce large documents that cannot be printed on the printer uncheck the check box Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 276 Setting the Number of Copies and Printing Order The procedure for specifying the number of copies and printing order is as follows You can also set the number of copies on the Quick Setup tab 1 Open the printer driver setup window 2 Specify the number of copies to be printed For Copies on the Page Setup tab specify the number of copies to be printed Quick Sep Man Page Seo Martenance IEN Pope Sre Letter 8 5 x11 22280m 11 4 Onertation A Porat A OLandcape J Rotate 180 degrees a Same as Page Sre Page Layout Nomnaline BH BH H B Pian P Leter Seep 2228m Nomasize Borderess FttoPaze Scaled Page Layout lt gt a l V Atonatcaly reduce large documert that the perter carrot otat Cl Ouples Parting Manusi Stapling Sde Long eide stapling Leh 3 Specify the print order Check the Print from Last Page check box when you want to print from the last page in order and uncheck the check box when you want to print from the first page Check the Collate check box when you are printing multiple copies of a document and want to print out all pages in each copy together Uncheck this check box whe
142. be able to purchase this model in some countries or regions e Power cord for universal AC adapter Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 264 Specifications General Specifications Printing resolution dpi Interface Operating environment Storage environment Power supply Power consumption External dimensions 9600 horizontal x 2400 vertical Ink droplets can be placed with a pitch of 1 9600 inch at minimum USB Port Hi Speed USB 1 LAN Port Wireless LAN IEEE802 11n IEEE802 11g IEEE802 11b 2 1 A computer that complies with Hi Speed USB standard is required Since the Hi Speed USB interface is fully upwardly compatible with USB 1 1 it can be used at USB 1 1 2 Setup possible through WPS Wi Fi Protected Setup WCN Windows Connect Now or Cableless setup USB and LAN can be used at the same time 8 inches 203 2 mm for Borderless Printing 8 5 inches 216 mm Temperature 41 to 95 F 5 to 35 C Humidity 10 to 90 RH no condensation The performance of the printer may be reduced under certain temperature and humidity conditions Recommended conditions Temperature 59 to 86 F 15 to 30 C Humidity 10 to 80 RH no condensation For the temperature and humidity conditions of papers such as photo paper refer to the paper s packaging or the supplied instructions Temperature 32 to 104 F 0 to 40 C Humidity 5 to 95 RH no condensation AC 100 240 V
143. be reversed this function is grayed out and cannot be selected This command has the same function as the EX Undo on the toolbar Documents Selects the method for editing print documents Combine Documents Combines the documents selected in the document list into one document If only one document is selected this command is grayed out and cannot be selected This command has the same function as the Combine Documents on the toolbar Reset Documents Returns the document selected in the document list to their status before they were added to the Canon IJ XPS Preview The combined documents are separated and the original documents are restored Ia This command has the same function as the EP Reset Documents on the toolbar Move Document Use the following command to change the order of the documents selected in the document list Move to First Moves the selected print document to the beginning of the document list If the currently selected document is the first document this command is grayed out and cannot be selected Move Up One Moves the selected print document one up from its current position If the currently selected document is the first document this command is grayed out and cannot be selected Move Down One Moves the selected print document one down from its current position If the currently selected document is the last document this command is grayed out and cannot be selected Move to Last Moves the se
144. bout 1 second interval to indicate that the ink tank needs to be replaced with a new one Checking the Ink Status with the Ink Lamps Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 254 Key Points to Successful Printing Check the printer status before printing e Is the print head OK If a print head nozzle is clogged print will be faint and papers will be wasted Print the nozzle check pattern to check the print head Maintenance Procedure e Is the inside of the printer smeared with ink After printing large quantities of paper or performing borderless printing the area where papers go through may get smeared with ink Clean the inside of your printer with Bottom Plate Cleaning Set the paper thickness lever according to type of loaded paper Set this lever to the right for normal use Set this lever to the left when printing on thick paper such as envelopes Loading Envelopes Check how to load the paper correctly e Is the paper loaded in the correct orientation To load paper in the rear tray load paper WITH THE PRINT SIDE FACING YOU Loading Paper e Is the paper curled The curled paper causes paper jam Flatten the curled paper then reload it Load the paper after correcting its curl in Paper ls Smudged Printed Surface Is Scratched Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 255 Be Sure to Make Paper Settings after Loading Paper If the media type setting is not the on
145. box Then from the list select the title of the stamp to be changed 2 Click Define Stamp The Stamp Settings dialog box opens 3 Configure the stamp while viewing the preview window 4 Overwrite save the stamp Click Save overwrite on the Save settings tab When you want to save the stamp with a different title type a new title in the Title box and click Save Click OK when the confirmation message appears 5 Complete the setup Click OK The Stamp Background Stamp dialog box opens again The registered title appears in the Stamp list Deleting an Unnecessary Stamp 1 Click Define Stamp in the Stamp Background Stamp dialog box The Stamp Settings dialog box opens 2 Select the stamp to be deleted Select the title of the stamp you want to delete from the Stamps list on the Save settings tab Then click Delete Click OK when the confirmation message appears 3 Complete the setup Click OK The Stamp Background Stamp dialog box opens again Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 303 Registering Image Data to be Used as a Background This feature may be unavailable when certain printer drivers or operating environments are used You can select a bitmap file omp and register it as a new background You can also change and register some of the settings of an existing background An unnecessary background can be deleted The procedure for registering image data to be used as a background is as follows
146. btaining the Latest Printer Driver s ssssasissesrssesasrsrterererserianan 402 Deleting the Unnecessary Printer Driver 0 00 ccc cece eee eee _ 403 Before Installing the Printer Driver s25i254s2202 eres bane sessed walebeeeedadaeses 404 Installing the Printer Driver Kish PTEE ERT TTP wearer Giga Sues aa J 405 Printing from a Digital Camera 22ihescced lt tsbLeceddsbbdcematdaitiecidadess 406 Printing Photographs Directly from a PictBridge Wireless LAN Compliant Device _ 407 About PictBridge Wireless LAN Print Settings 00 0000 e cee eee 409 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals RR i ls os 6p nes yews nd 645500 dee aer ese RAAT RNE 411 Problems with Network Communication 0 s20ssse00c00 e000 044s es eaneee ae 412 Problems with the Printer While Using with Network Mote doy innit AET EET TETEE T ese 413 The Printer Stopped Working Suddenly saseccaces aes 4 ses Sade Wal dsvadseseeseens 414 Ink Remaining Level Is Not Displayed on Printer Status Monitor of the Printer mime wan Pomi oped E SIOWi i etnar ci edee rst be rhe noes ee ea deren sees eet eae a ees 418 Cannot Use the Printer on Replacing an Access Point or Changing Its settings 419 Cannot Detect a Printer on a Network 16 25 4542 aedegs oad dae dees oe iss eias dBA aeaewwes 420 Cannot Detect the Printer When Setting up Network Communication ere dimen Ae Cannot Detect the Printer duri
147. cedure below to perform printer maintenance operations such as print head cleaning or to configure a printing profile that is common to all application software 1 Select as described below e If you are using Windows 8 1 or Windows 8 from the Desktop charms select Settings gt Control Panel gt Hardware and Sound gt Devices and Printers e If you are using Windows 7 select the Start menu gt Devices and Printers e If you are using Windows Vista select the Start menu gt Control Panel gt Hardware and Sound gt Printers e If you are using Windows XP select the start menu gt Control Panel gt Printers and Other Hardware gt Printers and Faxes 2 Right click your model name icon and then select Printing preferences from the displayed menu The printer driver setup window appears J Important e Opening the printer driver setup window through Printer properties Windows 8 1 Windows 8 Windows 7 or Properties Windows Vista Windows XP displays such tabs regarding the Windows functions as the Ports or Advanced tab Those tabs do not appear when opening through Printing preferences or application software For tabs regarding Windows functions refer to the user s manual for the Windows Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 348 Canon IJ Status Monitor The Canon IJ Status Monitor is an application software that shows the status of the printer and the progress of printing You will know the status
148. check with a legal representative in your jurisdiction Paper money Money orders Certificates of deposit Postage stamps canceled or uncanceled Identifying badges or insignias Selective service or draft papers Checks or drafts issued by governmental agencies Motor vehicle licenses and certificates of title Traveler s checks Food stamps Passports Immigration papers Internal revenue stamps canceled or uncanceled Bonds or other certificates of indebtedness Stock certificates Copyrighted works works of art without permission of copyright owner Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 261 Carrying the Printer Exercise sufficient care when carrying the printer When you remove the power cord carry the printer or stand it up check that the POWER lamp is off Important e If you repeatedly remove the power cord carry the printer or stand it up while the POWER lamp is on or flashing this may cause the ink to leak or the printer to break The same problem is caused even if you use the optional portable kit For details on turning off the printer see Turning off the printer e When carrying the printer be careful not to shock the printer to subject it to strong vibrations to place it in the heat or to put a heavy thing on it This causes the printer to break or the ink to leak J Note e Pack the printer carefully when carrying For details see Precautions for Safe Transport of the Printer e X ray and a
149. ched are prevented 1 Make sure that the printer is turned on 2 Open the printer driver setup window gt How to Open the Printer Driver Setup Window 3 Click the Maintenance tab and then Custom Settings 4 Drag the Ink Drying Wait Time slide bar to set the wait time and then click OK 5 Confirm the message and click OK Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 452 Back of the Paper Is Smudged Did you confirm the paper and print quality settings Print Results Not Satisfactory Perform the Bottom Plate Cleaning to clean the inside of the printer Cleaning the Inside of the Printer Bottom Plate Cleaning D gt Note e When performing borderless printing duplex printing or too much printing the inside may become stained with ink Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 453 Colors Are Uneven or Streaked Colors Are Uneven POOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOMOOOOOOOOON Colors Are Streaked OA Did you confirm the paper and print quality settings Print Results Not Satisfactory OVA Print the Nozzle Check Pattern and perform any necessary maintenance operations such as Print Head Cleaning Print the Nozzle Check Pattern to determine whether the ink ejects properly from the print head nozzles Refer to When Printing Becomes Faint or Colors Are Incorrect for the Nozzle Check Pattern printing Print Head Cleaning and Print Head Deep Cleaning e If the Nozzle Check Pattern is n
150. cified Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 280 Execute Borderless Printing The borderless printing function allows you to print data without any margin by enlarging the data so that it extends slightly off the paper In standard printing margins are created around the document area However in borderless printing function these margins are not created When you want to print data such as a photo without providing any margin around it set borderless printing The procedure for performing borderless printing is as follows You can also set borderless printing in Additional Features on the Quick Setup tab Setting Borderless Printing 1 Open the printer driver setup window 2 Set borderless printing Select Borderless from the Page Layout list on the Page Setup tab Quick Setup Man Page Sep Martenance EN Page Sze Letier 8 5111 22280m I amp Onertation A Pora A _ Rotate 180 degrees a Same as Page Sze Page Layout Borderless Photo Paper Pius Glossy II a Lemer 85x11 2228m Nomal size Fato Poge lt or enem Click OK when the confirmation message appears When a message prompting you to change the media type appears select a media type from the list and click OK 3 Check the paper size Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 281 Check the Page Size list When you want to change it select another page size from the list The list displays only sizes that can be used
151. cify an ICC Profile from the Application Software and Print the Data When you print the editing and touch up results of Adobe Photoshop Canon Digital Photo Professional or any application software that allows you to specify input and printing ICC profiles you print by effectively using the color space of the input ICC profile specified in the image data To use this printing method use your application software to select color management items and specify an input ICC profile and a printing ICC profile in the image data Even if you print using a printing ICC profile that you created yourself from your application software be sure to select color management items from your application software For instructions refer to the manual of the application software you are using 1 Open the printer driver setup window 2 Select the manual color adjustment On the Main tab select Manual for Color Intensity and click Set The Manual Color Adjustment dialog box opens 3 Select color correction Click Matching tab and select None for Color Correction Calor Correction Ortwer Matching KM None 4 Set the other items If necessary click Color Adjustment tab and adjust the color balance Cyan Magenta Yellow and adjust Brightness Intensity and Contrast settings and then click OK Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 397 5 Complete the setup Click OK on the Main tab When you execute print the printer uses
152. ck that the paper is now flat We recommend printing curl corrected paper one sheet at a time Note e Depending on the media type the paper may be smudged or may not be fed properly even if it is not curled inward In such cases follow the procedure described below to curl the paper outward within 0 1 inch 3 mm B in height before printing This may improve the print result C C Printing side We recommend printing paper that has been curled outward one sheet at a time Is the paper thickness lever set properly Adjust the position of the paper thickness lever properly according to the type of paper you are printing on For details on how to load paper or the position of the paper thickness lever Loading Paper Depending on the printing content the printing surface may become scratched or the corners or edges of the paper may become smudged even for the types of paper to set the lever to the right In this case set the paper thickness lever to the left Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 451 Reset the paper thickness lever to the right when you finish printing If the paper thickness lever is not set back to the right the inside of the printer is more likely to get dirty due to the wider clearance between the print head and the loaded paper It may also reduce print quality If the intensity is set high reduce the intensity setting and try printing again If you are using plain paper to print
153. color profile setting of the appbcaton software _ Ungroup Papers C Og net allow appkcation software to compress pert data C Prive ster creating pert data by page Prevention of Print Data Loss oF Una of Port Data Processing Recommended a 3J Note e When you use the XPS printer driver the functions available to you are different 3 Change the individual settings If necessary change the setting of each item and then click OK The Page Setup tab is displayed again Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 160 Registering a Frequently Used Printing Profile You can register the frequently used printing profile to Commonly Used Settings on the Quick Setup tab Unnecessary printing profiles can be deleted at any time The procedure for registering a printing profile is as follows Registering a Printing Profile 1 Open the printer driver setup window 2 Set the necessary items From Commonly Used Settings on the Quick Setup tab select the printing profile to be used and if necessary change the settings after Additional Features You can also register necessary items on the Main and Page Setup tabs 3 Click Save Porter Paper Size Letter 35 19 22230m Onertation Potrat Pace Source Rear Trey C Aways Bret wth Curert Setings 4 Save the settings Enter a name in the Name field If necessary click Options set the items and then click OK In the Save Commonly Used Settings dialo
154. color stronger and moving the slider to the left makes a color weaker You can also directly enter a value linked to the slider Enter a value in the range from 50 to 50 This adjustment changes the relative amount of ink of each color used which alters the total color balance of the document Use your application software if you want to change the total color balance significantly Use the printer driver only if you want to adjust the color balance slightly Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 396 Important e When Grayscale Printing is checked Cyan Magenta and Yellow appear grayed out and are unavailable Brightness Selects the brightness of your print Pure white and black will not change but colors between white and black will change Intensity Adjusts the overall intensity of your print Moving the slider to the right increases the intensity and moving the slider to the left decreases the intensity You can also directly enter a value linked to the slider Enter a value in the range from 50 to 50 Contrast Adjusts the contrast between light and dark in the image to be printed Moving the slider to the right increases the contrast moving the slider to the left decreases the contrast You can also directly enter a value linked to the slider Enter a value in the range from 50 to 50 Defaults Restores all the settings you have changed to their default values Clicking this button restores all the settings on t
155. com Manuals 56 Copy registered apps to another printer Destination printer Source printer series Set the Destination printer and the Source printer Then select OK 2 Manage users button When you select the Manage users button the Manage users screen appears Bee Ung printer Ee Manage user User list Delete User name Authority Administrator Standard user Add user From the Manage users screen you can check user information registered to the Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center delete users add users and change the Administrator and Standard user settings User deletion Select the check box of the user to be deleted and select Delete However you cannot delete yourself To delete yourself cancel your membership from the user information screen Adding a user Select Add user The user registration screen appears Changing Administrator and Standard user settings You can change the privileges of the Administrator and Standard users 3 Printer name area The registered name of the printer selected is displayed The Administrator can use the Mng printer functions to change the printer name 4 Menu area The following 4 menu buttons are displayed Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 57 e ce Sort Apps This displays the list of registered apps in the Display area Drag the app to change the order Drag apps to rearrange the order Be CANON iMAGE GATEWAY
156. combination of the Additional Features that was displayed for the printing profile that had been selected when the added printing profile was saved is also displayed when that added printing profile is selected Save Displays the Save Commonly Used Settings dialog box Click this button when you want to save the information that you set on the Quick Setup Main and Page Setup tabs to Commonly Used Settings Delete Deletes a registered printing profile Select the name of the setting to be deleted from Commonly Used Settings and click Delete When a confirmation message is displayed click OK to delete the specified printing profile J Note e Printing profiles that are registered in the initial settings cannot be deleted Settings Preview The paper illustration shows how the original will be laid out on a sheet of paper You can check an overall image of the layout Preview before printing Shows what the print result will look like before you actually print the data Check this check box to display a preview before printing Uncheck this check box if you do not want to display a preview Important e To use the Canon IJ XPS Preview you must have Microsoft NET Framework 4 Client Profile installed on your computer Additional Features Displays the frequently used convenient functions for the printing profile that you selected for Commonly Used Settings on the Quick Setup tab When you move the mouse pointer near a functi
157. creen is displayed when you modified the printer settings on the Configuration screen When you click Yes on the Confirmation screen the following screen is displayed for confirming the modified settings The folowing settings were sent to the printer Seongs tem Setting Value Use Admin Password Set up Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 202 Screens for Network Connection of IJ Network Tool gt Canon IJ Network Tool Screen Configuration Screen Wireless LAN Sheet Search Screen gt WEP Details Screen gt WPA WPA2 Details Screen Authentication Type Confirmation Screen PSK Passphrase and Dynamic Encryption Setup Screen Setup Information Confirmation Screen Wired LAN Sheet Admin Password Sheet Network Information Screen Access Control Sheet Edit Accessible MAC Address Screen Add Accessible MAC Address Screen Edit Accessible IP Address Screen Add Accessible IP Address Screen Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 203 Canon IJ Network Tool Screen This section describes the items and menus displayed on the Canon IJ Network Tool screen Items on the Canon IJ Network Tool Screen Canon IJ Network Tool Menus Items on the Canon IJ Network Tool Screen The following item is displayed on the Canon IJ Network Tool screen File View Settings Help F the printer you intend to use is not detected refer to the instructions and check the settings Check the
158. cuments from a data management service e Use Twitter to report the printer status such as no paper or low ink levels In addition you can use various functions by adding and registering apps that are linked with various cloud services Using PIXMA Cloud Link from Your Smartphone Tablet or Computer gt Important e In certain countries PIXMA Cloud Link may not be available or the available apps may be different Some apps require that you have an account before you use those apps For such apps please set up an account beforehand e To find out which models support PIXMA Cloud Link check the Canon homepage e The screen display may change without prior notice Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 35 Using PIXMA Cloud Link from Your Smartphone Tablet or Computer Before Using Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center Preparations Before Using Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center Using Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center Adding a Printer Troubleshooting Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 36 Before Using Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center is a service that links with the cloud function of the printer and allows you to perform operations such as registering and managing apps from your smartphone or tablet device and checking the print status print error and ink status of the printer You can also print app photos and docum
159. d the access point match that set to the printer e If you connect to a network that is not protected with security measures there is a risk of disclosing data such as your personal information to a third party TCP IP Setup Sets the IP address of the printer to be used over the LAN Specify a value appropriate for your network environment 6 Click OK After changing configuration a screen is displayed asking you for confirmation before the settings are sent to the printer If you click Yes the settings are sent to the printer and the Transmitted Settings screen is displayed D gt Note e Changing the network settings with the USB cable temporarily may switch the default printer In this case reset Set as Default Printer Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 190 Changing the WEP Detailed Settings D gt Note e This screen is not available depending on the printer you are using To change the wireless network settings of the printer connect the printer and the computer with a USB cable temporarily If you modify the wireless network settings of the computer over wireless connection without USB connection your computer may not be able to communicate with the machine after modifying the settings 1 Start up IJ Network Tool 2 Select the printer in Printers When the printer is connected to the computer with a USB cable temporarily select the printer with USBnnn where n is a number appearing in the Port
160. d when you enable it to be writable only from a LAN connected computer the card slot is not detected via USB Make sure that the card slot setting is selected properly according to your connection method To read files from a memory card via USB and over a network disable the function to write files to a memory card from a computer You cannot write files to a memory card in either way with this setting When you enable a memory card in the card slot of the machine to be writable only from a LAN connected computer you can write files to a memory card from a computer connected to a network Note that it may increase the risk that the data on the memory card is infected by computer viruses or accessed illegally It is recommended to use the access control function of the machine or connect to the Internet via a router For information on using a router contact your Internet service provider or a network device manufacturer If you write files to a memory card over a network when IJ Network Scanner Selector EX is not running the Date Modified of the files may not be proper Make sure to start up IJ Network Scanner Selector EX before you write files to a memory card over the network For details refer to IJ Network Scanner Selector EX Menu and Setting Screen from the HOME of your product s Online Manual Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 242 When the Printer Driver Is Not Associated with a Port If No Driver is displayed for the p
161. d 63 alphanumeric characters or a 64 character hexadecimal number Either TKIP basic encryption or AES secure encryption is selected automatically for the dynamic encryption method For details see Changing the WPA WPA2 Detailed Settings Note e This printer supports WPA WPA2 PSK WPA WPA2 Personal and WPA2 PSK WPA2 Personal Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 428 The Message Is Displayed on the Computer Screen During Setup The Enter Password Screen Is Displayed During Setup The Screen for Setting the Encryption Is Displayed After Selecting the Access Point in the Search Screen You are connecting the machine to the non encrypted wireless network Is Displayed The Enter Password Screen Is Displayed During Setup The following screen is displayed if an administrator password is set to the printer which has already been set up to use via a network A password has been set to this printer Enter the admin password and then cick OK Admin Password Enter the administrator password you have set D Note e An administrator password is already specified for the printer at the time of purchase For details About the Administrator Password For improving security it is recommended to change the administrator password Changing the Settings in the Admin Password Sheet The Screen for Setting the Encryption Is Displayed After Selecting the Access Point in the Search Scree
162. d Printing Center screens that are displayed on your smartphone tablet device or computer Description of the Login screen Description of the Main screen Description of the Login screen This section provides the description of the Login screen of Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center na Canon U Cloud Printing Center Canon I Cloud Printing Center E mal address E mail address Password Keep login info Reset password from here Create new accourt System requremerts Sofware bcense info Log in gt Important e You have 5 tries to enter your password If you fail you will not be able to log in for about the next hour e You remain logged in for an hour after the last access Language Select the language you will be using E mail address Enter the e mail address that you entered in the user registration D Important The e mail address is case sensitive Make sure the case is correct Password Enter the password that you entered in the user registration Keep login info When you select the check box the login screen is skipped for 14 days since the last day that the service screen was accessed Reset password from here Select this if you forgot the password Reset your password by following the instructions on the screen Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 46 Create new account A new registration will be added to the Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center System requ
163. d in Word Set the Page Layout that you want and then click OK to close the window Without starting printing close the Print dialog box Open Word s Print dialog box again Open the printer driver setup window and click OK Start printing NO BW If bitmap printing is enabled in Adobe Illustrator Adobe Systems Incorporated printing may take time or some data may not be printed Print after unchecking the Bitmap Printing check box in the Print dialog box Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 354 Printer Driver Description Quick Setup tab Description Main tab Description Page Setup tab Description Maintenance tab Description gt Canon IJ Preview Description gt Canon IJ XPS Preview Description gt Canon IJ Status Monitor Description Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 355 Quick Setup tab Description The Quick Setup tab is for registering commonly used print settings When you select a registered setting the printer automatically switches to the preset items Porter Paper Size Letier 35 19 22x23cm Onentation Potrat Papet Source Rear Tray C Aways Bret wth Curert Setings Commonly Used Settings The names and icons of frequently used printing profiles are registered When you select a printing profile according to the purpose of the document settings that match the purpose are applied In addition functions that are thought to be useful for the selected
164. d pattern You can also change the setting by clicking the pattern on the screen directly Select the Pattern Number Compare the printed adjustment patterns and enter the pattern number of the pattern with the least visible streaks or horizontal stripes into the corresponding box Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 383 Note e If you do not know how to analyze the printed pattern see Aligning the Print Head Position from Your Computer Initial Check Items Before running Nozzle Check check that the printer power is on and open the cover of the printer Check the following items for each ink e Check the amount of ink remaining in the tank e Make sure that you push in the ink tank completely until you hear a clicking sound e If an orange tape is adhered to the ink tank peel it off completely Any remaining tape will hinder ink output e Check that the ink tanks are installed in their correct positions Ink Usage Control dialog box When you click Ink Usage Control the Ink Usage Control dialog box is displayed Save Black Ink Controls the consumption of black ink during printing This function allows you to save black ink Use Composite Black Immediate Measure Prints only with color inks to produce black instead of using black ink Auto Power Settings dialog box When you click Auto Power the Auto Power Settings dialog box is displayed This dialog box allows you to manage the printer power from the p
165. d the computer Normally select Auto for the authentication method If you want to specify the method manually select Open System or Shared Key according to the setting of the access point gt How to Set an Encryption Key When Encryption Is Enabled Cannot Communicate With the Printer After the Encryption Type Was Switched on the Access Point If the printer cannot communicate with the computer after the encryption type of the printer was switched make sure that encryption types for the computer and the access point matches that set to the printer Cannot Communicate with the Printer After Applying MAC IP Address Filtering or Entering an Encryption Key to the Access Point Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 419 Cannot Detect a Printer on a Network Cannot Detect the Printer When Setting up Network Communication gt The Printer Cannot Be Detected in the Wireless LAN Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 420 Cannot Detect the Printer When Setting up Network Communication If the printer could not be detected on the network when setting up the network communication confirm the network settings before redetecting the printer Cannot Detect the Printer during Wireless LAN Setup Check 1 Important If the printer cannot be detected while you are setting up the network communication using a USB cable the printer may be in the access point mode In this case finish the access point mode a
166. data The printed data may be hidden behind the stamp Note e You can use Print semitransparent stamp only with the XPS printer driver Stamp first page only Selects whether the stamp is to be printed on the first page only or on all pages when the document has two or more pages Check the Stamp check box to enable this Check this check box to print a stamp on the first page only Background Background printing is a function that allows you to print an illustration or a similar object bitmap behind the document Check this check box to print a background and select a title from the list Select Background Opens the Background Settings dialog box You can register a bitmap as a background and change layout method and intensity of the selected background Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 375 Background first page only Selects whether to print the background on the first page only or print on all pages when the document has two or more pages Check the Background check box to enable this Check this check box to print a background on the first page only Stamp Tab The Stamp tab allows you to set the text and bitmap file bmp to be used for a stamp Preview Window Shows the status of the stamp configured in each tab Stamp Type Specifies the stamp type Select Text to create a stamp with characters Select Bitmap to create with a bitmap file Select Date Time User Name to display the creation date time
167. dditional explanations WBasic Instructions explaining basic operations of your product Note e Icons may vary depending on your product Touch enabled Device Users For touch actions you need to replace right click in this document with the action set on the operating system For example if the action is set to press and hold on your operating system replace right click with press and hold Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 13 Trademarks and Licenses Microsoft is a registered trademark of Microsoft Corporation Windows is a trademark or registered trademark of Microsoft Corporation in the U S and or other countries Windows Vista is a trademark or registered trademark of Microsoft Corporation in the U S and or other countries Internet Explorer is a trademark or registered trademark of Microsoft Corporation in the U S and or other countries Mac Mac OS AirPort Safari Bonjour iPad iPhone and iPod touch are trademarks of Apple Inc registered in the U S and other countries AirPrint and the AirPrint logo are trademarks of Apple Inc IOS is a trademark or registered trademark of Cisco in the U S and other countries and is used under license Google Cloud Print Google Chrome Android Google Play and Picasa are either registered trademarks or trademarks of Google Inc Adobe Photoshop Photoshop Elements Lightroom Adobe RGB and Adobe RGB 1998 are either registered trademarks or trademarks of Adob
168. de of the printer 2 Right click the Wireless Network Connections icon on the notification area on the desktop then click View Available Wireless Networks 3 Select the network name on the screen displayed then click Connect Select XXXXXX iPXXXseries XX represents alphanumeric characters as the network name 4 Enter the network key on the screen displayed then click Connect As a default the serial number of the printer is used as a network key Confirm the serial number on the rear of the printer 5 Perform setup with the Setup CD ROM or perform it according to the instructions on our website Cannot Communicate with the Printer Using the Access Point Mode Make sure that the printer is turned on Is the access point mode disabled Enable the access point mode following the procedure below 1 Make sure that the printer is turned on Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 415 2 Press and hold the Wi Fi button then release the button when the Alarm lamp flashes 3 times When the POWER lamp changed from flashing to lit the access point mode is enabled ene Is the printer selected to connect external communication devices e g computers smartphones or tablets Select an access point name SSID specified for the printer as a destination for external communication devices Enter a password if you specify it for the printer GS Make sure that external communication devices are not placed far
169. detailed settings screen is displayed The WEP or the WPA WPA2 key selected in Encryption Method can be confirmed and changed For details on WEP setting Changing the WEP Detailed Settings For details on WPA WPA2 setting Changing the WPA WPA2 Detailed Settings 6 TCP IP Setup Sets the IP address of the printer to be used over the LAN Specify a value appropriate for your network environment Get IP address automatically Select this option to use an IP address automatically assigned by a DHCP server DHCP server functionality must be enabled on your wireless LAN router or access point Use next IP address Select this option if no DHCP server functionality is available in your setup where you use the printer or you want to use a particular IP address or a fixed IP address Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 210 Search Screen DJ Note e This screen is not available depending on the printer you are using The access points detected are listed The following access ports were detected Select the access point to connect to and cick Set Detected Access Points Strength Encryption Access Point Nam WEP WPAAWPA2 1 Detected Access Points The signal strength from the access point encryption type name of access point and the radio channel can be confirmed D Important e If you connect to a network that is not protected with security measures there is a risk of disclosing data such as your
170. e 3 Set the custom paper size Specify Units and enter the Width and Height of the paper to be used Then click OK 4 Complete the setup Click OK on the Page Setup tab When you execute print the data is printed with the specified paper size Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 312 Important e If the application software that created the document has a function for specifying height and width values use the application software to set the values If the application software does not have such a function or if the document does not print correctly perform the above procedure from the printer driver to set the values e Printing may be disabled depending on the size of the specified user defined media For information about printable sizes for user defined media see Media Types You Can Use Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 313 Editing the Print Document or Reprinting from the Print History This function is unavailable when the standard IJ printer driver is used In the Canon IJ XPS preview window you can edit the print document or retrieve the document print history to print the document The procedure for using the Canon IJ XPS Preview is as follows file Egt Yew Zoom Option H a 2 O amp O B Oocument Name tent Nolepes a Print Combine Documents E Delete Document E Reset Documents E View Thumbnails af ap ab st Move Document A Undo 4 4 gt Di Move Page Lk Delete Pa
171. e Ifthe Alarm lamp still flashes after the print head cover is closed take appropriate action If an Error Occurs When you start printing after replacing the ink tank the printer starts cleaning the print head automatically Do not perform any other operations until the printer completes the cleaning of the print head While cleaning is in progress the POWER lamp is flashing e If the print head is out of alignment as indicated by misaligned printed ruled lines or similar symptoms align the print head Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 129 Checking the Ink Status from Your Computer You can check the remaining ink level and the ink tank types for your model 1 Open the printer driver setup window 2 Launching the Canon IJ Status Monitor On the Maintenance tab click View Printer Status The Canon IJ Status Monitor opens and displays an image of the ink status Option IpkOetats Help Porter is orire BET Document Name mm a aR Shop Now Display Part Queue DJ Note The information displayed on the Canon IJ Status Monitor may differ depending on the country or region where you are using your printer e When you receive a notice about the remaining ink level a mark appears above the ink icon For example 9 Ink tank is running low Prepare a new ink tank 3 If necessary click Ink Details You can check the ink related information If a warning or error related to the remaining i
172. e SSID of the wireless LAN currently used is displayed In the access point mode the access point name SSID of the printer is displayed As the initial settings the unique value is displayed Note Enter the same SSID that the access point is configured to use The SSID is case sensitive Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 209 3 Search The Search screen is displayed to select an access point to connect to Search Screen DJ Note e When IJ Network Tool runs over a LAN the button is grayed out and cannot be selected Connect the printer and the computer with a USB cable temporarily to change the settings 4 Encryption Method Select the encryption method used over the wireless LAN Do not use Select to disable encryption Use WEP Transmission is encrypted using a WEP key you specified If a WEP key has not been set the WEP Details screen is displayed automatically To change WEP settings set before click Configuration to display the screen Changing the WEP Detailed Settings Use WPA WPA2 Transmission is encrypted using a WPA WPAZ key you specified The security has been strengthened more than WEP If a WPA WPA2 key has not been set the Authentication Type Confirmation screen is displayed automatically To change WPA WPA2 settings set before click Configuration to display the WPA WPA2 Details screen Changing the WPA WPA2 Detailed Settings 5 Configuration The
173. e 216 Setup Information Confirmation Screen ret piui EEEE TENET bated gh argo aT Wired LAN Sh Gh 2s5i5 05222000 ttar desea ened sted deeds sede DR eee CER R eRe DAY 218 Admin Password GNC cause kacand aes dua dnd ate ENR EER taGeiw ss eerie aiid saree 219 Network Information SCreen sise ibe y ene eee eee eee eed ee oada See 220 Access Control ONGC oti aa ee ertank cee eada ye EAR ede kee E a a 221 Edit Accessible MAC Address Screen Add Accessible MAC Address Screen 225 Edit Accessible IP Address Screen Add Accessible IP Address Screen 226 Other Screens of lJ Network Tool cere cease ev bur ee eae ei ee ree Nee ee ee EN ee EE 227 Canon lJ Network Tool Sreem e dattadh bide tonadl eee tad bade edt ae aed ae 228 DIMMS SOME i iaccda tne bGeede tendo e eee ned ween chee eae ended ae 232 Connection Performance Measurement Sor e cauasawado kind ea dads adana a Rana es 233 Maintenance SUES oy ceed hate e ede eia ede gun oie ween ew OES ERT eRe wed 235 Network Setup of the Card Slot Screen 000 0c cc tees 236 Associate Pon SORTS siesta See ele Gh Se Ser Mi oh Seed Geog S Gene eto Se rte a ed 238 Network Information SOMO oo esar nid oie de riari sarina a wads aeiued aay ies 239 Appendix for Network Communication 0 0 0000 0 0c 240 Using the Card Slot over a NGIWORK 14204004 44 0aosoeeds howsoa wid iGade waded ddd eee 241 When the Printer Driver Is Not Associated with a Port 0 2
174. e If you select plain paper as media type or if you select B5 A5 size as paper size the print data is printed with border even when you select the borderless print setting The print results may differ from the print image depending on the print data e Depending on the device sending the print data you may not select the print settings when sending the print data with Google Cloud Print Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 73 Printing from AirPrint Compliant Device This document explains how to use AirPrint to print wirelessly from your iPad iPhone and iPod touch to a Canon printer AirPrint enables you to print photos email Web pages and documents from your Apple device directly to your printer without installing a driver AirPrint Checking Your Environment First check your environment e AirPrint Operation Environment To use AirPrint you will need one of the following Apple devices running the latest version of iOS o iPad all models o iPhone 3GS or later o iPod touch 3rd generation or later Network Environment The Apple device iPad iPhone or iPod touch and this printer must be connected to the same Wi Fi network or connected in AP mode Printing with AirPrint 1 Check that this printer is turned on and the Apple device and this printer is connected to the LAN or connected in AP mode 2 From the app of your Apple device tap the operation icon to display the menu options Downlo
175. e It Is Completed Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 434 Printing Does Not Start Make sure that the power plug is securely plugged in then press the ON button to turn the printer on If you use a battery make sure that it is charged then press the ON button to turn the printer on For details on how to check it refer to the battery s instruction manual While the POWER lamp is flashing the printer is initializing Wait until the POWER lamp stops flashing and remains lit D Note e When printing large data such as a photo or graphics it may take longer to start printing While the POWER lamp is flashing the computer is processing data and sending it to the printer Wait until printing starts Make sure that the printer is connected to your computer properly When the printer is connected to your computer with a USB cable make sure that the USB cable is securely plugged in to the printer and the computer then check the followings e If you are using a relay device such as a USB hub disconnect it connect the printer directly to the computer and try printing again If printing starts normally there is a problem with the relay device Consult the reseller of the relay device for details e There could also be a problem with the USB cable Replace the USB cable and try printing again When you use the printer over LAN make sure that the printer is set up to be used over network correctly IXS Is the access point
176. e Patterns Printer Driver Adjusting Brightness Adjusting Intensity Adjusting Contrast Adjusting Intensity Contrast Using Sample Patterns Printer Driver Registering a Frequently Used Printing Profile SPREE eeyguads Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 361 Main tab Description The Main tab allows you to create a basic print setup in accordance with the media type Unless special printing is required normal printing can be performed just by setting the items on this tab Pain Paper Leter 8 5 11 22280m a Settings Preview The paper illustration shows how the original will be laid out on a sheet of paper You can check an overall image of the layout Media Type Selects a type of printing paper Select a media type that matches the paper that is loaded in the printer This ensures that printing is carried out properly for the specified paper Paper Source Shows the source from which paper is supplied Rear Tray Paper is always supplied from the rear tray Print Quality Selects your desired printing quality Select one of the following to set the print quality level that is appropriate for the purpose gt Important Depending on the Media Type settings the same print results may be produced even if the Print Quality is changed High Gives priority to print quality over printing speed Standard Prints with average speed and quality Draft Th
177. e Print Results Are Blurred or Uneven Print the nozzle check pattern From the printer Printing the Nozzle Check Pattern From the computer Use Your Computer to Print a Nozzle Check Pattern Examine the nozzle check pattern If there are missing lines or horizontal white streaks in the pattern D Clean the print head From the printer Cleaning the Print Head From the computer Cleaning the Print Heads from Your Computer After cleaning the print head print and examine the nozzle check pattern gt Step1 If the problem is not resolved after performing from step 1 to step 3 twice gt a Clean the print head deeply From the computer Cleaning the Print Heads from Your Computer Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 135 DJ Note e When you have performed the procedure until step 4 and the problem has not been resolved turn off the power and clean the print head deeply again after 24 hours If the problem is still not resolved the print head may be damaged Contact the service center When the Print Results Are Not Even such as the Ruled Lines Are Misaligned Align the print head From the printer Aligning the Print Head From the computer Aligning the Print Head Position from Your Computer Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 136 Printing the Nozzle Check Pattern Print the nozzle check pattern to determine whether the ink ejects
178. e RESUME CANCEL button after the sixth flash The LAN setting information will be printed 3 Right click the Wireless Network Connection icon in the notification area of the taskbar on the computer then select View Available Wireless Networks Change Windows Firewall settings Open Network Connections Repair View Available Wireless Networks 4 Select the network name SSID you want to use then click Connect Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 29 Natwesls Teall Choose a wireless network G areh neak est ich an bem in the Int below to connect to a greiss network in ranga or to get more BS Set up a wireless rotwori a for a home or sal office hy p 1i Seourty qnatied meios nebwerk WPA bt j Li Securtty qratled ra eiss nebwcrh WPAZ A Ii Securtty enabled meeles network gn Wireless Network Connection The network INTESTINE requires a network key also called a WEP key or WPA key A network key helps prevent unknown intruders from connecting to this network Type the hey and then cick Connect eeeceeee 6 When connection is complete click Back until the screen below appears Proceed with the setup Canon eap meg p Vou cen select whether to ute the printer vie USE correction or LAN connection Folios the cemecreen ratructions to select the commection GRALIS Netaork setup is required ahpn using the printer via LAN conmection If the setup i sireedy completed the Comrection a confirmed
179. e Systems Incorporated in the United States and or other countries Photo Rag is a trademark of Hahnemthle FineArt GmbH Bluetooth is a trademark of Bluetooth SIG Inc U S A and licensed to Canon Inc Note The formal name of Windows Vista is Microsoft Windows Vista operating system Copyright c 2003 2004 Apple Computer Inc All rights reserved Redistribution and use in source and binary forms with or without modification are permitted provided that the following conditions are met 1 Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice this list of conditions and the following disclaimer 2 Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation and or other materials provided with the distribution 3 Neither the name of Apple Computer Inc Apple nor the names of its contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific prior written permission THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY APPLE AND ITS CONTRIBUTORS AS IS AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED IN NO EVENT SHALL APPLE OR ITS CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT INDIRECT INCIDENTAL SPECIAL EXEMPLARY OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE
180. e Using Sample Patterns Printer Driver You can look at the print results of pattern print and adjust the color balance When you change the color balance or intensity contrast of a document the pattern print function prints the adjustment results in a list together with the adjustment values Described below is the procedure for adjusting the color balance while looking at the pattern 1 Open the printer driver setup window 2 Select the manual color adjustment On the Main tab select Manual for Color Intensity and click Set Sagded Custom Pisin Paper Letter 8 511 22280m Ago harusi Loum wa ha Cl Grayscale Printing M Preview betore painting The Manual Color Adjustment dialog box opens 3 Selecting pattern print On the Color Adjustment tab select the Print a pattern for color adjustment check box and click Pattern Print preferences Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 332 ABCDEF 1234567 Saergle Tyge Ronderd v C Mew Color Paten 4 Setting pattern print When the Pattern Print dialog box opens set the following items and then click OK ror Magerta Yabu ptensty Cortrot Letter 85x11 22x25cm Some as Page Sre v Urge Medum Parameters to Adjust Select Cyan Magenta Yellow 3 Important e When the Grayscale Printing check box on the Main tab is checked Cyan Magenta Yellow appear grayed out and are unavailable Printer Paper Size Select the paper siz
181. e followings e The access point is turned on e When using wired LAN the LAN cable is connected properly If the printer on a network is not detected make sure that the printer is turned on then select Refresh It may take several minutes to detect printers If the printer is not yet detected connect the machine and the computer with a USB cable then select Refresh If the printer is being used from another computer a screen is displayed informing you of this condition Note e This item has the same function as Update in the Canon IJ Network Tool screen Network Information Displays the Network Information screen to confirm the network settings of the printer and the computer Network Information Screen Display Warning Automatically Enables or disables automatic display of the instruction screen When this menu is selected the instruction screen is displayed if one or more ports are unavailable for printing 3 Settings menu Configuration Displays the Configuration screen to configure settings of the selected printer Configuration Screen Note e This item has the same function as Configuration in the Canon IJ Network Tool screen Enable switch printer function When you cannot use your printer you can use the same one on the network instead When you enable this function and you cannot use your printer the screen to confirm if you start searching the same printer as yours is displayed Fol
182. e for the loaded paper printing results may not be satisfactory After loading paper be sure to select the appropriate media type setting for the loaded paper Print Results Not Satisfactory There are various types of paper paper with special coating on the surface for printing photos with optimal quality and paper suitable for documents Each media type has specific preset settings such as how ink is used and sprayed so that you can print on that type with optimal image quality This allows you to print with the settings best suited for the loaded media type just by selecting that media type Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 256 Canceling a Print Job Never press the ON button If you press the ON button while printing is in progress the print data sent from the computer queues in the printer and you may not be able to continue to print Press the RESUME CANCEL button to cancel printing Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 257 Printer Handling Precautions Do not place any object on the print head cover Do not place any object on the print head cover It will fall into the rear tray when the print head cover is opened and cause the printer to malfunction Also place the printer where objects will not fall on it Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 258 Key to Enjoying Consistent Printing Quality The key to printing with the optimal printing quality is to prevent the print head from d
183. e ink tank there has been an error and the printer cannot print Check the Alarm lamp on the printer If an Error Occurs DJ Note e You can also check the ink status on the computer screen Checking the Ink Status from Your Computer Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 132 Maintenance When Printing Becomes Faint or Colors Are Incorrect Performing Maintenance from a Computer Cleaning the Printer Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 133 When Printing Becomes Faint or Colors Are Incorrect Maintenance Procedure gt Printing the Nozzle Check Pattern Examining the Nozzle Check Pattern Cleaning the Print Head Aligning the Print Head Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 134 Maintenance Procedure If print results are blurred colors are not printed correctly or print results are unsatisfactory e g misaligned printed ruled lines perform the maintenance procedure below gt gt Important Do not rinse or wipe the print head and ink tank This can cause trouble with the print head and ink tank Note Open the print head cover and make sure that both lamps on the ink tanks are lit If the lamps are flashing or off take appropriate action Checking the Ink Status with the Ink Lamps e Increasing the print quality in the printer driver settings may improve the print result Changing the Print Quality and Correcting Image Data When th
184. e of the background you want to delete from the Backgrounds list on the Save settings tab and then click Delete Click OK when the confirmation message appears 3 Complete the setup Click OK then it returns to Stamp Background dialog box Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 306 Setting Up Envelope Printing The procedure for performing envelope printing is as follows 1 Set the paper thickness lever to the left and load envelope on the printer 2 Open the printer driver setup window 3 Select the media type Select Envelope from Commonly Used Settings on the Quick Setup tab Porter Paper Size Lotier 35 11 22x23cm Onentation Potrat Pace Source Rear Trey Copies 4 Select the paper size When the Envelope Size Setting dialog box is displayed select Envelope Com 10 Envelope DL Yougata 4 4 13 x9 25 or Yougata 6 3 86 x7 48 and then click OK 5 Set the orientation To print the addressee horizontally select Landscape for Orientation A 6 Select the print quality Select High or Standard that matches your purpose for Print Quality 7 Complete the setup Click OK When you execute print the information is printed on the envelope Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 307 Important e When you execute envelope printing guide messages are displayed To hide the guide messages check the Do not show this message again check box To show the guide again click the View Pr
185. e printer and the computer is disabled an error message may appear because the computer cannot collect the printer status If this happens click OK to display the most recent settings specified on your computer 3 If necessary complete the following setting Using AC Adapter Specify the time from the list When the AC adapter is used and this time elapses without any operations from the printer driver or the printer the printer turns off automatically Using Battery Specify the time from the list When the battery is used and this time elapses without any operations from the printer driver or the printer the printer turns off automatically Important e Disable cannot be specified for Using Battery Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 165 4 Apply the settings Click OK When the confirmation message appears click OK The Maintenance tab is displayed again The setting is enabled after this If you want to disable this function select Disable from the list according to the same procedure Important e If you connect this printer to a network and use it by using an AC adapter you can set Auto Power Off but the power will not be turned off automatically Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 166 Reducing the Printer Noise The silent function allows you to reduce the operating noise of this printer Select when you wish to reduce the operating noise of the printer at night etc Using this function may
186. e printers The procedure for adding a printer is as follows 1 Check that the printer is connected to the Internet gt Important e To use this function you must connect this printer to the Internet 2 Remote UI startup 3 Select IJ Cloud Printing Center setup gt Register with this service 4 Follow the instructions displayed in the window and run the authentication 5 When the printer registration screen is displayed select Add printer Canon IJ Cloud Printing Center Register with IJ Cloud Printing Center Unregistered users Create new account Registered users Add printer 6 Enter the information according to the instructions on the authentication screen and then select Log in 7 When the confirmation message is displayed select OK Printer addition is completed Troubleshooting Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 66 Troubleshooting Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center If an app cannot be installed If the registered app is not in the Apps list If the information is not updated when you press the Update button If you do not receive the registration e mail Printing starts on its own even if you do not do anything If you are unable to log in correctly even after entering the correct password in iOS or Mac nAn E e e e i If an app cannot be installed Check the country or region where the printer was purchased If you take the
187. e setting of the application software Checking this check box disables information in the color profile that was set on the application software When the information in the color profile set on the application software is output to the printer driver the print result may contain unexpected colors If this happens checking this check box may resolve the problem Important e Even when this check box is checked only some of the information in the color profile is disabled and the color profile can still be used for printing e Uncheck this check box under normal circumstances Ungroup Papers Sets the display method of Media Type Page Size and Printer Paper Size To display the items separately select the check box To display the items as a group clear the check box Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 373 Do not allow application software to compress print data Compression of the application software print data is prohibited If the print result has missing image data or unintended colors selecting this check box may improve the condition gt Important e Uncheck this check box under normal circumstances DJ Note Do not allow application software to compress print data tab cannot be used with the XPS printer driver Print after creating print data by page The print data is created in page units and printing starts after the processing of one page of print data is complete If a printed document con
188. e stains from the inside of the printer If the inside of the printer becomes dirty printed paper may get dirty so we recommend performing cleaning regularly You need to prepare two sheets of A4 or Letter sized plain paper Be sure to use a new piece of paper 1 Make sure that the power is turned on 2 Load only one sheet of A4 or Letter sized plain paper in the rear tray 3 Fold the other sheet of A4 or Letter sized plain paper in half widthwise then unfold the paper 4 Load this sheet of paper on the paper loaded in step 2 with the open side facing you E 5 Set the paper thickness lever to the right Loading Paper 6 Hold down the RESUME CANCEL button until the POWER lamp flashes five times then release it immediately The paper cleans the inside of the printer and only the paper folded in step 4 is ejected Check the folded parts of the ejected paper If they are smudged with ink perform Bottom Plate Cleaning again Note When performing Bottom Plate Cleaning again be sure to use a new piece of paper If the problem is not resolved after performing cleaning again the protrusions inside the printer may be stained Wipe off any ink from the protrusions using a cotton swab or the like Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 156 gt Important e Be sure to turn off the power and unplug the power cord before cleaning the printer Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 157 Changin
189. e to be used for pattern printing 3 Note e Depending on the paper size selected on the Page Setup tab there may be sizes that cannot be selected Amount of Pattern Instances Select Largest Large or Small to set the number of patterns to be printed Note Largest and Large cannot be selected when certain paper sizes or output paper sizes are selected Color Variation Between Instances Set the amount of color change between neighboring patterns Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 333 3 Note e Large is about double the size of Medium and Small is about half the size of Medium 5 Checking the print results of pattern print On the Color Adjustment tab select OK to close the Manual Color Adjustment dialog box On the Main tab select OK and then execute printing The printer then prints a pattern in which the color balance that you set is the center value 6 Adjusting the color balance Look at the print results and select the image that you like best Then enter the color balance numbers indicated at the bottom of that image into the Cyan Magenta and Yellow fields on the Color Adjustment tab Clear the Print a pattern for color adjustment check box and click OK Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 334 ABCDEF 1234567 Saergle Tyge Rarderd CI Yew Color Patten Pryt a pation fer color ad ntrrert Note e You can also set color balance on the Quick Setup tab by choos
190. ea ar EELA Config This displays the Register apps screen in the Display area The display can be toggled between Registered and Search apps The Registered screen lists registered apps You can check the information of these apps or deregister them Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 52 y series Registered Search apps was CANON iMAGE GATEWAY ane CANON INC i pa Picasa Web Albums CANON INC Flickr CANON INC f Facebook Pi ty z Apes Config Properties Manage jobs On the Search apps screen the apps that you can register by using the Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center are displayed by category xt series Regstered Search apps All Latest Photography xt series Registered Search apps Picasa Web Albums Productivity Creativity Cards CANON INC i Crafis Facebook Ps E sA be CANON INC i Apps Flickr CANON INC Photos in Tweets o When you select Ol the details of the app are displayed When you select onmp Tori you can choose to register or unregister the app Note e Description of displayed icons g Cannot be used because it is not yet released not available in your region or does Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 53 not support your model Can be used with genuine Canon ink Properties This screen displays the status of the printer that is currently selected You can check how much ink is remaining or detail
191. ear the check box Ink Drying Wait Time The printer can pause before printing a subsequent page Moving the slider to the right increases the pause time and moving the slider to the left decreases the time If the paper gets stained because the next page is ejected before the ink on the printed page dries increase the ink drying wait time Reducing the ink drying wait time speeds up printing About dialog box When you click About the About dialog box is displayed This dialog box displays the version copyright and module list of the printer driver You can select the language to be used and switch the language displayed in the setup window Modules Lists the printer driver modules Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 385 Language Specifies the language you wish to use in the printer driver setup window 59 Important e If the font for displaying the language of your choice is not installed in your system the characters will be garbled Related Topics Cleaning the Print Heads from Your Computer Aligning the Print Head Position from Your Computer Use Your Computer to Print a Nozzle Check Pattern Setting the Ink Usage Control Cleaning Inside the Printer Cleaning the Paper Feed Rollers from Your Computer Managing the Printer Power Reducing the Printer Noise Changing the Printer Operation Mode eee eeu uy Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 386 Canon IJ Preview Descriptio
192. ecessary select a preview image from Standard Portrait Landscape or Graphics whichever is most similar to the print results View Color Pattern Displays a pattern for checking color changes produced by color adjustment If you want to display the preview image with a color pattern check this check box Cyan Magenta Yellow Adjusts the strengths of Cyan Magenta and Yellow Moving the slider to the right makes a color stronger and moving the slider to the left makes a color weaker You can also directly enter a value linked to the slider Enter a value in the range from 50 to 50 This adjustment changes the relative amount of ink of each color used which alters the total color balance of the document Use your application if you want to change the total color balance significantly Use the printer driver only if you want to adjust the color balance slightly Important e When Grayscale Printing is checked on the Main tab Cyan Magenta and Yellow appear grayed out and are unavailable Brightness Selects the brightness of your print You cannot change the levels of pure white and black However the brightness of the colors between white and black can be changed Intensity Adjusts the overall intensity of your print Moving the slider to the right increases the intensity and moving the slider to the left decreases the intensity You can also directly enter a value linked to the slider Enter a value in the range from 50 to
193. ed from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 424 The Printer Cannot Be Detected in the Wireless LAN Make sure that the printer is turned on Make sure that the Wi Fi lamp is lit on the printer If the Wi Fi lamp is off the wireless LAN is disabled To enable wireless LAN press and hold the RESUME CANCEL button then release the button when the POWER lamp flashes 10 times Wireless LAN is enabled and the Wi Fi lamp is lit When the printer is connected to the computer temporarily using a USB cable make sure that the USB cable is connected properly When you set up the wireless LAN connection or change the wireless LAN settings using IJ Network Tool through USB connection make sure that the printer is connected to the computer with a USB cable securely Connecting the Printer to the Computer Using a USB Cable Make sure that the printer setup is completed If not perform setup with the Setup CD ROM or perform it according to the instructions on our website When using IJ Network Tool click Update to search for the printer again Canon IJ Network Tool Screen H When searching for a printer over a network make sure that the printer is associated with the port When No Driver is displayed under Name in IJ Network Tool there is no association Select Associate Port on the Settings menu then associate the port with the printer When the Printer Driver Is Not Associated with a Port Make sure that the network settings
194. ed page becomes the last page If the Page Layout setting on the Page Setup tab is specified to Page Layout Tiling Poster or Booklet the number of pages is the number of sheets to be used for printing and not the number of pages in the original document created with the application software Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 387 e If duplex printing manually has been set the front pages which will be printed first are all displayed together and then the back pages are displayed First Page Displays the first page of the document If the currently displayed page is the first page this command is grayed out and cannot be selected Previous Page Displays the page located before the currently displayed page If the currently displayed page is the first page this command is grayed out and cannot be selected Next Page Displays the page located after the currently displayed page If the currently displayed page is the last page this command is grayed out and cannot be selected Last Page Displays the last page of the document If the currently displayed page is the last page this command is grayed out and cannot be selected Page Selection Displays the Page Selection dialog box This command allows you to specify the page number of the page to be displayed Zoom Menu Selects the ratio of the actual size printed on the paper to the preview display size You can also select the ratio from the drop down list box loca
195. ee eT eee ee ee eee ee ee ore ee 544 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Read Me First Notes on Online Manual Usage How to Print Notes on Online Manual Usage e Reproduction diversion or copying of any text photo or image published in the Online Manual hereinafter referred to as this guide in whole or in part is prohibited e In principle Canon shall change or delete the contents of this guide without prior notice to customers In addition Canon may suspend or stop the disclosure of this guide due to unavoidable reasons Canon shall not be liable for any damage suffered by customers as a result of changes in or deletion of information in this guide or suspension stoppage of disclosure of this guide Although the contents of this guide have been prepared with utmost care please contact the service center if you find any incorrect or missing information e In principle the descriptions in this guide are based on the product at the time of its initial sale e This guide does not disclose the manuals of all the products sold by Canon See the manual supplied with the product when using a product that is not described in this guide How to Print Use the print function of your Web browser to print this guide To set to print background colors and images follow the steps below J Note e In Windows 8 print in the desktop version In Internet Explorer 9 10 or 11 1 Select Ej Tools gt Print
196. elect a stamp Check the Stamp check box and select the stamp to be used from the list The current settings are displayed in the settings preview on the left side of the Page Setup tab 4 Set the stamp details If necessary specify the following settings and then click OK Define Stamp button To change the stamp text bitmap or position click this Place stamp over text To print the stamp on the front of the document check this check box Note e The stamp is given priority because the stamp is printed over the document data in the sections where the stamp and the document data overlap When this check box is unchecked the stamp is printed behind the document data and may be hidden in the overlapping sections depending on the application software used e Place stamp over text cannot be used when the XPS printer driver is used When the XPS printer driver is used the stamp is normally printed in the foreground of the document Print semitransparent stamp Check this check box to print a semi transparent stamp on the document This function is available only when the XPS printer driver is used Stamp first page only To print the stamp only on the first page check this check box 5 Complete the setup Click OK on the Page Setup tab When you execute print the data is printed with the specified stamp Printing a Background Two bitmap files are pre registered as samples 1 Open the printer driver setup window
197. elect the image that you like best Then enter the intensity contrast numbers indicated at the bottom of that image into the Intensity and Contrast fields on the Color Adjustment tab Clear the Print a pattern for color adjustment check box and click OK ABCDEF 1234567 Sarrgie Tyge Rarderd C Yew Color Patten Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 344 Note e You can also set intensity contrast on the Quick Setup tab by choosing Photo Printing under Commonly Used Settings and then choosing Color Intensity Manual Adjustment under Additional Features 7 Complete the setup Click OK on the Main tab Then when you execute printing the document is printed with the intensity contrast that was adjusted by the pattern print function D Important e When Print a pattern for color adjustment is selected on the Color Adjustment tab the following items are grayed out and cannot be set e Preview before printing on the Main tab Stapling Side and Specify Margin on the Page Setup tab When Duplex Printing Manual is set only Stapling Side can be set e You can print a pattern only if the Page Layout setting on the Page Setup tab is Normal size or Borderless e Depending on your application software this function may not be available Related Topics Adjusting Color Balance Adjusting Color Balance Using Sample Patterns Printer Driver Adjusting Intensity Adjusting Contrast Downl
198. en a Support Code and a message are displayed on the computer screen Note e You can confirm the actions against errors with Support Codes on your computer by searching a Support Code Click Here to Search For details on how to resolve errors without Support Codes see A Message Is Displayed Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 473 A Message Is Displayed This section describes some of the errors or messages J Note A Support Code error number is displayed on the computer for some error or message For details on errors with Support Codes refer to Support Code List Error Regarding the Paper Thickness Lever Is Displayed A Message Confirming Using Composite Black Is Displayed Writing Error Output Error Communication Error Other Error Messages The Inkjet Printer Scanner Fax Extended Survey Program Screen Is Displayed Error Regarding the Paper Thickness Lever Is Displayed The proper position of the paper thickness lever varies depending on the type of paper you are printing on Check the error message that appears on the computer and adjust the position of the paper thickness lever properly then click OK A Message Confirming Using Composite Black Is Displayed The black part is printed using color inks to produce composite black If you continue printing with reduced printing quality click OK If you cancel printing click Cancel Printing and change the se
199. ents from your smartphone or tablet First check the following content Precautions If you plan to use the web service to print documents be sure to check these precautions beforehand Printer specification Check that Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center supports the printer Network environment The printer must be connected to a LAN and to the Internet Important The user will bear the cost of Internet access Operating requirements For computers smartphones and tablet devices see Requirements for Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center operation D Important e This service may not be available in certain countries or regions Also even if the service is available there are apps that cannot be used in certain regions Preparations Before Using Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 37 Requirements for Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center operation Computer x86 or x64 1 6 GHz or higher A Resolution 1024 x 768 pixels or higher Monitor display Number of display colors 24 bits true color or higher Internet Explorer 8 Windows XP SP3 or later Mozilla Firefox Google Chrome Internet Explorer 8 9 Windows Vista SP1 or later Mozilla Firefox Google Chrome Internet Explorer 8 9 10 Windows 7 Mozilla Firefox Google Chrome Internet Explorer 10 Windows 8 Mozilla Firefox Google Chrome Internet Explorer 11 Windows 8 1 Mozilla Firefox
200. equire an administrator account to continue In such cases switch to an administrator account and restart the operation from the beginning 3 Install the printer driver Take the appropriate action as described on the screen 4 Complete the installation Click Complete Depending on the environment you are using a message prompting you to restart the computer may be displayed To complete the installation properly restart the computer Important e You can install the XPS printer driver with the same procedure for installing the printer driver However when installing the XPS printer driver first complete installation of the printer driver e You can download the printer driver and XPS printer driver for free but any Internet access charges incurred are your responsibility e Before installing the latest printer driver delete the previously installed version Related Topics Obtaining the Latest Printer Driver Deleting the Unnecessary Printer Driver Before Installing the Printer Driver Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 405 Printing from a Digital Camera Printing Photographs Directly from a PictBridge Wireless LAN Compliant Device About PictBridge Wireless LAN Print Settings Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 406 Printing Photographs Directly from a PictBridge Wireless LAN Compliant Device You can connect a PictBridge Wireless LAN compliant device such as
201. er Document Name Shows the name of the document to be printed Owner Shows the owner s name of the document to be printed Printing Page Shows the number of printing page and total printing pages Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 398 Display Print Queue Shows the print window used to manage the print job that is being printed or being in the print queue Cancel Printing Cancels the current print job J Important e The Cancel Printing button is enabled only while print data is being sent to the printer Once the print data has been sent the button is grayed out and becomes unavailable Option Menu If you select Enable Status Monitor when a printer related message is generated the Canon lJ Status Monitor starts When Enable Status Monitor is selected following commands are available Always Display Current Job Displays the Canon IJ Status Monitor during printing Always Display on Top Displays the Canon IJ Status Monitor in front of other windows Display Guide Message Displays the guide for operations in which how to set paper is complicated Envelope Printing Displays the guide message when envelope printing starts To hide this guide message select the Do not show this message again check box To display the guide messages again click Envelope Printing on the Display Guide Message in the Option menu and enable this setting Hagaki Printing Displays the guide message before the printer begins hagaki pri
202. er size plain paper into the rear tray 7 Execute head alignment Make sure that the printer is on and click Align Print Head Follow the instruction in the message Important Do not open the print head cover while printing is in progress 8 Check the printed pattern Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 147 Enter the numbers of the patterns with the least noticeable streaks in the associated boxes Even if the patterns with the least noticeable streaks are clicked in the preview window their numbers are automatically entered in the associated boxes When you have entered all the necessary values click OK Note e If it is difficult to pick the best pattern pick the setting that produces the least noticeable vertical streaks A B A Least noticeable vertical streaks B Most noticeable vertical streaks 9 Confirm the displayed message and click OK The second pattern is printed 339 Important Do not open the print head cover while printing is in progress 10 Check the printed pattern Enter the numbers of the patterns with the least noticeable stripes in the associated boxes Even if the patterns with the least noticeable stripes are clicked in the preview window their numbers are automatically entered in the associated boxes Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 148 i o TT TLEL When you have entered all the necessary values click OK Note e If
203. er than print data appear on the printed page The procedure for performing bottom plate cleaning is as follows Bottom Plate Cleaning 1 Open the printer driver setup window 2 Click Bottom Plate Cleaning on the Maintenance tab The Bottom Plate Cleaning dialog box opens 3 Set the paper thickness lever to the right and load paper in the printer As instructed in the dialog box load a sheet of A4 or Letter size plain paper into the rear tray Prepare a second sheet of A4 or Letter size plain paper fold it in half horizontally and then unfold it Load the second sheet in front of the first sheet so that it is oriented vertically with the crest of the crease facing down 4 Perform the bottom plate cleaning Make sure that the printer is on and then click Execute Bottom plate cleaning starts Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 152 Cleaning the Printer Cleaning the Exterior of the Printer Cleaning the Paper Feed Roller Cleaning the Inside of the Printer Bottom Plate Cleaning Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 153 Cleaning the Exterior of the Printer Be sure to use a soft and dry cloth such as eyeglasses cleaning cloth and wipe off dirt on the surface gently Smooth out wrinkles on the cloth if necessary before cleaning Important e Be sure to turn off the power and unplug the power cord before cleaning the printer Do not use tissue paper paper towels rough textured cloth
204. es You can check the status of the printer on the screen The status of the printer is shown on the screen in real time You can check the printing progress of each printing document print job Error types and solutions are shown on the screen Shown when a printer error occurs You can immediately check how to respond You can check the ink status This function displays graphics showing the ink tank type and the estimated ink levels Icons and messages are displayed when ink is running low ink level warning Canon IJ Status Monitor Overview Canon IJ Status Monitor allows you to check the status of the printer and ink with graphics and messages You can check the information on the printing document and the printing progress during printing When a printer error occurs it shows the cause and solution Follow the instruction in the message Printer Canon IJ Status Monitor shows an icon when a warning or error occurs to the printer Indicates that a warning operator call error has occurred or the printer is working There has been an error which requires a service Ink Tank Canon IJ Status Monitor shows an icon when a low ink warning or a no ink error occurs In addition this function displays graphics showing the estimated ink levels of the ink tank In this case click the graphics to open the Ink Details dialog box You can check the detail information such as the remaining ink level and the ink tank types for your print
205. es 494 TAIO secretarei eiia e a EEA 495 Di 6 5 99 9 6 eS e RS a a a EE a 496 i i es ee ee ee ee ee re ee A ee eee ee ee eee ee ee 497 jo 5 ee ene eee Cee ener ater a meee ee ee ene E ae eee ere ee er ree ee ee 498 TOO i639 606 042 24 09989 EOE EOS N R R OS bee 499 Lo eee ee eee eee ee eee eee ee ee ee ee eee ee ee ee ee ee eee ee eee 500 WOO o 2602 ch OG ORG os 5434 Skee e Oe Shes oe Oh ee eee T EE canes 501 TOOS 5 regda 44 ee ok eh 4 th PES i Ek hE Be ee eR 502 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals oo ree ere eee ee ee ee Sen re eee eee re re es eee ee ee ee 504 jo re ee ee ee ee eee ee ee eee ee ee eee ee ee ee 505 iy ee ee ee ee eee ee ee ee ee ee ee re ee eee ee ree ee eee 506 21 ee ee ee er ee ee ee ee eee ree Sees ore eee eee ee ee ee eee eee eee 507 Ocoee A E A se beset eee ge eeeh sul etek E A S EEEE TT 508 1 eer re ae pre ee ee ee eee ee re ee ee ee er ee ee ee ee 509 See Ae 1 ga pee 64h 8 4209 4 OS ee OP O89 ee dh 9 od oo aad 510 Pin cckeeeeeeceeped sndeeueseghue bese se eedace Sahu ghee se tecegasedsee 511 Se ee oer ee ere ee ee ee et ee ee ee E T re ee eee 512 SO Errr ha ht ek 6 hp 4 a ns BS oe 9 513 a ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee e 514 Se eee ee er a ee ee ee ee eee eee ee re ee ee ee eee 515 SPOe hedei eR 545 654s ae 4 0 4h a 8 oe Oe 4 ae eed 516 SGO 6 6b Ske bbe OE SEEEEEREEEEEREEERORGREEEE ETS eree TOREA eii 517 OOOO ee ee eee eee re E a E ee er eee 518 COUO Epere a ha oe 6S apg 4 a a eng Banh gree a Gh Ue a
206. ess Point or Changing Its settings When you replace an access point perform network setup of the printer again Perform network setup again with the Setup CD ROM or perform it again according to the instructions on our website If the problem is not resolved see below Cannot Communicate with the Printer After Applying MAC IP Address Filtering or Entering an Encryption Key to the Access Point When Encryption Is Enabled Cannot Communicate With the Printer After the Encryption Type Was Switched on the Access Point Cannot Communicate with the Printer After Applying MAC IP Address Filtering or Entering an Encryption Key to the Access Point Confirm the access point setting Refer to the instruction manual provided with the access point or contact its manufacturer to confirm the access point setting Make sure that the computer and the access point can communicate with each other under this setting If you are performing MAC address filtering or IP address filtering at the access point confirm that the MAC address or IP address for both the computer or the network device and the printer are registered If you are using a WEP or WPA WPA2 key make sure that the encryption key for the computer or the network device and the printer matches that set to the access point Besides the WEP key itself the key length key format the key ID to use and the authentication method must match among the printer the access point an
207. esthe spectied irk or pants only wth Alows you to educe the parter s zop e remaining rks operating nose Custom Senrga Allows you to select openiion optens Performs print head cleaning Print head cleaning removes any blockage in the print head nozzles Perform cleaning when printing becomes faint or a specific color fails to print even though all ink levels are sufficiently high Li Cleaning Deep Cleaning Performs deep cleaning Perform deep cleaning when two cleaning attempts do not resolve the print head problem Note e Deep Cleaning consumes a larger amount of ink than Cleaning Cleaning the print heads frequently will rapidly deplete your printer s ink supply Therefore perform cleaning only when necessary Ink Group When you click Cleaning or Deep Cleaning the Ink Group window is displayed Selects the ink group that you want to clean the print head for Click Initial Check Items to display the items that you need to check before you execute cleaning or deep cleaning Print Head Alignment Print head alignment corrects the installation positions of the print head and improves deviated colors and lines Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 380 Align the print head immediately after installing the print head When you click Print Head Alignment the Start Print Head Alignment dialog box is displayed Nozzle Check Prints a nozzle check pattern Perform this function if printing
208. ettings amta Mng primier Manage users Userinformaion imstuctons Logout User information E mail address Password User Name Change Time zone UTC 09 00 Tokyo Change Security code Change Language Eng sh Unsubscribe from this service Perform unsubscription Unsubscribe 8 Display area The display changes based on the menu you select 60 ama Mng peinter A Manage users User information instructions Drag apps to rearrange the order CANON iMAGE GATEWAY Config Dropbox Manage jobs Google Drive Latest There are no new n OneDrive Notice list Copyright CANON INC 61 Using Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center When the user registration is completed you can log in to the Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center and use the service 1 From your PC smartphone or tablet access the service login URL http cs c ij com 2 On the Login screen enter the E mail address and Password and then select Log in J Important e The e mail address and password are case sensitive Make sure the case is correct Canon IJ Cloud Printing Center E mail address Password Keep login info Log in Reset password from here Create new account E mail address Enter the e mail address that you entered in the user registration Password Enter the password that you entered in the user registration Keep login info When you select the check box the login screen is skipped for 14
209. etup gt Register with this service 4 Follow the instructions displayed in the window and run the authentication 5 When the printer registration screen is displayed select Create new account Canon IJ Cloud Printing Center Register with IJ Cloud Printing Center Unregistered users Create new account Registered users Add printer m Y 6 Enter the E mail address of the printer s owner and then select OK The registration page URL is sent to the e mail address entered Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 40 Preparation To create an account enter your e mail address An e mail from noreply mail cs c ij com will be sent to the specified e mail address If you use e mail filters be sure to allow e mail from this address An e mail address that ts already registered cannot be used E mail address Cancel J Important e There are character restrictions for the e mail address as shown below e You can use up to 255 alphanumeric characters consisting of single byte characters and symbols amp _ e Multibyte characters cannot be used You will get an error if the e mail address you enter contains a character that cannot be used e If you registered a different e mail address by mistake you can cancel the registration by starting the remote UI and selecting IJ Cloud Printing Center setup gt Delete from this service e You may not be able to receive the notification
210. evice and access point will be disabled In that case the connection of the device may switch to a mobile data connection automatically depending on your device Transmission fees for connecting to the Internet using a mobile data connection apply e In access point mode you can connect up to five devices at the same time If you try to connect a sixth device while five devices are already connected an error will appear If an error appears disconnect a device that does not use the printer then configure settings again e Network settings such as the SSID and security protocol can be changed on the printer When Using Windows XP Connection without Using an Access Point Windows XP Restrictions Appears in a new window USB Connection Connect the printer and a computer with a USB cable Prepare a USB cable Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 28 Connection without Using an Access Point Windows XP Restrictions Appears in a new window 1 Hold down the Wi Fi button A on the printer until the POWER lamp B flashes 3 times then release the Wi Fi button after the third flash The printer s access point mode will be enabled 2 Check the SSID and network key of your printer Print the LAN setting information and check the SSID and password network key fields e How to print the LAN setting information Hold down the RESUME CANCEL button on the printer until the POWER lamp flashes 6 times then release th
211. f the same size and type of paper can be loaded at the same time and fed automatically one sheet at a time Loading Plain Paper Photo Paper Loading Envelopes 6 paper output slot cover Printed paper is ejected 7 paper thickness lever Switches the clearance between the print head and the loaded paper to match the media type Set to the left when printing on envelopes Set to the right when printing on paper other than envelopes Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 95 9 10 11 12 13 All lamps are shown lit in the above figure for explanatory purposes 8 ON button Turns the power on or off Turning the Printer On and Off 9 POWER lamp Lights after flashing when the power is turned on Note e You can check the status of the printer by the POWER and Alarm lamps POWER lamp is off The power is off POWER lamp lights The printer is ready to print e POWER lamp flashes The printer is getting ready to print or printing is in progress Alarm lamp flashes An error has occurred and the printer is not ready to print e POWER lamp flashes and Alarm lamp flashes alternately An error that requires contacting the service center may have occurred If an Error Occurs 10 RESUME CANCEL button Cancels a print job in progress Holding this button down lets you select maintenance options or printer settings 11 Alarm lamp Lights or flashes when an error occurs
212. for Canon IJ Status Monitor is displayed and you can check the version and copyright information Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 400 Updating the Printer Driver Obtaining the Latest Printer Driver Deleting the Unnecessary Printer Driver Before Installing the Printer Driver Installing the Printer Driver Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 401 Obtaining the Latest Printer Driver By updating the printer driver to the latest version of the printer driver unresolved problems may be solved You can check the version of the printer driver by clicking the About button on the Maintenance tab You can access our website and download the latest printer driver for your model D Important e You can download the printer driver for free but any Internet access charges incurred are your responsibility e Before installing the latest printer driver delete the previously installed version Related Topics Before Installing the Printer Driver Installing the Printer Driver Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 402 Deleting the Unnecessary Printer Driver The printer driver which you no longer use can be deleted When deleting the printer driver first exit all programs that are running The procedure to delete the unnecessary printer driver is as follows 1 Start the uninstaller e If you are using Windows 8 1 or Windows 8 from the Desktop charms select Settings gt Control
213. from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 230 Maintenance Displays the Maintenance screen to revert the network settings of the printer to factory default and to mount the card slot as the network drive Maintenance Screen Set up printer s wireless LAN You can change the access point mode settings Perform settings following the message on the screen If you change the Encryption Method setting and the Password setting on the Set up printer s wireless LAN screen the changed settings are applied to the printer settings Note e You can use this function only when you are using a computer compatible with the wireless LAN 4 Help menu Instructions Displays this guide About Displays the version of IJ Network Tool Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 231 Status Screen You can check the printer status and connection performance To display the Status screen select Status from the View menu Note e This screen is not available depending on the printer you are using e When using wired LAN Signal Strength Link Quality and Advanced Measurement are not available 1 Device Status The device status is displayed as Available or Unavailable 2 Signal Strength Indicates the strength of the signal received by the printer ranging from 0 to 100 3 Link Quality Indicates the signal quality excluding the noise while communicating ranging from 0 to 100 4 Advanced Measurement
214. from the copyright holder except for personal use use within the home or other use within the limited scope as defined by the copyright Additionally reproducing or editing photographs of people may infringe on Rights of Publicity Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 33 When printing downloaded template forms 1 The copyright of each material photos illustrations logos or documents hereinafter referred to as the materials provided on the web template printing service belongs to their respective owners Issues pertaining to Rights of Publicity may arise regarding the use of any of people or characters displayed on the web template printing service Except as otherwise permitted please see 2 below copying modifying or distributing all or a portion of any of the materials contained on the web template printing service without prior consent of the respective rights Rights of Publicity and Copyright holder is strictly prohibited 2 All of the materials provided on the web template printing service can be freely used for personal and non commercial purposes Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 34 Use PIXMA Cloud Link By using PIXMA Cloud Link you can connect your printer to a cloud service such as CANON iMAGE GATEWAY Evernote or Twitter and use the following functions from your printer or from the web browser on your smartphone tablet or computer e Print images from a photo sharing service e Print do
215. g box click OK to save the print settings and return to the Quick Setup tab The name and icon are displayed in Commonly Used Settings Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 161 Important e To save the page size orientation and number of copies that was set in each sheet click Options and check each item DJ Note e When you re install the printer driver or upgrade the printer driver version the print settings that are already registered will be deleted from Commonly Used Settings Registered print settings cannot be saved and preserved If a profile is deleted register the print settings again Deleting Unnecessary Printing Profile 1 Select the printing profile to be deleted Select the printing profile you want to delete from the Commonly Used Settings list on the Quick Setup tab 2 Delete the printing profile Click Delete When the confirmation message appears click OK The selected printing profile is deleted from the Commonly Used Settings list Note e Printing profiles that are registered in the initial settings cannot be deleted Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 162 Setting the Ink Usage Control This function allows you to reduce the amount of black ink used and to produce the black sections with color inks when printing to plain paper The procedure for configuring the ink usage control function is as follows Ink Usage Control 1 Open the printer driver setup window
216. g the Printer Settings Changing Printer Settings from Your Computer Changing the Machine Settings Using the Operation Panel Initializing the Printer Settings Disabling the Wireless LAN Function of the Printer Setting the Ink Usage Control Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 158 Changing Printer Settings from Your Computer Changing the Print Options Registering a Frequently Used Printing Profile Setting the Ink Usage Control Managing the Printer Power Reducing the Printer Noise Changing the Printer Operation Mode Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 159 Changing the Print Options You can change the detailed printer driver settings for print data that is sent from an application software Specify this option if you encounter print failures such as part of an image data being cut off The procedure for changing the print options is as follows 1 Open the printer driver setup window 2 Click Print Options on the Page Setup tab Page Layout Nomalsize HH E 5 8 H Pian P AEEA Nomalsize Borderless FetoPape Scaled Pape Layout lt gt mo l V Aatoenaticnlly seduce large documert that the perter carrot otat D Ouples Parting Manus Stapling Side Leng sde sapling Leh 1 01 33 Port trom Last Page V Collate e ok cna too _ C heo The Print Options dialog box opens Disable ICM regres ton the apokeston software Dssable the
217. ge 3 Note Page Informatica Layout Manual Color Adjustment Printer Paper Size Letter amp 5 x1 1 22x28cm Media Type Pain Paper Paper Source Rear Tray Page Layout Normal size C Grayscale Printing C Duplex Printing Manual pedis gt es ee AAE e By clicking Fed View Thumbnails you can display or hide thumbnails of the print documents selected in the Document Name list e Clicking X Undo reverses the change that just performed Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 314 Editing and Printing a Print Document When printing multiple documents or pages you can combine documents change the print sequence of the documents or pages or delete documents or pages 1 Open the printer driver setup window 2 Set the preview Check the Preview before printing check box on the Main tab 3 Complete the setup Click OK The Canon IJ XPS Preview will start and the print result will be displayed before printing 4 Editing print documents and print pages e Combining print documents You can combine multiple print documents to form a single document By combining print documents you can prevent blank pages from being inserted when you execute duplex printing or page layout printing From the Document Name list select the documents to be combined On the Edit menu select Combine Documents from Documents to combine the documents in the listed sequence To select multiple print documents h
218. ging the Machine Settings Using the Operation Panel Using the Printer with the Access Point Mode Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 170 Using the Printer with the Access Point Mode By using the printer as an access point in an environment that does not have wireless LAN router or access point or by using the printer as an access point temporarily in an environment that has wireless LAN router or access point you can connect the printer to an external device such as a computer or a smartphone and print from them This section describes how to enable the access point mode the access point name of the printer and the security setting How to enable the Access Point Mode Printing with the Access Point Mode How to terminate the Access Point Mode Setting of the Access Point Mode Important e Before using the printer with the access point mode confirm the usage restrictions then switch the printer to the access point mode Restrictions If you use the printer with the access point mode for the long time it is recommended that you change the default access point name and the default password to the combination of numbers and letters with the point of view of security How to enable the Access Point Mode Enable the access point mode following the procedure below 1 Make sure that the printer is turned on 2 Press and hold the Wi Fi button then release the button when the Alarm lam
219. gt All Programs gt Accessories gt Command Prompt 2 Type the ping command and the IP address of the target printer or the target access point and then press the Enter key ping XXX XXX XXX XXX Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 431 XXX XXX XXX XXX is the IP address of the target device If the communication is available a message such as the following is displayed Reply from XXX XXX XXX XXX bytes 32 time 10ms TTL 255 When Request timed out is displayed the communication is not available Checking the Network Setting Information To check the network setting information of the printer print out the network setting information Printing Out Network Setting Information Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 432 How to Restore the Printer s Network Settings to Factory Default Important e Note that initialization erases all network settings on the printer and printing operation from a computer over network may become impossible To use the printer over network perform setup with the Setup CD ROM or perform it according to the instructions on our website Press and hold the RESUME CANCEL button then release the button when the POWER lamp flashes 9 times The network settings are initialized Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 433 Problems with Printing Printing Does Not Start gt Paper Jams Paper Does Not Feed Properly No Paper Error Occurs gt Printing Stops Befor
220. gt Page setup 2 Select the Print Background Colors and Images checkbox In Internet Explorer 8 1 Press the Alt key to display the menus Alternatively from Tools select Toolbars gt Menu Bar to display the menus 2 Select Page Setup from the File menu 3 Select the Print Background Colors and Images checkbox In Mozilla Firefox 1 Press the Alt key to display the menus Alternatively click Firefox then select Menu Bar from the right arrow of Options to display the menus 2 Select Page Setup from the File menu 3 Select the Print Background colors amp images checkbox in Format amp Options In Google Chrome 1 Select Chrome Menu gt Print 2 Select the Background colors amp images checkbox in Options Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 12 How to Use the Online Manual Symbols Used in This Document Warning Instructions that if ignored could result in death or serious personal injury caused by incorrect operation of the equipment These must be observed for safe operation Caution Instructions that if ignored could result in personal injury or material damage caused by incorrect operation of the equipment These must be observed for safe operation Important Instructions including important information To avoid damage and injury or improper use of the product be sure to read these indications Note Instructions including notes for operation and a
221. he Alarm lamp flashes and take the appropriate action to resolve the error f an Error Occurs No paper Load paper and select Continue in the display on your PictBridge Wireless LAN compliant device To resume printing you can also press the RESUME CANCEL button on the printer instead of selecting Continue on the device Paper Error Check the number of how many the Alarm lamp flashes and take the appropriate action to resolve the error f an Error Occurs Paper jam Select Stop in the display on your PictBridge Wireless LAN compliant device to stop printing Remove the jammed paper load new paper press the RESUME CANCEL button on the printer then try printing again Printer cover open Close the print head cover on the printer No print head Check the number of how many the Alarm lamp flashes and take the appropriate action to resolve the error f an Error Occurs Waste tank full Ink The ink absorber is nearly full absorber full Check the number of how many the Alarm lamp flashes and take the appropriate action to resolve the error f an Error Occurs No ink Ink cassette Check the number of how many the Alarm lamp flashes and take the appropriate action to error resolve the error Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 479 f an Error Occurs Hardware Error Check the number of how many the Alarm lamp flashes and take the appropriate action to resolve the error
222. he Printer Driver Describes the procedure for printing sRGB data by using the color correction function of the printer driver e To print using Canon Digital Photo Color The printer prints data with color tints that most people prefer reproducing colors of the original image data and producing three dimensional effects and high sharp contrasts e To print by directly applying editing and touch up results of an application software When printing the data the printer brings out subtle color difference between dark and light areas while leaving the darkest and lightest areas intact When printing the data the printer applies fine adjustment results such as brightness adjustments made with an application software Printing with ICC Profiles Describes the procedure for printing by using the color space of Adobe RGB or sRGB effectively You can print with a common color space by setting up the application software and the printer driver so that the color management matches the input ICC profile of the image data The method for setting up the printer driver differs depending on the application software to be used Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 324 Adjusting Colors with the Printer Driver You can specify the color correction function of the printer driver to print sRGB data with color tints that most people prefer through the use of Canon Digital Photo Color When printing from an application software that can identify ICC
223. he fun of printing such as stickers as well as papers for photo or document We recommend the use of Canon genuine paper for printing your important photos Media Types Commercially available papers e Plain Paper including recycled paper e Envelopes 1 Canon genuine papers The Model Number of Canon genuine paper is shown in brackets Refer to the instruction manual supplied with the paper for detailed information on the printable side and notes on handling paper For information on the page sizes available for each Canon genuine paper access our website Note e You may not be able to purchase some Canon genuine papers depending on the country or region of purchase Paper is not sold in the US by Model Number Purchase paper by name Paper for printing photos e Glossy Photo Paper Everyday Use lt GP 501 GP 601 gt 1 Photo Paper Glossy lt GP 601 gt 1 Photo Paper Plus Glossy Il lt PP 201 gt e Matte Photo Paper lt MP 101 gt 1 Paper for creating your own prints e Photo Stickers lt PS 101 gt 4 Printing to this paper from a digital camera is not supported Paper Load Limit Paper Settings on the Printer Driver Note e When printing photos saved on a PictBridge compliant device you must specify the page size and media type Printing from a Digital Camera Page Sizes You can use the following page sizes DJ Note e Printing on the following paper sizes from a digital camera is not
224. he specified Canon genuine paper is not immediately available or obtainable you can use plain paper and adjust the print head position manually from a computer Aligning the Print Head Position Manually from Your Computer You need to prepare a sheet of A4 or Letter sized Matte Photo Paper MP 101 1 Make sure that the power is turned on 2 Load a sheet of supplied paper or A4 or Letter sized Matte Photo Paper MP 101 in the rear tray Load the paper WITH THE PRINT SIDE WHITER SIDE FACING YOU in the rear tray 3 Set the paper thickness lever to the right Loading Paper 4 Hold down the RESUME CANCEL button until the POWER lamp flashes four times then release it immediately The print head alignment sheet will be printed and the print head position will be adjusted automatically Do not perform any other operations until the printer completes the printing of the print head alignment sheet This takes about 4 minutes Note If the automatic adjustment of the print head position has failed the Alarm lamp flashes f an Error Occurs e If the print results are still not satisfactory after adjusting the print head position as described above adjust the print head position manually from the computer Aligning the Print Head Position Manually from Your Computer Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 140 Performing Maintenance from a Computer gt Cleaning the Print Heads from Your Computer
225. heck the print settings and the loaded paper load paper of the correct size then press the printer s RESUME CANCEL button If you want to cancel printing press the printer s RESUME CANCEL button again while the POWER lamp is flashing Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 506 2101 Cause The paper size in the print settings and the size of the loaded paper do not match Action Check the print settings and the loaded paper load paper of the correct size then press the printer s RESUME CANCEL button If you want to cancel printing press the printer s RESUME CANCEL button again while the POWER lamp is flashing Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 507 2103 Cause The printer cannot detect the paper size Action Press the printer s RESUME CANCEL button to dismiss the error then try to print again If this error still occurs even after printing again set the printer not to detect the paper width by using the printer driver or Remote UI D gt Note e Depending on the type of paper the printer may not detect the paper width Additionally if the print head cover is opened while printing is in progress the printer may not detect the paper width Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 508 2500 Cause The cause of following may have occurred the failure of Automatic Print Head Alignment e Print head nozzles are clogged The paper of size other than A4 or Letter is loaded The paper o
226. hen the connection peormance is poor place the printer closer to the access point and remove any interfeang objects between them Poor comection wil cause unstable operation such as slow panting Rwil take a couple of minutes to measure the connection perfomance You can cancel the operation while the measurement is in progress Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 198 6 Check the status When the measurement is complete the status is displayed The results are as follows Connection Performance between the Printer and the Access Point coos Cick Remeasuremert to measure the performance again When is displayed in Connection Performance between the Printer and the Access Point the printer can communicate with the access point Otherwise refer to displayed comments and the following to improve the status of communication link and click Remeasurement Check that the printer and the access point are located within the wireless connectivity range with no obstacles between them Check if the distance between the printer and the access point is not too far If they are too far move them closer together within 164 ft 50 m Check that there is no barrier or obstacle between the printer and the access point In general connection performance decreases for communications through walls or between different floors Adjust the locations to avoid such situations Check that there are no sources of radio
227. her the card slot is mapped as a network drive When you click the Network Setup of the Card Slot is displayed Network Setup of the Card Slot Screen Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 235 Network Setup of the Card Slot Screen DJ Note e This screen is not available depending on the printer you are using Displays settings of the card slot and allows you to map a card slot on the network as a network drive on the computer Displays when you click Setup on the Maintenance screen Network Setup of the Card Slot Screen Setup Screen Network Setup of the Card Slot Screen Setup Failed Screen D gt Note e You can change the network settings of the printer using IJ Network Tool with USB connection after initializing the LAN settings To change the network settings using IJ Network Tool activate the LAN settings in advance Network Setup of the Card Slot Screen Setup Screen Map the card siot as a network deve to this computer Specfy the deve letter and cick OK 1 Drive Select the drive letter to assign to the network drive 2 Update Reloads the drive letters that are unassigned in Computer My Computer in Windows XP and displays them in the Drive list Network Setup of the Card Slot Screen Setup Failed Screen Display when the network setup of the card slot is failed Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 236 Communication with the Card Slot fated Please refer to the Instr
228. his tab to their default values factory settings Grayscale Printing Allows you to change the monochrome print settings Duplex Printing Manual Select whether to print the document to both sides of the paper manually or to one side of the paper If the duplex print settings cannot be changed for the print document this item is grayed out and is unavailable Important e When you select Booklet for Page Layout Duplex Printing Manual of the print settings area will be set automatically In this case Duplex Printing Manual is grayed out and is unavailable Copies Specifies the number of copies you want to print You can specify a value from 1 to 999 If the numbers of copies cannot be changed for the print document this item is grayed out and is unavailable Exit Ends the Canon IJ XPS Preview The documents remaining in the document list will be deleted from the list Print Prints the documents selected in the document list The printed documents are deleted from the list and when all documents are printed the Canon lJ XPS Preview closes Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 397 Canon IJ Status Monitor Description The Canon IJ Status Monitor displays the status of the printer and the printing progress The monitor uses graphics icons and messages to let you know the printer status Option IpkOetaits Help Canon IJ Status Monitor Features The Canon lJ Status Monitor offers the following advantag
229. icrosoft NET Framework 4 Client Profile installed on your computer Defaults Restores all the settings you have changed to their default values Clicking this button restores all the settings on the current screen to their default values factory settings Custom dialog box Set the quality level and select the desired print quality Quality You can use the slider bar to adjust the print quality level Important e Certain print quality levels cannot be selected depending on the settings of Media Type Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 363 Note e The High Standard or Draft print quality modes are linked with the slider bar Therefore when the slider bar is moved the corresponding quality and value are displayed on the left This is the same as when the corresponding radio button is selected for Print Quality on the Main tab Color Adjustment Tab This tab allows you to adjust the color balance by changing the settings of the Cyan Magenta Yellow Brightness Intensity and Contrast options Preview Shows the effect of color adjustment The color and brightness change when each item is adjusted You can check the color adjustment status easily by changing the preview image to one similar to the results to be printed with Sample Type Note The graphic is in monochrome when the Grayscale Printing check box is checked Sample Type Selects a preview image displayed on the Color Adjustment tab If n
230. if you are using a spam filter If you have a setting to receive only the e mails from certain domains be sure to change the setting to allow receiving e mails from noreply mail cs c ij com There will be no error display even if you could not receive the e mail because of the spam filter setting or if you entered an incorrect e mail address 7 When an e mail with the subject Information on Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center is sent to the e mail address that you entered select the URL 8 In the License agreement and Privacy statement windows of Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center read the statements and select Agree if you agree Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 41 License agreement Engish Important Please read this before using this service Service Terms of Use These Service Terms of Use the Terms are a binding agreement between you and Canon Inc Canon which govern your use of the Service defined in Article 1 hereof offered with a Canon brand printer You may agree to the Terms by choosing Agree Your use of the Service also shall be deemed as agreement to the Terms If you do not agree to the Terms you may not use the Service Canon reserves the right to modify the Terms at any time at its sole discretion IAlhan tha Tarme ara madifiaod Danan Do not agree Agree Privacy statement Important Please read this before using this service Privacy Statement This Privacy Statement the P
231. ilable Driver Matching With Canon Digital Photo Color you can print sRGB data with color tints that most people prefer ICM ICC Profile Matching Adjusts the colors by using an ICC profile when printing Specify the input profile to be used Important e If the application software is set so that ICM is disabled ICM ICC Profile Matching is unavailable for Color Correction and the printer may not be able to print the image data properly None Disables color adjustment with the printer driver Input Profile Specifies the input profile to be used when you select ICM ICC Profile Matching for Color Correction Standard The standard printer profile SRGB which supports the color space of ICM is used This is the default setting Adobe RGB 1998 The Adobe RGB profile which supports a wider color space than sRGB is used Important Adobe RGB 1998 is not displayed when input profiles of Adobe RGB are not installed Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 366 Note Inthe XPS printer driver ICM has become ICC Profile Matching Related Topics Setting the Print Quality Level Custom Adjusting Color Balance Adjusting Brightness Adjusting Intensity Adjusting Contrast Adjusting Color Balance Using Sample Patterns Printer Driver Adjusting Intensity Contrast Using Sample Patterns Printer Driver Specifying Color Correction
232. ily create and print personalized items such as calendars and collages anytime and anywhere by simply accessing Easy PhotoPrint on the web from a computer or tablet By using Easy PhotoPrint you can create items in the latest environment without going through the trouble of installation Moreover you can use various photos for your item through integration with social networks such as Facebook or with online storage web albums etc Refer to Easy PhotoPrint Guide for details Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 25 Print Photos on Facebook Easily Using a Facebook App Print Your Days Use Print Your Days to collect Facebook photos of memories of parties and travel recent activity of your family and friends your hobbies etc then create and print a work of art Print Your Days is available from the Print Your Days Facebook page Print and enjoy the excitement and memories depicted n the photos on Facebook Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 26 Connection Methods Available on the Printer The following connection methods are available on the printer p Wireless Connection With an access point J o Without an access point Jo g D USB Connection Wireless Connection There are two methods for connecting the printer to your device such as a smartphone One method is to connect using an access point and the other method is to connect without using an access point The two c
233. images with high intensity the paper may absorb too much ink and become wavy Causing paper abrasion Reduce the intensity setting in the printer driver and try printing again 1 Open the printer driver setup window gt How to Open the Printer Driver Setup Window 2 On the Main sheet select Manual for Color Intensity and then click Set 3 Drag the Intensity slide bar on the Color Adjustment sheet to adjust the intensity Is printing performed beyond the recommended printing area If you are printing beyond the recommended printing area of your printing paper the lower edge of the paper may become stained with ink Resize your original document in your application software Printing Area Is the paper feed roller dirty Clean the paper feed roller Cleaning the Paper Feed Roller DJ Note e Cleaning the paper feed roller will wear the roller so perform this procedure only when necessary Is the inside of the printer dirty When performing duplex printing the inside of the printer may become stained with ink causing the printout to become smudged Perform the Bottom Plate Cleaning to clean the inside of the printer Cleaning the Inside of the Printer Bottom Plate Cleaning DJ Note e To prevent the inside of the printer from stains set the paper size correctly Set the time to dry the printed surface longer Doing so gives the printed surface enough time to dry so that paper smudged and scrat
234. ing Methods Changing the Print Quality and Correcting Image Data gt Overview of the Printer Driver Printer Driver Description Updating the Printer Driver Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 271 Printing with Easy Setup This section describes the simple procedure for setting the Quick Setup tab so that you can carry out appropriate printing on this printer 1 Check that the printer is turned on 2 Load paper on the printer 3 Open the printer driver setup window 4 Select a frequently used profile In Commonly Used Settings on the Quick Setup tab select a printing profile suited for the purpose When you select a printing profile the Additional Features Media Type and Printer Paper Size settings are automatically switched to the values that were preset Portes Paper Sze Letter 35 11 22230m Onentation Porras Paper Source Rear Trey Copies 5 Select the print quality For Print Quality select High Standard or Draft according to your purpose Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 272 gt Important e The print quality settings that can be selected may differ depending on a printing profile 6 Complete the setup Click OK When you execute print the document is printed with settings that match your purpose 3 Important e When you select the Always Print with Current Settings check box all settings specified on the Quick Setup Main and Page Setup tabs
235. ing Photo Printing under Commonly Used Settings and then choosing Color Intensity Manual Adjustment under Additional Features 7 Complete the setup Click OK on the Main tab Then when you execute printing the document is printed with the color balance that was adjusted by the pattern print function Important When Print a pattern for color adjustment is selected on the Color Adjustment tab the following items are grayed out and cannot be set e Preview before printing on the Main tab Stapling Side and Specify Margin on the Page Setup tab When Duplex Printing Manual is set only Stapling Side can be set e You can print a pattern only if the Page Layout setting on the Page Setup tab is Normal size or Borderless e When the Grayscale Printing check box on the Main tab is checked Cyan Magenta and Yellow appear grayed out and are unavailable e Depending on your application software this function may not be available Related Topics Adjusting Color Balance Adjusting Intensity Adjusting Contrast Adjusting Intensity Contrast Using Sample Patterns Printer Driver Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 335 Adjusting Brightness You can change the brightness of the overall image data during printing This function does not change pure white or pure black but it changes the brightness of the intermediate colors The following sample shows the print result when the brightness setting is
236. ing Sample Patterns Printer Driver 342 Overview of the Printer Driver ere Gilp ahd TEE ET rer TET KES eEA Bebe Oe Canon U Primer DVi jis cack da tasar n ed arn ad Elta dine she a lead dh eh a Spnckd Araceae 347 How to Open the Printer Driver Setup Window 0000000 eee ee eee 348 Canon H Status MOIO 2 24 0 i 0aie eee SAME SaGs DANES Os DRANG RIAS SARS IRS 349 Checking the Ink Status from Your Computer saa aaa dacs chsh dd sa damacecs 190 Canon Previews lt 444 s546608 64044 e945 RN T ET ERA LE RRET EEL E EEE Ee hs RDA 351 Deleting the Undesired Print Job coer Se AETA ee eee age OOZ Instructions for Use Printer Diver 24 22 2ncadexsesedas senda eesowenlsedas eee 353 Printer Driver Description anne fees PAET E eae EREET uae eam 909 Guick setup tab Desch DiiOM eea 25 24444400 4a8eR a Hea Se PERERA EERE TERRE ED ES 356 Main tab Bescnbiiny ices i etadeekeaathase th keeee sae beaeh dig haat eee oe 362 Pade Setup tab Description 125525 a4 eases eS 46 9 RRAUS SSS e eee i wedeeReues 368 Maintenance tab Description TETIT A PEPEE RETT PERE ae es sipaage B00 Canon IJ Preview Descripuom 2 640254 e10 e45 4 ed 84444000 dda ONE ebe So ond 387 Canon IJ XPS Preview Description SATTES ORN EAE ARESTAS TESTET 390 Canon IJ Status Monitor Description siro serresspre rers esari r ahad eee 398 Updating the Printer Driver eN TOPET EE EE TEP VETE gece A O
237. ing the printer or set not to connect automatically in the Wi Fi settings of the device For details on how to change the settings of a device refer to the manual supplied with the device or contact its manufacturer Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 31 When connecting a device and the printer in access point mode Internet connection may become unavailable In that case web services for the printer cannot be used In access point mode you can connect up to five devices at the same time If you try to connect a sixth device while five devices are already connected an error will appear If an error appears disconnect a device that does not use the printer then configure settings again Devices connected to the printer in access point mode cannot communicate with each other Firmware updates for the printer are not available while using the access point mode When a device has been connected to the printer without using an access point and you want to set it up again using the same connection method disconnect it first Disable the connection between the device and printer in the Wi Fi setting screen Connection Using a Wired Network e This printer cannot be used over wireless and wired connections at the same time e When using a router connect the printer and a device to the LAN side same network segment Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 32 Notice for Web Service Printing When Using Web Service Canon does
238. int head holder will not move unless the power is on If the POWER lamp is off close the print head cover and turn the printer on Is the Alarm lamp flashing Close the print head cover confirm the number of times the Alarm lamp is flashing take the appropriate action to resolve the error and then reopen it For details on how to resolve the error see Support Code List Has the print head cover been left open for 10 minutes or longer If the print head cover is left open for more than 10 minutes the print head holder moves to the position to protect it to prevent the print head from drying out Close and reopen the print head cover to return the print head holder to the position for replacing Has the printer been printing continuously for a long period Close the print head cover wait a while then reopen it If the printer has been printing continuously for a long time the print head holder may not move to the position for replacing since the print head may overheat Note Opening the print head cover while printing moves the print head holder to the position to protect it Close the print head cover and reopen it after printing finishes Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 462 Printer Status Monitor Is Not Displayed Is the printer status monitor enabled Make sure that Enable Status Monitor is selected on the Option menu of the printer status monitor 1 Open the printer driver setup window g
239. int name of the printer and the security setting in advance Using the Printer with the Access Point Mode Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 22 Print Photos Easily Using My Image Garden Organize Images Easily In My Image Garden you can register the names of people and events to photos You can organize photos easily as you can display them not only by folder but also by calendar event and person This also allows you to find the target photos easily when you search for them later on lt Calendar View gt Display Recommended Items in Slide Shows Based on the information registered to photos Quick Menu automatically selects the photos on your computer and creates recommended items such as collages and cards The created items appear in slide shows ee If there is an item you like you can easily print it in just two steps 1 In Image Display of Quick Menu select the item you want to print 2 Print the item with My Image Garden Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 23 Place Photos Automatically Delightful items are created easily as the selected photos are placed automatically according to the theme eh W G E m l Pes Other Various Functions My Image Garden has many other useful functions Refer to What You Can Do with My Image Garden for details Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 24 Print Items with Easy PhotoPrint Web Application You can eas
240. inter Status button on the Maintenance tab and start the Canon lJ Status Monitor Then click Envelope Printing from Display Guide Message of the Option menu to enable the setting Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 308 Printing on Postcards This section describes the procedure for postcard printing 1 Load postcard on the printer 2 Open the printer driver setup window 3 Select commonly used settings Display the Quick Setup tab and for Commonly Used Settings select Standard 4 Select the media type For Media Type select Hagaki A Ink Jet Hagaki Hagaki K or Hagaki D Important This printer cannot print on postcards that have photos or stickers attached e When printing on each side of a postcard separately you will get cleaner printing if you print the message side first and then print the address side 5 Select the paper size For Printer Paper Size select Hagaki 100x148mm or Hagaki 2 200x148mm D Important e Return postcards can be used only when you print them from the computer e When printing a return postcard always set the paper size to Hagaki 2 200x148mm from your application software or the printer driver e Do not fold the return postcard If a crease is formed the printer will not be able to feed the postcard properly and this condition will cause line shifts or a paper jam e With return postcards borderless printing cannot be used 6 Set the print orientation To print the add
241. inter com Manuals 275 Setting a Page Size and Orientation The paper size and orientation are essentially determined by the application software When the page size and orientation set for Page Size and Orientation on the Page Setup tab are same as those set with the application software you do not need to select them on the Page Setup tab When you are not able to specify them with the application software the procedure for selecting a page size and orientation is as follows You can also set page size and orientation on the Quick Setup tab 1 Open the printer driver setup window 2 Select the paper size Select a page size from the Page Size list on the Page Setup tab Letter 5 11 22280m A Pora Rotate 180 degrees Page Layout Nomalsize HB D a g 2 Nomalsize Borde ess FetoPage Scaled Page Layout lt gt V Atoenatically reduce large documert that the perter cant opt Ouples Parting Manusi Stapling Sde Long ide staging Left Copes p 1 sl 1 333 3i Z Port tom Last Page v Pact Options Stamp Background C ok C cno tsply 3 Set Orientation Select Portrait or Landscape for Orientation Check Rotate 180 degrees check box when you want to perform printing with the original being rotated 180 degrees 4 Complete the setup Click OK When you execute print the document will be printed with the selected page size and the orientation Note If Normal size is selected for Page L
242. inting Solutions You can also use the convenient web services presented by Canon 1 Selecting Printer Information in an Apps Screen Note e You can also enter IPv4 address directly in the web browser to display printer information T 2 3 Check that the printer has been turned on Load one sheet of A4 size or Letter size plain paper Hold down the RESUME button until the POWER lamp flashes 6 times Release the button Printing of the network setup information starts From your computer smartphone or tablet device open the Web browser and enter the following URL http lt Printer IP address gt For lt Printer IP address gt enter the IP address that you checked in the previous procedure 2 Entering Username and Administrator s Password From the authentication screen enter the Username and Password Username ADMIN Password See About the Administrator Password Note The Username display may differ depending on your browser 3 Displaying Printer Information The top screen for printer information is displayed Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 80 Menu Printer status Utilities AirPrint settings Google Cloud Print setup IJ Cloud Printing Center setup Security Firmware update Manual Online Printer status This function displays printer information such as the remaining ink amount the status and detailed error information You can also connect to the in
243. irements This displays the system requirements for the Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center Help legal notices smartphone and tablet devices only The description of the Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center screen and various reminders are displayed Software license info The licensing information of Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center is displayed About this service This displays the descriptions of this service Description of the Main screen When you log in to the Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center the Main screen appears With this service the functions available to Standard user of the printer are different from those available to the printer Administrator Standard user can only use the functions marked by an asterisk You can use areas shown below to start add and manage apps If you are using a smartphone or a tablet you can also print photos and documents If you are using a smartphone or tablet If you are using a PC If you are using a smartphone or tablet CANON IMAGE GATEWAY Scan to E mail Evernote Dropbox Google Drive SkvNrive Contig 1 Left context menu 2 Printer name area Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 47 3 Right context menu 4 Display area 5 Menu area 1 Left context menu When you select E the Mng printer screen of the Manage users screen appears For general users the Select printer screen appears Mng printer screen Select printer sc
244. is setting is appropriate for test printing Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 362 Custom Select this when you want to set the printing quality level individually Set Select Custom for Print Quality to enable this button Open the Custom dialog box You can then individually set the print quality level Color Intensity Selects color adjustment method Auto Cyan Magenta Yellow Brightness Intensity and Contrast and so on are adjusted automatically Manual Select when you set the individual settings such as Cyan Magenta Yellow Brightness Intensity and Contrast etc and Color Correction method Set Select Manual for Color Intensity to enable this button In the Manual Color Adjustment dialog box you can adjust individual color settings such as Cyan Magenta Yellow Brightness Intensity and Contrast on the Color Adjustment tab and select the Color Correction method on the Matching tab DJ Note If you want to use an ICC profile to adjust colors use the Manual Color Adjustment dialog box to set the profile Grayscale Printing This function converts the data to monochrome data when printing your document Check this check box to print a color document in monochrome Preview before printing Shows what the print result will look like before you actually print the data Check this check box to display a preview before printing Important e To use the Canon IJ XPS Preview you must have M
245. isplayed If other discs are displayed there is a problem with the Setup CD ROM In this case contact the service center If you are unable to proceed beyond the Printer Connection screen Canon PIXMA iP110 series Printer Connection Make sure that the printer is connected to the computer and turn on the printer STEP 3 C Setup Printer Connection Print Head Alignment Recommended Completion STEP 4 Information Help The printer is not detected Check the connection Cancel Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 465 J Note The printer is not detected Check the connection may be displayed depending on the computer you use Make sure that the USB cable is securely plugged in to the printer and the computer GVA Follow the procedure below to connect the printer and the computer again 1 Turn the printer off 2 Unplug the USB cable from the printer and the computer then connect it again 3 Turn the printer on If you cannot resolve the problem follow the procedure below to reinstall the printer driver 1 Click Cancel 2 Click Start Over on the Installation Failure screen 3 Click Exit on the PIXMA XXX screen where XXX is your printer s name then remove the CD ROM Turn the printer off 4 5 Restart the computer 6 Make sure that you have no application software running 7 Insert the CD ROM again then install the printer driver In other cases Rei
246. isplayed to register the MAC address of a computer or a network device from which to access the printer over the network D Important Add the MAC address of all computers or network devices within the network from which to access the printer The printer cannot be accessed from a computer or a network device that is not on the list 5 Delete Deletes the selected MAC address from the list When Selecting IP address The accessible computers or network devices are specified by their IP addresses Computers or network devices whose IP addresses appear on the list are allowed access Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 999 WrelessLAN WredLAN Access Control Admin Password Printer Access Control Type IP Address y Enable printer socess controa P address Instructions 1 Enable printer access control IP address Select to enable access control to the printer by IP address Note The two types of access control i e by MAC address and by IP address can be enabled at the same time An access control type is enabled as long as the Enable printer access control check box is selected regardless of the type currently displayed by selecting in Printer Access Control Type e When both access control types are enabled at the same time a computer or a network device whose address is registered to either list will be allowed access to the printer 2 Accessible IP Addresses Shows the registered IP addres
247. it delete your login name and password from the machine s memory in advance The account information will be sent to Canon Inc server located in Japan then forwarded to the service provider s server Canon handles your account information as follows o Your account information will be used in personal identification process of the selected service Canon will not provide your account information to any third party without your consent except for sending to the service provider or providing based on laws and regulations After the conclusion of non disclosure agreement Canon may deposit your account information to the contractor to achieve the purpose of use Canon endeavors to secure the safety of your account information It is at your option to enter and send your account information However the service that requires to enter your account information is not available unless you enter and send it Your account information does not remain in Canon Inc server At the latest it will be deleted when you have disconnected your printer from LAN For details contact a Canon authorized sales representative in the country or region you live in o o o o o o Copyrights and Rights of Publicity When printing from the photo sharing site Observe the conditions of use of the photo sharing site when you use photos on the site e It is unlawful to reproduce or edit the copyrighted work of another person without permission
248. it is difficult to pick the best pattern pick the setting that produces the least noticeable horizontal stripes A B A Least noticeable horizontal stripes B Most noticeable horizontal stripes 11 Confirm the displayed message and click OK or Cancel Click Cancel to complete the basic print head alignment To run the alignment for correcting problems such as streaks appearing on the print surface load one sheet of A4 size or Letter size plain paper in the rear tray and click OK The third pattern is printed Important Do not open the print head cover while printing is in progress 12 Check the printed pattern Enter the numbers of the patterns with the least noticeable streaks in the associated boxes Even if the patterns with the least noticeable streaks are clicked in the preview window their numbers are automatically entered in the associated boxes Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 149 When you have entered all the necessary values click OK DJ Note e If it is difficult to pick the best pattern pick the setting that produces the least noticeable horizontal streaks A B A Least noticeable horizontal streaks B Most noticeable horizontal streaks DJ Note To print and check the current setting open the Start Print Head Alignment dialog box and click Print Alignment Value Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 150 Use Your Computer to Print a Nozzle Check Patte
249. ith the computer over the wireless LAN usually set the printer to the wireless LAN connection when you finish using the printer with the access point mode temporarily To enable the wireless LAN mode press and hold the Wi Fi button then release the button when the Alarm lamp flashes 4 times When the POWER lamp changed from flashing to lit the wireless LAN mode is enabled D gt Note e If you do not use the printer with the access point mode or over the wireless LAN The Wi Fi lamp goes off by pressing and holding the RESUME CANCEL button then releasing the button when the Alarm lamp flashes 12 times When the Wi Fi lamp goes the access point mode and the wireless LAN are disabled Setting of the Access Point Mode The initial value of the access point mode is set as follows SSID access point name XXXXXX iP110series XXXXXxX is the last six digits of MAC address of the printer Security setting WPA2 PSK AES Password XXXXXXXX The default value in this item varies by the printer Note e To confirm the current access point mode setting of the printer print out the network setting information Printing Out Network Setting Information Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 172 e You can change the security setting and the password using IJ Network Tool If you change the access point mode setting of the printer also change the access point setting of the external device such as a computer or
250. k purchase site or support page and use Web Services Utilities This function allows you to set and execute the printer utility functions such as cleaning AirPrint settings This function allows you to specify the Apple AirPrint settings such as position information Google Cloud Print setup This function allows you to register this printer to Google Cloud Print or delete the printer IJ Cloud Printing Center setup Allows you to register to IJ Cloud Printing Center or to delete a registration Security Allows you to set the Administrator s password and Operation restrictions for the machine Important e For the initial Password see About the Administrator Password For Security reasons we recommend that you change the Password to an individual password e The following character restrictions apply to the password that you enter e Set the password by using 0 to 32 characters e The allowed characters are single byte alphanumeric characters Firmware update This function allows you to update the firmware and check version information Manual Online This function displays the Online Manual Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 81 Print Easily from a Smartphone or Tablet with PIXMA Printing Solutions Use PIXMA Printing Solutions to easily print photos saved on a smartphone or tablet wirelessly PIXMA Printing Solutions can be downloaded from App Store and Google Play Downloaded from ManualsPrinter co
251. kness Glossy Photo Paper Everyday Use lt GP 501 GP 601 gt 3 Paper for creating your own prints Paper Thickness Photo Stickers lt PS 101 gt Right 1 If the corners or edges of the paper are smudged try to print with the paper thickness lever set to the left It may improve print quality Reset the paper thickness lever when you finish printing Front View 2 Proper feeding of paper may not be possible at the maximum capacity depending on the type of paper or environmental conditions either very high or low temperature or humidity In such cases reduce the number of paper you load at a time to less than half 3 When loading paper in stacks the print side may become marked as it is fed or paper may not feed properly In this case load one sheet at a time Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 117 Media Types You Cannot Use Do not use the following types of paper Using such paper will cause not only unsatisfactory results but also the printer to jam or malfunction Folded curled or wrinkled paper Damp paper Paper that is too thin weighing less than 17 Ib 64 g m Paper that is too thick plain paper weighing more than 28 Ib 105 g m except for Canon genuine paper Paper thinner than a postcard including plain paper or notepad paper cut to a small size when printing on paper smaller than A5 Picture postcards Postcards affixed with photos or stickers Envelopes with a double flap E
252. l 1 Make sure that the printer is turned on 2 Load paper 3 Connect the PictBridge Wireless LAN compliant device to the printer Detect the printer with the PictBridge Wireless LAN compliant device and connect the PictBridge Wireless LAN compliant device to the printer with wireless LAN DJ Note e For details on how to detect the printer refer to your PictBridge Wireless LAN compliant device s instruction manual 4 Specify the print settings such as the paper type and layout Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 407 You can perform settings using the menu on the LCD of your PictBridge Wireless LAN compliant device Select the size and type of paper that you loaded in the printer Settings on a PictBridge Wireless LAN Compliant Device 5 Start printing from your PictBridge Wireless LAN compliant device Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 408 About PictBridge Wireless LAN Print Settings Settings on a PictBridge Wireless LAN Compliant Device This section describes the PictBridge Wireless LAN function of the printer For the print settings ona PictBridge Wireless LAN compliant device refer to the instructions given in the device s instruction manual Note In the following description names of setting items are given according to those used in Canon brand PictBridge Wireless LAN compliant devices Setting item names may be different depending on the brand or model
253. l Photo Printing of Image Data When people print images taken with digital cameras they sometimes feel that the printed color tones differ from those of actual image or those displayed on the monitor To get the print results as close as possible to the desired color tones you must select a printing method that is best suited to the application software used or to your purpose Color Management Devices such as digital cameras scanners monitors and printers handle color differently Color management color matching is a method that manages device dependent colors as a common color space For Windows a color management system called ICM is built into the operating system Adobe RGB and sRGB are popularly used as common color spaces Adobe RGB has a wider color space than sRGB ICC profiles convert device dependent colors into a common color space By using an ICC profile and carrying out color management you can draw out the color space of the image data within the color reproduction area that the printer can express Selecting a Printing Method Suited to the Image Data The recommended printing method depends on the color space Adobe RGB or sRGB of the image data or the application software to be used There are two typical printing methods Check the color space Adobe RGB or sRGB of the image data and the application software to be used and then select the printing method suited to your purpose Adjusting Colors with t
254. l network settings on the machine printing or scanning operation from a computer over network may become impossible To use the machine over network perform setup with the Setup CD ROM or perform setup according to the instructions on our website 1 Start up IJ Network Tool 2 Select the printer in Printers 3 Select Maintenance from the Settings menu The Maintenance screen is displayed 4 Click Initialize Sething intialzation To retum the printer settings to the factory defaults cick intisize Network Setup of the Card Slot F you plan to use the card siot via the network cick Setup Status Not set Instructions 5 When the confirmation screen is displayed click Yes Retums the printer settings to the factory defaults Initialize settings The network settings of the printer is initialized Do not turn off the printer during initialization Click OK when initialization is complete Performing initialization when connected over wireless LAN will break the connection so perform setup with the Setup CD ROM or perform setup according to the instructions on our website Note You can change the network settings of the printer using IJ Network Tool with USB connection after initializing the LAN settings To change the network settings using Canon IJ Network Tool activate wireless LAN in advance Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 201 Viewing the Modified Settings The Confirmation s
255. lected print document to the end of the document list If the currently selected document is the last document this command is grayed out and cannot be selected Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 39 Delete Document Deletes the selected document from the document list If the document list contains only one document the document is grayed out and cannot be selected This command has the same function as the Delete Document on the toolbar Grayscale Printing Allows you to change the monochrome print settings This command has the same functionality as the Grayscale Printing check box in the print settings area Page Layout Printing Opens the Page Layout Printing dialog box This dialog box allows you to set Page Layout Printing Pages Page Order and Page Border Duplex Printing Opens the Duplex Printing dialog box This dialog box allows you to set Duplex Printing Manual Stapling Side and Margin Copies Opens the Copies dialog box This dialog box allows you to set Copies Collate and Print from Last Page Pages Selects the method for editing print pages Delete Page Deletes the currently selected page If page layout printing is set the pages enclosed with red frame will be deleted This command has the same function as the Delete Page on the toolbar Restore Page Restores pages that were deleted with the Delete Page function To restore pages you must select the View Deleted Pages check box o
256. ling box Scaling Specifies an enlargement or reduction ratio for the document you want to print Page Layout Multiple pages of document can be printed on one sheet of paper Specify Opens the Page Layout Printing dialog box Click this button to set details on page layout printing Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 369 Tiling Poster This function enables you to enlarge the image data and divide the enlarged data into several pages to be printed You can also glue together these sheets of paper to create large printed matter such as a poster Specify Opens the Tiling Poster Printing dialog box Click this button to set details on tiling poster printing Booklet The booklet printing function allows you to print data for a booklet Data is printed on both sides of the paper This type of printing ensures that pages can be collated properly in page number order when the printed sheets are folded and stapled at the center Specify Opens the Booklet Printing dialog box Click this button to set details on booklet printing Duplex Printing Manual Select whether to print the document to both sides of the paper manually or to one side of the paper Check this check box to print the document on both sides This function can be used only when Plain Paper is selected for Media Type and one of Normal size Fit to Page Scaled or Page Layout is selected Stapling Side Selects the stapling margin position The prin
257. ll be displayed only on the computer used to enter them Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 225 Edit Accessible IP Address Screen Add Accessible IP Address Screen Note e This screen is not available depending on the printer you are using The example screenshots in this section refer to the Add Accessible IP Address Screen Single Address Specification Specification Me thot n Instructions 1 Specification Method Select either Single Address Specification or Range Specification to add the IP address es Single Address Specification Specify each IP address separately Range Specification Specify a range of successive IP addresses 2 IP Address Enter the IP address of a computer or a network device to allow access when you selected Single Address Specification in Specification Method An IP address is expressed as four values ranging from 0 to 255 Start IP Address Enter the first IP address in the range of addresses of the computers or network devices to allow access when you selected Range Specification in Specification Method An IP address is expressed as four values ranging from 0 to 255 End IP Address Enter the last IP address in the range of addresses of the computers or network devices to allow access when you selected Range Specification in Specification Method An IP address is expressed as four values ranging from 0 to 255 DJ Note The Start IP Address mu
258. low the message on the screen DJ Note e When this function is enabled a check mark appears on the menu Associate Port Displays the Associate Port screen and you can associate a port with the printer Associate Port Screen This menu is available when No Driver is displayed for the selected printer Associating a port with the printer enables you to use it Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 206 Maintenance Displays the Maintenance screen to revert the network settings of the printer to factory default and to mount the card slot as the network drive Maintenance Screen Set up printer s wireless LAN You can change the access point mode settings Perform settings following the message on the screen If you change the Encryption Method setting and the Password setting on the Set up printer s wireless LAN screen the changed settings are applied to the printer settings Note e You can use this function only when you are using a computer compatible with the wireless LAN 4 Help menu Instructions Displays this guide About Displays the version of IJ Network Tool Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 207 Configuration Screen You can change the configuration of the printer selected on the Canon IJ Network Tool screen Click the tab to select the sheet to change the settings The following screen is the example to change the setting on the Wireless LAN sheet Note e Thi
259. lower the print speed The procedure for using the quiet mode is as follows 1 Open the printer driver setup window Quiet Settings 2 Click Quiet Settings on the Maintenance tab The Quiet Settings dialog box opens Note e If the printer is off or if communication between the printer and the computer is disabled an error message may appear because the computer cannot collect the printer status 3 Set the quiet mode If necessary specify one of the following items Do not use quiet mode Select this option when you wish to use the printer with volume of normal operating noise Always use quiet mode Select this option when you wish to reduce the operating noise of the printer Use quiet mode during specified hours Select this option when you wish to reduce the operating noise of the printer during a specified period of time Set the Start time and the End time of the quiet mode you wish to be activated If both are set to the same time the quiet mode will not function Important e If you specify a time for Use quiet mode during specified hours quiet mode is not applied to operations direct print etc performed directly from the printer 4 Apply the settings Make sure that the printer is on and click OK Click OK when the confirmation message appears The settings are enabled hereafter J Note e The effects of the quiet mode may be less depending on the print quality settings Downloaded fro
260. ltered color hues Borderless Printing on plain paper may result in printouts with reduced quality Use them only for test printing Borderless Printing is not available for legal A5 or B5 sized paper or envelopes Depending on the type of paper Borderless Printing may reduce the print quality at the top and bottom edges of the paper or cause these parts to become smudged Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 120 Other Sizes than Letter Legal Envelopes ee O e S E Recommended printing area A 1 81 inches 46 0 mm B 1 38 inches 35 0 mm E Printable area C 0 12 inch 3 0 mm D 0 20 inch 5 0 mm E 0 13 inch 3 4 mm F 0 13 inch 3 4 mm Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 121 Letter Legal A m HE o fs Tai 2 E F E Recommended printing area A 1 81 inches 46 0 mm B 1 38 inches 35 0 mm Z Printable area C 0 12 inch 3 0 mm D 0 20 inch 5 0 mm E 0 25 inch 6 4 mm F 0 25 inch 6 3 mm Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 122 Envelopes Envelope DL 4 06 x 7 50 inches 103 2 x 190 5 mm Envelope Com 10 3 85 x 8 34 inches 98 0 x 211 8 mm Aiacs 4 E Recommended printing area A 0 12 inch 3 0 mm B 1 04 inches 26 5 mm C 0 13 inch 3 4 mm D 0 13 inch 3 4 mm Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 123 Replacing an Ink Tank Replacing an Ink Tank Checking the Ink Status Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 1
261. m Manuals 82 Printing with Windows RT When you use Windows RT printing is easy because you simply connect this printer to the network For information about connecting to the network see the setup URL http www canon comi ijsetup for using this product from your computer smartphone or tablet device When the connection is complete the Canon Inkjet Print Utility software which allows you to specify detailed print settings is downloaded automatically By using Canon Inkjet Print Utility you can check the Printer status and specify detailed print settings The available functions will differ depending on your usage environment and connection method Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 83 Overview of the Printer Safety Guide Safety Precautions Regulatory and Safety Information Main Components and Basic Operations Main Components About the Power Supply of the Printer Loading Paper Loading Paper Replacing an Ink Tank Replacing an Ink Tank Checking the Ink Status from Your Computer Checking the Ink Status Maintenance When Printing Becomes Faint or Colors Are Incorrect Performing Maintenance from a Computer Cleaning the Printer Changing the Printer Settings Changing Printer Settings from Your Computer Changing the Machine Settings Using the Operation Panel Initializing the Printer Settings Disabling the Wireless LAN Function of the Printer Setting the Ink Usage C
262. m ManualsPrinter com Manuals 167 Changing the Printer Operation Mode If necessary switch between various modes of printer operation The procedure for configuring Custom Settings is as follows _ Custom Settings 1 Open the printer driver setup window 2 Make sure that the printer is on and then click Custom Settings on the Maintenance tab The Custom Settings dialog box opens DJ Note e If the printer is off or if communication between the printer and the computer is disabled an error message may appear because the computer cannot collect the printer status If this happens click OK to display the most recent settings specified on your computer 3 If necessary complete the following settings Align heads manually Usually the Print Head Alignment function on the Maintenance tab is set to automatic head alignment but you can change it to manual head alignment If the printing results of automatic print head alignment are not satisfactory perform manual head alignment Check this check box to perform the manual head alignment Uncheck this check box to perform the automatic head alignment Rotate 90 degrees left when orientation is Landscape On the Page Setup tab you can change the rotation direction of the Landscape in the Orientation To rotate the print data 90 degrees to the left during printing select this item To rotate the print data 90 degrees to the right during printing clear this item
263. m Plate Cleaning if ink smudges caused by something other than print data appear on the printed page Roller Cleaning Cleans the paper feed rollers Paper feeding may fail if paper dust has stuck to the printer s paper feed rollers In this case clean the paper feed rollers to improve the print result Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 381 Power Off Turns off the printer from the printer driver Perform this function to turn off the printer when you cannot press the ON button POWER button on the printer because the printer is out of your reach You must press the ON button POWER button on the printer to turn the printer on again after clicking this button When you use this function you will not be able to turn the printer on from the printer driver Auto Power Opens the Auto Power Settings dialog box Specify settings for operating the printer power automatically Perform this function if you want to change the auto power settings Note If the printer is off or if communication between the printer and the computer is disabled an error message may appear because the computer cannot collect the printer status If this happens click OK to display the most recent settings specified on your computer Quiet Settings Opens the Quiet Settings dialog box Quiet Settings dialog box allows you to specify a setting that reduces the operating noise of the printer This mode comes in handy when the operating noise of
264. make white filled areas of the bitmap transparent Check this check box to make white filled areas of the bitmap transparent Note e Click Defaults to set Stamp Type to text Stamp Text to blank TrueType Font to Arial Style to Regular Size to 36 points Outline unchecked and Color to gray with the RGB values 192 192 192 Placement Tab The Placement tab allows you to set the position where the stamp is to be printed Preview Window Shows the status of the stamp configured in each tab Position Specifies the stamp position on the page Selecting Custom from the list allows you to enter values for the X Position and Y Position coordinates directly Orientation Specifies the angle of rotation for the stamp The angle can be set by entering the number of degrees Negative values rotate the stamp clockwise J Note Orientation is enabled only when Text or Date Time User Name is selected for Stamp Type on the Stamp tab Note e Click Defaults to set the stamp position to Center and the orientation to 0 Save settings Tab The Save settings tab allows you to register a new stamp or delete an unnecessary stamp Title Enter the title to save the stamp you created Up to 64 characters can be entered Note e Spaces tabs and returns cannot be entered at the beginning or end of a title Stamps Shows a list of saved stamp titles Specify a title to display the corresponding stamp in Title Downloaded from
265. may remain inside the printer Check the following and remove the piece of paper if it remains Does the piece of paper remain under the print head holder e Does the little piece of paper remain inside the printer Does the piece of paper remain in the right side or the left side space A inside the printer Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 487 A 7 Close the print head cover All print jobs in the queue are canceled Reprint if necessary 2 Note e When reloading the paper confirm that you are using the paper suited for printing and are loading it correctly If the message about paper jam is displayed on the computer screen when you resume printing after removing all the jammed paper a piece of paper may remain inside the printer In this case confirm that no piece of paper remains inside the printer If you cannot remove the paper or the paper tears inside the printer or if the paper jam error continues after removing the paper contact the service center Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 488 In Other Cases Make sure of the following Are there any foreign objects around the paper output slot Are there any foreign objects in the rear tray If there are any foreign objects in the rear tray be sure to turn off the printer unplug it from the power supply then remove the foreign object If you use a battery turn off the printer detach the battery then remove the foreign object
266. ment the 5222 port must be open Contact the network administrator for details Information in this guide is subject to change without notice Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 267 About the Administrator Password An administrator password canon is already specified for the printer at the time of purchase Important e For security reasons it is recommended to change the password before you use the printer e You can change the password using one of the tools below Some tools may not be available depending on the printer you are using operation panel of the printer e IJ Network Tool e printer information screen displayed on some Canon application software e When you change the password use 0 to 32 alphanumeric characters e If the password has been changed while you are sharing the printer and you do not know the password ask the administrator of the printer you are using e The password reverts to the default setting by initializing the printer settings Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 268 Printing at Printing from a Computer Printing from a Digital Camera Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 269 Printing from a Computer gt Printing with Application Software that You are Using Printer Driver Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 270 Printing with Application Software that You are Using Printer Driver gt Printing with Easy Setup Basic Various Print
267. mode enabled When you print using a mode other than the access point mode disable the access point mode in advance If you are printing from the computer and there are any unnecessary print jobs delete them gt Deleting the Undesired Print Job Make sure that your printer s name is selected in the Print dialog box The printer will not print properly if you are using a printer driver for a different printer Make sure that Canon XXX series where XXX is your printer s name is selected in the Print dialog box DJ Note To make the printer the one selected by default select Set as Default Printer Configure the printer port appropriately Make sure that the printer port is configured appropriately 1 Log on as a user account with administrator privilege 2 Select items as shown below In Windows 8 1 or Windows 8 select Control Panel from the Settings charm on Desktop gt Hardware and Sound gt Devices and Printers In Windows 7 select Devices and Printers from the Start menu Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 435 In Windows Vista select the Start menu gt Control Panel gt Hardware and Sound gt Printers In Windows XP select the Start menu gt Control Panel gt Printers and Other Hardware gt Printers and Faxes 3 Open the properties of the printer driver for the printer e In Windows 8 1 Windows 8 or Windows 7 right click the Canon XXX series icon where XXX is your
268. mp Unnecessary stamps can be deleted at any time The procedure for registering a new stamp is as follows Registering a New Stamp 1 Open the printer driver setup window 2 Click Stamp Background Stamp on the Page Setup tab Letter 85 11 22280m A Langecope Pisin Paper Letter 85 11 22280m Eg l V Atoabeally reduce large documert that the perter cart ofpt C Oupleg Parting Manus Stapling Sde Long ede taping Leh Copes r 1 1 333 gi Z Part iom Last Page V Colite oe ewes or me The Stamp Background Stamp dialog box opens Background Background fret page only ox cca Note e With the XPS printer driver the Stamp Background button has become the Stamp button and only the stamp function can be used 3 Click Define Stamp The Stamp Settings dialog box opens Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 301 AGB 192 192 182 Select Color Oefsuts Hep 4 Configure the stamp while viewing the preview window Stamp tab Select Text Bitmap or Date Time User Name that matches your purpose for Stamp Type o For Text registration the characters must already be entered in Stamp Text If necessary change the TrueType Font Style Size and Outline settings You can select the color of the stamp by clicking Select Color o For Bitmap click Select File and select the bitmap file bmp to be used If necessary change the settings
269. n Problems with Network Communication Problems with Printing Problems with Printing Quality Problems with the Printer Problems with Installation Downloading About Errors Messages Displayed gt If You Cannot Resolve the Problem Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 41 Problems with Network Communication Problems with the Printer While Using with Network Cannot Detect a Printer on a Network gt Other Problems with Network Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 412 Problems with the Printer While Using with Network The Printer Stopped Working Suddenly Ink Remaining Level Is Not Displayed on Printer Status Monitor of the Printer Printing Speed Is Slow Cannot Use the Printer on Replacing an Access Point or Changing Its settings Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 413 The Printer Stopped Working Suddenly Cannot Communicate with the Printer After the Network Settings Are Changed Cannot Communicate with the Printer over the Wireless LAN Cannot Communicate with the Printer Using the Access Point Mode Cannot Print from a Computer Connected to the Network Cannot Communicate with the Printer After the Network Settings Are Changed It may take a while for the computer to obtain the IP address or you may need to restart your computer Search for the printer again after confirming a valid IP address is assigned to the computer Cannot Communicate with
270. n Canon IJ Preview is an application software that displays what the print result will look like before a document is actually printed The preview reflects the information that is set within the printer driver and allows you to check the document layout print order and number of pages You can also change the media type and paper source settings When you want to display a preview before printing open the printer driver setup window and check the Preview before printing check box on the Main tab Eile Page Zoom Option Help le gt gt D Whole Part Page information L Printer Paper Sze Letter 85x11 Z2c23em p Meda Tipe Pian Paper Lyh Pare Source Rear Tray Page Layout J Nomai aze Al pages 1 Currert page 1 Copies 1 File Menu Selects the print operation Start Printing Ends the Canon IJ Preview and then starts printing the document that is displayed on the preview screen This command has the same function as the Start Printing on the toolbar Cancel Printing Ends the Canon IJ Preview and cancels the printing of the document that is displayed on the preview screen This command has the same function as the Cancel Printing on the toolbar Exit Ends the Canon IJ Preview Page Menu This menu includes the following commands to select page to be displayed All of these commands except Page Selection can also be selected from the toolbar DJ Note e If the pages are being spooled the last spool
271. n This screen is displayed automatically if the selected access point is encrypted In this case configure the details to use the same encryption settings set to the access point For information on the encryption settings see Changing the Settings in the Wireless LAN Sheet You are connecting the machine to the non encrypted wireless network Is Displayed Security is not configured on the access point The printer can still be used so continue the setup procedure to complete it Important e If you connect to a network that is not protected with security measures there is a risk of disclosing data such as your personal information to a third party Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 429 The Administrator Password Set to the Printer Was Forgotten Initialize the printer settings Initializing the Printer Settings After initializing the printer settings perform setup with the Setup CD ROM or perform it according to the instructions on our website Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 430 Checking Information about the Network Checking the IP Address or the MAC Address of the Printer Checking the IP Address or the MAC Address of the Computer Checking If the Computer and the Printer or Computer and the Access Point Can Communicate Checking the Network Setting Information Checking the IP Address or the MAC Address of the Printer To check the IP address or the MAC
272. n software is attempting to access the network If the warning message appears set the security software to always allow access If using any programs that switch the network environment check their settings Some programs will enable a firewall by default When using a router connect the printer and computer to the LAN side same network segment If the problem is not resolved perform setup again with the Setup CD ROM or perform it according to the instructions on our website Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 426 Other Problems with Network Forgot an Access Point Name SSID or a Network Key The Message Is Displayed on the Computer Screen During Setup The Administrator Password Set to the Printer Was Forgotten Checking Information about the Network gt How to Restore the Printer s Network Settings to Factory Default Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 427 Forgot an Access Point Name SSID or a Network Key Cannot Connect with an Access Point to Which a WEP or WPA WPA2 Key Is Set You Forgot the WEP or WPA WPA2 Key How to Set an Encryption Key Cannot Connect with an Access Point to Which a WEP or WPA WPA2 Key Is Set You Forgot the WEP or WPA WPA2 Key For information on how to set up the access point refer to the instruction manual provided with the access point or contact its manufacturer Make sure that the computer and the access point can communicate with each other Af
273. n the Internet Explorer s View menu If Canon Easy WebPrint EX is not selected Easy WebPrint EX is disabled Select Canon Easy WebPrint EX to enable it Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 467 How to Update Printer Driver in Network Environment Download the latest printer driver in advance To obtain the latest printer driver access our web site through the Internet and download the latest printer driver for your model After uninstalling the printer driver install the latest printer driver according to the regular procedure When the connection method selection screen is displayed select Use the printer with wireless LAN connection The printer will be detected automatically in the network After making sure that the printer is detected install the printer driver following the on screen instructions Note e You can use the printer over a LAN without performing setup again Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 468 Uninstalling IJ Network Tool Follow the procedure below to uninstall IJ Network Tool from your computer Important e Even if IJ Network Tool is uninstalled you can print over network However you cannot change the network settings over network e Log into a user account with administrator privilege 1 Perform the procedure to uninstall IJ Network Tool e In Windows 8 1 or Windows 8 1 Select Control Panel from the Settings charm on Desktop gt Programs gt Programs and Features
274. n the Option menu and display the deleted pages as thumbnails Move Page Use the following command to change the order of the currently selected pages Move to First Moves the currently selected page to the beginning of the document If the currently selected page is the first page this command is grayed out and cannot be selected Move Forward One Moves the currently selected page one position in front of its current position If the currently selected page is the first page this command is grayed out and cannot be selected Move Backward One Moves the currently selected page one position after its current position If the currently selected page is the last page this command is grayed out and cannot be selected Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 392 Move to Last Moves the currently selected page to the end of the document If the currently selected page is the last page this command is grayed out and cannot be selected View Menu Selects the documents and pages to be displayed Documents Use the following command to select the document to display First Document Displays the first document in the document list If the currently selected document is the first document this command is grayed out and cannot be selected Previous Document Displays the document located before the currently displayed document If the currently selected document is the first document this command is grayed out and cannot be selected
275. n you want to print all pages with the same page number together e Print from Last Page i Collate Print from Last Page i Collate 5 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 277 4 Complete the setup Click OK When you execute print the specified number of copies will be printed with the specified printing order Important When the application software that you used to create the document has the same function specify the settings on the printer driver However if the print results are not acceptable specify the function settings on the application software When you specify the number of copies and the printing order with both the application software and this printer driver the number of copies may be multiplied numbers of the two settings or the specified printing order may not be enabled Print from Last Page appears grayed out and is unavailable when Tiling Poster is selected for Page Layout When Booklet is selected for Page Layout Print from Last Page and Collate appear grayed out and cannot be set When Duplex Printing Manual is selected Print from Last Page appears grayed out and cannot be set J Note e By setting both Print from Last Page and Collate you can perform printing so that papers are collated one by one starting from the last page These settings can be used in combination with Normal size Borderless Fit to Page Scaled and Page Layout Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manu
276. nce EN Page Sue Letter 8 5 11 22280m 4 Orientation A Pores AJC __ Retate 180 degrees GPP Prea Pacer Sze Letter 85 11 22280m Pisin Paper Leter 85 11 22280m a Cl Ouples Parting Manual Stapling Sde Leng ede saping Top 1 01 333 EF Port throm Last Page 3 Select the print paper size Select the size of the paper loaded in the printer from the Printer Paper Size list 4 Set the number of pages to be printed on one sheet and the page order If necessary click Specify specify the following settings in the Page Layout Printing dialog box and click OK Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 289 Pages To change the number of pages to be printed on a single sheet of paper select the number of pages from the list Page Order To change the page arrangement order select a placement method from the list Page Border To print a page border around each document page check this check box 5 Complete the setup Click OK on the Page Setup tab When you execute print the specified number of pages will be arranged on each sheet of paper in the specified order Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 290 Tiling Poster Printing The tiling poster printing function allows you to enlarge image data divide it into several pages and print these pages on separate sheets of paper You can also paste the pages together to create a large print like a poster OBN P E The procedure for performi
277. ncluding interference that may cause undesired operation Note This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation This equipment generates uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions may cause harmful interference to radio communications However there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the following measures e Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna e Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver e Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is connected Consult the dealer or an experienced radio TV technician for help Use of a shielded cable is required to comply with Class B limits in Subpart B of Part 15 of the FCC Rules Do not make any changes or modifications to the equipment unless otherwise specified in the manual If such changes or modifications should be made you could be required to stop operation of the equipment FCC ID AZDK30357
278. nd enable the wireless LAN then try to redetect the printer Using the Printer with the Access Point Mode Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 421 Cannot Detect the Printer during Wireless LAN Setup Check 1 Are the computer and network device router access point etc configured and can the computer connect to the network Make sure that you can view web pages on your computer If you cannot view any web pages Configure the computer and network device For the procedures refer to the instruction manuals supplied with the computer and network device or contact their manufacturers If you can view web pages after configuring the computer and network device try to set up the network communication from the beginning If you can view web pages Go to check 2 Cannot Detect the Printer during Wireless LAN Setup Check 2 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 422 Cannot Detect the Printer during Wireless LAN Setup Check 2 Does the firewall function of your security software or operation system for computer interfere with setting up the network communication The firewall function of your security software or operation system for computer may limit communications between the printer and your computer Confirm the setting of firewall function of your security software or operation system or the message appearing on your computer If the firewall function interferes with setting up When the mes
279. ndled software installation The necessary amount of hard disk space may be changed without notice Display XGA 1024 x 768 Mac OS Operating System Mac OS X v10 6 8 or later Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 266 Hard Disk Space 1 5 GB Note For bundled software installation The necessary amount of hard disk space may be changed without notice Display XGA 1024 x 768 Other Supported OS Some functions may not be available with each OS Refer to the manual or the Canon web site for details on operation with iOS Android and Windows RT Mobile Printing Capability Apple AirPrint Google Cloud Print PIXMA Cloud Link e An internet connection is required to view the Online Manual Windows Operation can only be guaranteed on a computer with Windows 8 1 Windows 8 Windows 7 Windows Vista or Windows XP pre installed Windows A CD ROM Drive or internet connection is required during software installation Windows Internet Explorer 8 9 10 or 11 is required to install Easy WebPrint EX Windows Some functions may not be available with Windows Media Center Windows NET Framework 4 or 4 5 must be installed to use the Windows software Windows XPS Essentials Pack is required to print on Windows XP Mac OS Hard Disk must be formatted as Mac OS Extended Journaled or Mac OS Extended Mac OS For Mac OS an internet connection is required during software installation In an in house network environ
280. ng Envelopes 1 Prepare paper Align the edges of paper If paper is curled flatten it Note e Align the edges of paper neatly before loading Loading paper without aligning the edges may cause paper jams e If paper is curled hold the curled corners and gently bend them in the opposite direction until the paper becomes completely flat For details on how to flatten curled paper see Load the paper after correcting its curl in Paper Is Smudged Printed Surface Is Scratched 2 Open the rear tray cover A The paper output slot cover will open automatically 3 Pull out the paper support B until the arrow gt mark is aligned with the arrow 3 mark Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 109 4 Slide the paper guide C to the left and load the paper against the far right D of the rear tray WITH THE PRINT SIDE FACING YOU 5 Slide the paper guide C to align it with the paper stack Do not slide the paper guide too hard against the paper The paper may not be fed properly C m D gt Important e Always load paper in the portrait orientation E Loading paper in the landscape orientation F can cause paper jams 19 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 110 3J Note e If paper has print side front or back such as photo paper load it with the whiter side or glossy side facing you Keep the paper stack height below the tab G of the paper guide 6 Set
281. ng Wireless LAN Setup Check 1 0000005 422 Cannot Detect the Printer during Wireless LAN Setup Check 2 20 000 423 Cannot Detect the Printer during Wireless LAN Setup Check 3 20 2005 424 The Printer Cannot Be Detected in the Wireless LAN 0 0000 0c ee eeeeneees 425 Other Problems with WeWWOcc ieres oda doeneedawvis Read dad Se deednd ateand pte aes 427 Forgot an Access Point Name SSID or a Network Key 0 00000 cece eee 428 The Message Is Displayed on the Computer Screen During Setup 429 The Administrator Password Set to the Printer Was Forgotten 00 ee eae 430 Checking Information about ihe NetWork scra 006 0nadea niaan nisaidia beau a deed dees 431 How to Restore the Printer s Network Settings to Factory Default 55 433 Problems wih FOMIO ess sparta iS O58 6e ee eee eh DRS ee edeeteeeah eps 434 Printing Does Not Start o cseeed nce eees ede stort rari opioa CRUY e RR HES REE Ges 435 Papar AE ee ee ae ee a ame ee UDP aac em Nc cy Nr wre re 437 Paper Does Not Feed Properly No Paper Error Occurs ree EUA AA E eer SEPE 438 Printing Stops Before It Is Completed 00000 ects 440 Problems with Printing UY io esss cere ekee GE eh CUERE REE PEERI EES 441 Printinesulis Not Sauisiacionys raseri erneierter V EAEN AARAA 442 Cannot Print to End of JOD esse 2 ceeseeie eon ee tirir ee ead Pee EE Ire EEEE 443
282. ng tiling poster printing is as follows Setting Tiling Poster Printing 1 Open the printer driver setup window 2 Set tiling poster printing Select Tiling Poster from the Page Layout list on the Page Setup tab The current settings are displayed in the settings preview on the left side of the printer driver Quick Setup Man Page Set Martenance EEN Page Sze Letter 8 5x11 22280m GPP Portar Poper Sze Letter 85 11 22280m Pian Paper Lemer 85x11 22280m Ba _ 3 Select the print paper size Select the size of the paper loaded in the printer from the Printer Paper Size list 4 Set the number of image divisions and the pages to be printed Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 291 If necessary click Specify specify the following settings in the Tiling Poster Printing dialog box and then click OK kage Diyisions Ddod rto 2 cg Bret Qt Pate in nagas F Port Qt Paste ines in margins Pont page range os Pages Erter page numbers and or page ranges seperated by commas For example 1 3 5 12 oe re Image Divisions Select the number of divisions vertical x horizontal As the number of divisions increases the number of sheets used for printing increases If you are pasting pages together to create a poster increasing the number of divisions allows you to create a larger poster Print Cut Paste in margins To leave out words Cut and Paste uncheck this check box DJ Note
283. nk amount occurs a notification icon is displayed at the top of the image in the Ink Details dialog box In such cases take the appropriate action as described on the screen DJ Note e You can also display the Ink Details dialog box by selecting the ink icon on the Canon IJ Status Monitor Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 130 Checking the Ink Status Checking the Ink Status with the Ink Lamps You can also check the ink status on the computer screen Checking the Ink Status from Your Computer Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 131 Checking the Ink Status with the Ink Lamps 1 Make sure that the power is turned on 2 Open the print head cover Replacing Procedure 3 Check the ink lamp Close the print head cover after checking the ink lamp status Replacing Procedure The ink lamp is on The ink tank is correctly installed The ink lamp is flashing Flashing slowly at around 3 second intervals a gt ap Repeats Ink tank is running low Prepare a new ink tank Flashing fast at around 1 second intervals 8 amp 2 amp Repeats Ink has run out Replace it with a new one The ink lamp is off The ink tank is not installed properly or the function for detecting the remaining ink level is disabled If the ink tank is not firmly in place press the mark on the ink tank until the ink tank clicks into place If the ink lamp is still off after reinstalling th
284. nkjet Cloud Printing Center 0 0 0 0 0 0 ae af Requirements for Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center operation 040 38 Preparations Before Using Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center TREE TTPO ksedsssas SO Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center window aasa ssaa dees eee eae eos 46 Using Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Centety c0cisccseen sae eee ade ed dee ae bee deed eed 62 POMO aF MEE ar ta ye hn ae eae ht an ini ca tas Moa ain aa cat 66 Troubleshooting Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center 000 000 e eee 67 Pining with Gopgle Cloud Pi ciced ips pr pldetdeeeee eh 05400700086 ee ERRES 69 Preparations for Printing with Google Cloud Print 0 0 c0 s20sceeneesevror tote reeee eee dees 70 Printing from Computer or Smartphone with Google Cloud Print 0 000 e eee eee 72 Printing from AirPrint Compliant Device ci sccccce cece es ccnG eee cee eeee eee eexa ws 74 Android PN nn ba S baa ete h dtd eden bkbodeds eee eh Ce Chasiadeadaimd eee eee 79 Checking Printer Information sssi cce carer Seek ece ease se see chee sees whee 80 Print Easily from a Smartphone or Tablet with PIXMA Printing Solutions 82 Pining wih Ce i pctae teed awe p0geoeoee eke io 997 E Oe Cadre thes 83 Overview of the Printer 2660s ssteesadeaeeneeechensGdawscenweeseeers 84 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals eee Ne ekg HE eh oe ORR Bede Lae SORE EEL ee Eee ee eware 86 Solely Frega Sains cms dda ete eeun
285. nloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 214 Authentication Type Confirmation Screen 3J Note e This screen is not available depending on the printer you are using Type of authentication used for client authentication is displayed Check the authentication type and click Next 1 Authentication Type Type of authentication used for client authentication is displayed PSK This machine supports the PSK authentication method This authentication type PSK uses a passphrase Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 215 PSK Passphrase and Dynamic Encryption Setup Screen Note e This screen is not available depending on the printer you are using Enter the passphrase and select the dynamic encryption method Enter the passphrase check the dynamic encryption type end then click Next 1 Passphrase Enter the passphrase set to the access point The passphrase should be a string of 8 to 63 alphanumeric characters or a 64 digit hexadecimal value If you do not know the access point passphrase refer to the instruction manual provided with the access point or contact its manufacturer 2 Dynamic Encryption Type The dynamic encryption method is selected from either TKIP basic encryption or AES secure encryption automatically Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 216 Setup Information Confirmation Screen gt Note e This screen is not available depending on the printer you are using
286. nnot be correctly detected Action Replace the ink tank and close the print head cover Printing with an ink tank that was once empty may damage the printer If you want to continue printing in this condition you need to release the function for detecting the remaining ink level Press and hold the printer s RESUME CANCEL button for at least 5 seconds and then release it With this operation releasing the function for detecting the remaining ink level is memorized Please be advised that Canon shall not be liable for any machine malfunction or damage caused by refilled ink tanks Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 502 1700 Cause The ink absorber is almost full Action Press the printer s RESUME CANCEL button to continue printing Contact the service center Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 503 1701 Cause The ink absorber is almost full Action Press the printer s RESUME CANCEL button to continue printing Contact the service center Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 504 1810 Cause Battery has exhausted Action If printing is in progress cancel printing Turn off the printer then either change to a fully charged battery pack or detach the battery attachment and connect the supplied AC adapter to the printer Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 505 2100 Cause The paper size in the print settings and the size of the loaded paper do not match Action C
287. not guarantee the continuity and reliability of the web services provided the availability of site access or permission to download the materials Canon may at any time update change or delete the information provided through the web service or may suspend or discontinue the service without prior notice Canon shall not be held responsible for any damages resulting from such actions In no event shall Canon be liable for any damages whatsoever resulting from the use of the web services User registration is necessary before using the photo sharing site When you use the photo sharing site observe the conditions of use of the site and use the service within your own responsibility All or part of the web service may not be available depending on the country or region you live in Depending on your network environment some functions on web service are not available Even if they are available it may take a while to print or display the contents or communication may be interrupted while operation is in progress When you use web service your machine s name information of your region or country your selected language and what kind of service you use e g photo sharing site are sent to and saved in our server Canon is unable to identify specific customers using this information Your login name and password for the photo sharing site are saved in the machine s memory not encrypted If you hand over the machine to anyone or dispose of
288. nstall the printer driver If the driver was not installed correctly uninstall the printer driver restart your computer then reinstall the driver Deleting the Unnecessary Printer Driver If you reinstall the printer driver install the printer driver with the Setup CD ROM or install it from our website J Note e If the installer was forced to be terminated due to a Windows error the system may be in an unstable condition and you may not be able to install the driver Restart your computer before reinstalling Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 466 Easy WebPrint EX Does Not Start Up or Easy WebPrint EX Menu Does Not Appear If Easy WebPrint EX does not start up or its menu does not appear on Internet Explorer confirm the following Is Canon Easy WebPrint EX displayed on the Toolbars menu in the Internet Explorer s View menu If Canon Easy WebPrint EX is not displayed Easy WebPrint EX is not installed on your computer Install the latest Easy WebPrint EX onto your computer from our website Note If Easy WebPrint EX is not installed on your computer a message asking you to install it may be displayed on the notification area on the desktop Click the message then follow the instructions on the computer screen to install Easy WebPrint EX e While the installation or download Easy WebPrint EX is in progress it is necessary to access the Internet Is Canon Easy WebPrint EX selected on the Toolbars menu i
289. nstructions to set the correct printer port then select your printer s name If the problem is not resolved reinstall the printer driver with the Setup CD ROM or install it from our website Printing does not start even though the port named CNBJNP_xxxxxxxxxx is selected when the printer is used over LAN Launch IJ Network Tool and select CNBJNP_xxxxxxxxxx as you confirmed in step 4 then associate the port with the printer using Associate Port in the Settings menu If the problem is not resolved reinstall the printer driver with the Setup CD ROM or install it from our website Is the size of the print data extremely large Click Print Options on the Page Setup sheet on the printer driver Then set Prevention of Print Data Loss in the displayed dialog to On When On is selected for Prevention of Print Data Loss print quality may be reduced Restart your computer if you are printing from the computer Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 436 Paper Jams When paper is jammed the Alarm lamp flashes and a troubleshooting message is displayed on the computer screen automatically Take the appropriate action described in the message 1 Remove the jammed paper 2 Press the printer s RESUME slowly wth both hands button E Eror Persists For details on how to remove the jammed paper refer to Support Code List When Paper Is Jammed 3 Note e You can confirm the actions against errors with Support Codes on you
290. nt Head Cleaning Print the Nozzle Check Pattern to determine whether the ink ejects properly from the print head nozzles Refer to When Printing Becomes Faint or Colors Are Incorrect for the Nozzle Check Pattern printing Print Head Cleaning and Print Head Deep Cleaning e If the Nozzle Check Pattern is not printed correctly Check to see if a particular color s ink tank is not empty If the Nozzle Check Pattern is not printed correctly though ink is sufficient perform the Print Head Cleaning and try printing the Nozzle Check Pattern again If the problem is not resolved after performing the Print Head Cleaning twice Perform the Print Head Deep Cleaning If the problem is not resolved after performing the Print Head Deep Cleaning turn off the printer and perform another Print Head Deep Cleaning after 24 hours If the problem is not resolved after performing the Print Head Deep Cleaning twice If Print Head Deep Cleaning does not resolve the problem the print head may be damaged Contact the service center When an ink tank runs out of ink replace it with a new one When using paper with one printable surface make sure that the paper is loaded with the printable side facing up Printing on the wrong side of such paper may cause unclear prints or prints with reduced quality Load paper with the printable side facing up Refer to the instruction manual supplied with the paper for detailed information on the printable side
291. nt Higher intensity The procedure for adjusting intensity is as follows You can also set intensity on the Quick Setup tab by choosing Photo Printing under Commonly Used Settings and then choosing Color Intensity Manual Adjustment under Additional Features 1 Open the printer driver setup window 2 Select the manual color adjustment On the Main tab select Manual for Color Intensity and click Set Pian Paper Leter 8 57x11 22280m The Manual Color Adjustment dialog box opens 3 Adjust intensity Moving the Intensity slider to the right intensifies darkens the colors and moving the slider to the left dilutes brightens the colors You can also directly enter a value linked to the slider Enter a value in the range from 50 to 50 The current settings are displayed in the settings preview on the left side of the printer driver After adjusting each color click OK Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 338 4 ABCDEF 1234567 Saergle Tygo Rardord C Yew Color Paten Complete the setup Click OK on the Main tab When you execute print the image data is printed with the adjusted intensity Related Topics Setting the Print Quality Level Custom Specifying Color Correction Adjusting Color Balance Adjusting Color Balance Using Sample Patterns Printer Driver Adjusting Brightness Adjusting Contrast Adjusting Intensity Contrast Using Sample Patterns Prin
292. nt between the printer and the access point Good connection performance A Unstable connection performance Q Cannot connect Q Measurement is canceled or cannot measure 2 Remeasurement Measures the connection performance again Note e If any messages appear on Overall Network Performance move the machine and access point as instructed to improve the performance Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 234 Maintenance Screen Displays to perform Setting Initialization and Network Setup of the Card Slot To display the Maintenance screen select Maintenance from the Settings menu Setting intialzation To retum the printer settings to the factory defauts cick intisize 1 Network Setup of the Card Slot F you plan to use the card slot via the network cick Setup 2 Status Not set 1 Setting Initialization Reverts all the network settings of the printer to factory default Click Initialize to display the Initialize Settings screen and click Yes to initialize the network settings of the printer Do not turn off the printer during initialization Click OK when initialization is complete Performing initialization when connected over wireless LAN will break the connection so perform setup with the Setup CD ROM or perform setup according to the instructions on our website 2 Network Setup of the Card Slot 1 Note e This item is not available depending on the printer you are using Status displays whet
293. nt head either automatically or manually Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 145 Aligning the Print Head Position from Your Computer Print head alignment corrects the installation positions of the print head and improves deviated colors and lines This printer supports two head alignment methods automatic head alignment and manual head alignment Normally the printer is set for automatic head alignment If the printing results of automatic print head alignment are not satisfactory perform manual head alignment The procedure for performing automatic print head alignment is as follows Print Head Alignment 1 Open the printer driver setup window 2 Click Print Head Alignment on the Maintenance tab The Start Print Head Alignment dialog box opens 3 Set the paper thickness lever to the right and load paper in the printer Load one sheet of A4 size or Letter size Matte Photo Paper MP 101 into the rear tray DJ Note The type of media and number of sheets to be used differ when you select the manual head alignment 4 Execute head alignment Make sure that the printer is on and click Align Print Head Follow the instruction in the message Important Do not open the print head cover while printing is in progress Note e Wait until printing ends before performing other operations Printing takes about 4 minutes to complete Note e To print and check the current setting open the Start
294. nt the words Note e Depending on the type of printer driver you are using and the environment this function may not be available Print Cut Paste lines in margins Specifies whether to print cut lines that serve as guidelines for pasting together the pages into a poster Check this check box to print the cut lines Print page range Specifies the printing range Select All under normal circumstances Select Pages to specify a specific page or range J Note If some of the pages have not been printed well specify the pages that do not need to be printed by clicking them in the settings preview of the Page Setup tab Only the pages shown on the screen will be printed this time Booklet Printing dialog box This dialog box allows you to set how to bind the document as a booklet Printing only on one side and printing a page border can also be set in this dialog box The settings specified in this dialog box can be confirmed in the settings preview on the printer driver Preview Icon Shows the settings made on the Booklet Printing dialog box You can check what the document will look like when printed as a booklet Margin for stapling Specifies which side of the booklet is to be stapled Insert blank page Selects whether to print the document on one side or both sides of the booklet Check this check box to print the document on one side of the booklet and select the side to be left blank from the list Margin Specifies
295. nting To hide this guide message select the Do not show this message again check box To display the guide messages again click Hagaki Printing on the Display Guide Message in the Option menu and enable this setting Display Warning Automatically When a Low Ink Warning Occurs Starts the Canon IJ Status Monitor window automatically and displays it in front of the other windows when a low ink warning occurs Start when Windows is Started Starts the Canon IJ Status Monitor automatically when you start Windows Ink Details Menu Select this menu to display the Ink Details dialog box Check the detail information such as the remaining ink level and the ink tank types for your printer Ink Details dialog box This function displays graphics and messages showing the ink tank type and the estimated ink levels Ink Information displayed at left Shows the ink tank types with graphics If a warning or error related to the remaining ink level occurs the printer driver displays an icon to let you know If the icon is displayed operate the printer according to the instructions displayed on the screen Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 399 Message displayed at right Shows information such as the ink status and ink colors with sentences Ink Model Number Shows the ink tank types for your printer Close Closes the Ink Details dialog box to return to Canon IJ Status Monitor Help Menu When you select this menu item the Help window
296. nting Manual check box on the Page Setup tab Letter 5 11 22280m A Perm A Langecepe J Rotate 190 degrees Same as Page Sre 5 Page Layout Nomaleine n BH BH 8 H rpa Nomalsie Bordedess FttoPage Scaled Page Layout lt gt a l V Atoenatically reduce large documert that the perter carrot atot Z Duplex Parting Manual 3 Select the layout Select Normal size Fit to Page Scaled or Page Layout from the Page Layout list 4 Specify the side to be stapled The best Stapling Side is selected automatically from the Orientation and Page Layout settings To change the setting select another stapling side from the list 5 Set the margin width If necessary click Specify Margin and set the margin width and then click OK 6 Complete the setup Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 296 Click OK on the Page Setup tab When you execute print the document is first printed on one side of a sheet of paper After one side is printed reload the paper correctly according to the message Then click Start Printing to print the opposite side Important e When a media type other than Plain Paper is selected from Media Type on the Main tab Duplex Printing Manual appears grayed out and is unavailable When Borderless Tiling Poster or Booklet is selected from the Page Layout list Duplex Printing Manual and Stapling Side appear grayed out and are unavailable Note e If the back side of
297. nting Print Head Cleaning and Print Head Deep Cleaning e If the Nozzle Check Pattern is not printed correctly Check to see if a particular color s ink tank is not empty If the Nozzle Check Pattern is not printed correctly though ink is sufficient perform the Print Head Cleaning and try printing the Nozzle Check Pattern again If the problem is not resolved after performing the Print Head Cleaning twice Perform the Print Head Deep Cleaning If the problem is not resolved after performing the Print Head Deep Cleaning turn off the printer and perform another Print Head Deep Cleaning after 24 hours If the problem is not resolved after performing the Print Head Deep Cleaning twice If Print Head Deep Cleaning does not resolve the problem the print head may be damaged Contact the service center Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 456 Problems with the Printer The Printer Cannot Be Powered On The Printer Turns Off Unintentionally Cannot Connect to Computer with a USB Cable Properly Cannot Communicate with the Printer with USB Connection Print Head Holder Does Not Move to the Position for Replacing Printer Status Monitor Is Not Displayed Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 457 The Printer Cannot Be Powered On Press the ON button Make sure that the power plug is securely plugged into the power cord connector of the printer then turn it back on Unplug the printer from the power s
298. nu to enable the setting the document printed from the preview is saved and you can reprint the document with the same settings 1 Displaying the print history Open the printer driver setup window Then on the Maintenance tab select View Print History The saved print document is displayed in the preview Important e To limit the number of print history registrations click History Entry Limit on the File menu e If the limit on the number of registration is exceeded the print history registrations are deleted starting from the oldest one 2 Selecting a print document From the Document Name list select the document to be printed 3 Executing print Click Print Related Topic Displaying the Print Results before Printing Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 316 Changing the Print Quality and Correcting Image Data gt Setting the Print Quality Level Custom gt Printing a Color Document in Monochrome Specifying Color Correction Optimal Photo Printing of Image Data Adjusting Colors with the Printer Driver gt Printing with ICC Profiles Adjusting Color Balance Adjusting Color Balance Using Sample Patterns Printer Driver Adjusting Brightness Adjusting Intensity Adjusting Contrast Adjusting Intensity Contrast Using Sample Patterns Printer Driver Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 317 Setting the Print Quality Level Custom The print quality
299. nvelopes with an embossed or treated surface Envelopes whose gummed flaps are already moistened and adhesive Any type of paper with holes Paper that is not rectangular Paper bound with staples or glue Paper with adhesives Paper decorated with glitter etc Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 118 Printing Area Printing Area Other Sizes than Letter Legal Envelopes Letter Legal gt Envelopes Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 119 Printing Area To ensure the best print quality the printer allows a margin along each edge of media The actual printable area will be the area inside these margins Recommended printing area Hl Canon recommends that you print within this area Printable area L The area where it is possible to print However printing in this area can affect the print quality or the paper feed precision Note By selecting Borderless Printing option you can make prints with no margins When performing Borderless Printing slight cropping may occur at the edges since the printed image is enlarged to fill the whole page For Borderless Printing use the following paper e Glossy Photo Paper Everyday Use lt GP 501 GP 601 gt e Photo Paper Glossy lt GP 601 gt e Photo Paper Plus Glossy II lt PP 201 gt e Matte Photo Paper lt MP 101 gt Performing Borderless Printing on any other type of paper may substantially reduce printing quality and or result in printouts with a
300. ny other baggage inspection devices have no adverse effect on this printer Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 262 Traveling Abroad with the Printer The universal AC adapter can be used abroad to power the printer from power supplies ranging from AC 100 V to 240 V However the specification of the power cord differs depending on the country or region of use Before traveling abroad with the printer ensure the followings A Power cord Please purchase a power cord that conforms to the specifications of the country or region of use We recommend using a Canon genuine power cord B Universal AC adapter Universal AC adapter is not dependent on the specifications of the country or region of use Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 263 Accessories The following accessories are available for this printer Confirm the product names when you purchase the accessories Certain accessories may not be available in some countries or regions e LK 62 This kit allows you to use the Canon printer in location where a power outlet is unavailable The kit contains a battery pack and a battery attachment To charge the battery load the battery pack in the battery attachment and attach it to the printer and then connect the AC adapter to the printer For details refer to the kit s instruction manual DJ Note e The battery bundle model includes the printer battery pack and battery attachment However you may not
301. o the machine using the access point mode Ad hoc Client computer and machine setting where wireless communication occurs on a peer to peer basis i e all clients in with the same SSID network name communicate directly with each other No access point is required This machine does not support ad hoc communication Admin Password Administrator password in IJ Network Tool to restrict access to network users It must be entered to access the printer and change printer settings AES An encryption method It is optional for WPA WPA2 Strong cryptographic algorithm adopted within U S government organizations for information processing Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 244 Authentication Method The method that an access point uses to authenticate a printer through a wireless LAN The methods are agreeable each other When using WEP as an encryption method the authentication method is able to fix to Open System or Shared Key For WPA WPA2 authentication method is PSK Auto The printer automatically changes its authentication method to match the access point gt Open System In this authentication method the communication partner is authenticated without using WEP key even if Use WEP is selected Shared Key In this authentication method the communication partner is authenticated using the WEP key that was set for encryption B Bonjour A service built into Mac OS X operating system to detect the
302. oaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 345 Overview of the Printer Driver gt Canon lJ Printer Driver How to Open the Printer Driver Setup Window Canon IJ Status Monitor Checking the Ink Status from Your Computer gt Canon IJ Preview Deleting the Undesired Print Job Instructions for Use Printer Driver Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 346 Canon IJ Printer Driver The Canon lJ printer driver called printer driver below is a software that is installed on your computer for printing data with this printer The printer driver converts the print data created by your application software into data that your printer can understand and sends the converted data to the printer Because different models support different print data formats you need a printer driver for the specific model you are using Printer Driver Types On Windows Vista SP1 or later you can install the XPS printer driver in addition to the regular printer driver The XPS printer driver is suited to print from an application software that supports XPS printing Important e To use the XPS printer driver the standard printer driver must already be installed on your computer Installing the Printer Driver e To install the regular printer driver load the Setup CD ROM that comes with the printer and then install the driver from Start Setup Again e To install the XPS printer driver load the Setup CD ROM that comes with the prin
303. of the Size and Transparent white area For Date Time User Name the creation date time and user name of the printed object are displayed in Stamp Text If necessary change the settings of TrueType Font Style Size and Outline You can select the color of the stamp by clicking Select Color J Important e Stamp Text appears grayed out and is unavailable when Date Time User Name is selected Placement tab Select the stamp position from the Position list You can also select Custom from the Position list and specify coordinates for X Position and Y Position You can also change the stamp position by dragging the stamp in the preview window To change the stamp position angle type a value in the Orientation box directly Important e Orientation cannot be changed when Bitmap is selected for Stamp Type on the Stamp tab 5 Save the stamp Click the Save settings tab and enter a title in the Title box and then click Save Click OK when the confirmation message appears Note e Spaces tabs and returns cannot be entered at the beginning or end of a title Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 302 6 Complete the setup Click OK The Stamp Background Stamp dialog box opens again The registered title appears in the Stamp list Changing and Registering Some of Stamp Settings 1 Select the stamp for which the settings are to be changed Select the Stamp check box in the Stamp Background Stamp dialog
304. of the printer with graphics icons and messages Launching the Canon IJ Status Monitor The Canon IJ Status Monitor launches automatically when print data is sent to the printer When launched the Canon IJ Status Monitor appears as a button on the task bar Click the button of the status monitor displayed on the task bar The Canon IJ Status Monitor appears Option IpkOetaits Help Estimated ink levels ar BK Shop Now Note e To open the Canon IJ Status Monitor when the printer is not printing open the printer driver setup window and click View Printer Status on the Maintenance tab e The battery level indicator is displayed when the optional battery is being used The information displayed on the Canon IJ Status Monitor may differ depending on the country or region where you are using your printer When Errors Occur The Canon IJ Status Monitor is automatically displayed if an error occurs e g if the printer runs out of paper or if the ink is low 1 Load paper into the rear tray 2 Press the partes RESUNE bution F Emer Porsies Crane In such cases take the appropriate action as described Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 349 Checking the Ink Status from Your Computer You can check the remaining ink level and the ink tank types for your model 1 Open the printer driver setup window 2 Launching the Canon IJ Status Monitor On the Maintenance tab click View Printer Statu
305. of your device Some setting items explained below may not be available on some devices When you cannot change print settings on a device the printer prints images as follows Paper size 4 x 6 10 x 15cm Paper type Photo Layout 1 up Borderless Date File No Print Not printed Image Optimize The Auto photo fix function will be used for optimized printing The following settings can be used when printing from a PictBridge Wireless LAN compliant device Paper size 4 x 6 10 x 15 cm 5 x 7 8 x 10 20 x 25 cm A4 8 5 x 11 Letter Can be selected only on certain Canon brand PictBridge Wireless LAN compliant devices May not be selected depending on the device Paper type e Default Photo Paper Plus Glossy II PP 201 e Photo Photo Paper Plus Glossy II PP 201 Photo Stickers When printing on sticker paper select 4 x6 10x15cm in Paper size Do not set Layout to Borderless e Plain A4 Letter sized plain paper When Paper type is set to Plain borderless printing will be disabled even when Layout is set to Borderless Default Borderless Index Bordered Borderless N up 2 4 9 16 1 20 up 2 35 up 3 1 Layout compatible with A4 or Letter sized paper and Canon brand sticker above A4 Letter 4 up Photo Stickers 2 up 4 up 9 up 16 up 2 With a Canon brand PictBridge Wireless LAN compliant device selecting items with i mark allows you to print shooting info Exif Data in list format 20 up or
306. old down the Ctrl key and click the documents to be merged or hold down the Shift key and press the upper arrow or lower arrow key You can also click a blank area in the document list and drag the mouse to select multiple documents When you combine documents the documents selected before the combining are deleted from the list and the combined document is added to the list Changing the sequence of print documents or print pages To change the sequence of the print documents go to the Document Name list and select the print document to be moved Next on the Edit menu select Move Document from Documents and select the appropriate item You can also click and drag a print document to change the print sequence To change the sequence of the print pages click View Thumbnails from the Option menu and select the print page to be moved Next on the Edit menu select Move Page from Pages and select the appropriate item You can also click and drag a print page to change the print sequence Deleting print documents and print pages To delete a print document select the target document from the Document Name list and on the Edit menu choose Documents and then Delete Document o To delete a print page click View Thumbnails from the Option menu and select the print page to be deleted Next on the Edit menu select Delete Page from Pages Print page recovery You can recover pages that were deleted with Delete Page To recover p
307. on e Does the USB port on your computer support Hi Speed USB connection e Does the USB cable or the USB hub support Hi Speed USB connection Be sure to use a certified Hi Speed USB cable We recommend that the cable is no longer than around 10 feet 3 meters e Does the operating system of your computer support Hi Speed USB connection Obtain and install the latest update for your computer e Does the Hi Speed USB driver operate properly Obtain the latest version of the Hi Speed USB driver compatible with your hardware and reinstall it on your computer J Important e For details on Hi Speed USB of your system environment contact the manufacturer of your computer USB cable or USB hub Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 460 Cannot Communicate with the Printer with USB Connection Make sure that the printer is turned on Make sure that the USB cable is connected properly See Connecting the Printer to the Computer Using a USB Cable to connect the USB cable properly Do not start up IJ Network Tool while printing Do not print while IJ Network Tool is running Make sure that Enable bidirectional support is selected in the Ports sheet of the properties dialog box of the printer driver gt How to Open the Printer Driver Setup Window Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 461 Print Head Holder Does Not Move to the Position for Replacing GEGE IS the POWER lamp off Check if the POWER lamp is lit The pr
308. on Type Ato 7 Check the client authentication type and click Next gt Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 193 Check the authentication type and cick Net 8 Enter the passphrase then click Next gt Enter the passphrase set to the access point The passphrase should be a string of 8 to 63 alphanumeric characters or a 64 digit hexadecimal value If you do not know the access point passphrase refer to the instruction manual provided with the access point or contact its manufacturer The dynamic encryption method is selected from either TKIP basic encryption or AES secure encryption automatically 3 Important e If Auto is not displayed on Dynamic Encryption Type select either TKIP Basic Encryption or AES Secure Encryption then click Nad 9 Click Finish Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 194 Check the settings for cient authentication and then cick Frish 33 Important e If the printer cannot communicate with the computer after the encryption type of the printer was switched make sure that encryption types for the computer and the access point match that set to the printer 2 Note e Changing the network settings with the USB cable temporarily may switch the default printer In this case reset Set as Default Printer Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 195 Changing the Settings in the Wired LAN Sheet 1 Note e This screen is not available depending on the p
309. on that can be changed a description of that function is displayed To enable a function check the corresponding check box For some functions you can set detailed settings from the Main and Page Setup tabs Important Depending on the printing profiles certain function may be grayed out and you will not be able to change them 2 on 1 Printing Prints two pages of the document side by side on one sheet of paper To change the page sequence click the Page Setup tab select Page Layout for Page Layout and click Specify Then in the Page Layout Printing dialog box that appears specify the Page Order Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 357 4 on 1 Printing Prints four pages of the document side by side on one sheet of paper To change the page sequence click the Page Setup tab select Page Layout for Page Layout and click Specify Then in the Page Layout Printing dialog box that appears specify the Page Order Duplex Printing Manual Select whether to print the document to both sides of the paper manually or to one side of the paper To change the staple side or the margins set the new values from the Page Setup tab Borderless Printing Performs borderless printing without any margins on the paper With the borderless printing function the document to be printed is enlarged so that it extends slightly off the paper In other words the document is printed without any margin To adjust the amount th
310. on the margins of the specified data 1 up May not be available with some Canon brand PictBridge Wireless LAN compliant devices 3 Printed in 35 mm Film Style Layout Contact Printing Layout Available only with a Canon brand PictBridge Wireless LAN compliant device May not be available with some Canon brand PictBridge Wireless LAN compliant devices Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 409 Print date amp Default Off No printing Date File No Both Off file no Image Default Auto photo fix 1 On Auto photo fix 1 Off Red Eye 2 optimize 1 The scene or person s face of a shot photo is recognized and the most suitable correction for each photo is made automatically It makes a darkened face by backlight brighter to print It also analyzes a scene such as scenery night scene person etc and corrects each scene with the most suitable color brightness or contrasts automatically to print 2 Can be selected only on certain Canon brand PictBridge Wireless LAN compliant devices May not be selected depending on the device Default Off No trimming On follow the camera s setting Off Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 410 Troubleshooting The Printer Cannot Be Powered On Printing Does Not Start Paper Does Not Feed Properly No Paper Error Occurs Print Results Not Satisfactory Ink Is Not Ejected Paper Jams gt If an Error Occurs Search Each Functio
311. onnection methods cannot be used at the same time If you have an access point or wireless network router it is recommended that you use the method described in Connection Using an Access Point When connecting another device while a device is already connected to the printer connect it using the same connection method as the connected device If you connect using a different connection method the connection to the device in use will be disabled Connection Using an Access Point J S S e Connect the printer and a device using an access point e Connection methods vary depending on the access point type e You can change network settings such as the SSID and security protocol on the printer e When the connection between a device and an access point is completed and o Wi Fi icon is displayed in the device s screen you can connect the device to the printer using the access point Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 27 Connection without Using an Access Point Vy 4 gt e Connect the printer and a device without using an access point Connect a device and the printer directly using the printer s access point mode function e When establishing a connection in access point mode Internet connection may become unavailable In that case web services for the printer cannot be used e If you connect a device connected to the Internet via an access point to the printer that is in access point mode the connection between the d
312. ontribution s with the Work to which such Contribution s was submitted If You institute patent litigation against any entity including a cross claim or counterclaim in a lawsuit alleging that the Work or a Contribution incorporated within the Work constitutes direct or contributory patent infringement then any patent licenses granted to You under this License for that Work shall terminate as of the date such litigation is filed 4 Redistribution You may reproduce and distribute copies of the Work or Derivative Works thereof in any medium with or without modifications and in Source or Object form provided that You meet the following conditions 1 You must give any other recipients of the Work or Derivative Works a copy of this License and 2 You must cause any modified files to carry prominent notices stating that You changed the files and 3 You must retain in the Source form of any Derivative Works that You distribute all copyright patent trademark and attribution notices from the Source form of the Work excluding those notices that do not pertain to any part of the Derivative Works and 4 If the Work includes a NOTICE text file as part of its distribution then any Derivative Works that You distribute must include a readable copy of the attribution notices contained within such NOTICE file excluding those notices that do not pertain to any part of the Derivative Works in at least one of the following places within a NOTICE te
313. ontrol Information about Network Connection Useful Information about Network Connection gt About Network Communication Changing and Confirming Network Settings Screens for Network Connection of IJ Network Tool Other Screens of IJ Network Tool Appendix for Network Communication Tips for Ensuring Optimal Printing Quality Useful Information about Ink Key Points to Successful Printing Be Sure to Make Paper Settings after Loading Paper Canceling a Print Job Printer Handling Precautions Key to Enjoying Consistent Printing Quality Precautions for Safe Transport of the Printer Legal Limitations on Use of Your Product and Use of Images Carrying the Printer Traveling Abroad with the Printer gt Accessories Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 84 Specifications Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 85 Safety Guide Safety Precautions Regulatory and Safety Information Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 86 Safety Precautions Choosing a location e Do not install the machine in a location that is unstable or subject to excessive vibration Do not install the machine in locations that are very humid or dusty in direct sunlight outdoors or close to a heating source To avoid the risk of fire or electric shocks use the machine under the operating environment specified in the On screen Manual Do not place the machine on a thick rug or carpet Power sup
314. op the image data with an application software according to the paper size Note e When Plain Paper is selected for Media Type on the Main tab borderless printing is not recommended Therefore the message for media selection appears When you are using plain paper for test printing select Plain Paper and click OK Expanding the Range of the Document to Print Setting a large amount of extension allows you to perform borderless printing with no problems However the portion of the document extending off the paper range will not be printed and for this reason the subjects around the perimeter of a photo may not be printed When you are not satisfied with the result of borderless printing reduce the amount of extension The extension amount decreases as the Amount of Extension slider is moved to the left Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 282 Important e When the amount of extension is decreased an unexpected margin may be produced on the print depending on the size of the paper Note When the Amount of Extension slider is set to the leftmost position image data will be printed in the full size If you set this when printing the address side of a postcard the postal code of the sender is printed in the correct position e When Preview before printing is checked on the Main tab you can confirm whether there will be no margin before printing Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 283 Fit to P
315. or similar materials for cleaning so as not to scratch the surface Paper tissue powder or fine threads may remain inside the printer and cause problems such as print head blockage and poor printing results e Never use volatile liquids such as thinners benzene acetone or any other chemical cleaner to clean the printer as this may cause a malfunction or damage the surface of the printer Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 154 Cleaning the Paper Feed Roller If the paper feed roller is dirty or paper powder is attached to it paper may not be fed properly In this case perform the paper feed roller cleaning from the computer Cleaning will wear out the paper feed roller so perform this only when necessary Cleaning the Paper Feed Rollers from Your Computer If the problem is not resolved after cleaning the paper feed roller from the computer turn off the power unplug the power cord then wipe the paper feed roller A located on the right side inside the rear tray with a moistened cotton swab or the like while rotating them manually Do not touch the roller with your fingers Rotate the roller two or more times After cleaning the paper feed roller turn on the power then clean the paper feed roller again If the problem is not resolved after cleaning the paper feed roller contact the service center Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 155 Cleaning the Inside of the Printer Bottom Plate Cleaning Remov
316. orientation is not saved and consequently the Orientation setting is not applied when the printing profile is selected Instead the printer prints with the print orientation specified with the application software Save the copies setting Saves the Copies setting to the printing profile in Commonly Used Settings To apply the saved copies setting when the printing profile is selected check this check box If this check box is unchecked the copies setting is not saved and consequently the Copies setting is not applied when the printing profile is selected Instead the printer prints with the copies setting specified with the application software Custom Paper Size dialog box This dialog box allows you to specify the size width and height of the custom paper Units Select the unit for entering a user defined paper size Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 360 Paper Size Specifies the Width and the Height of the custom paper Measurement is shown according to the units specified in Units Related Topics Printing with Easy Setup Setting a Page Size and Orientation Setting the Number of Copies and Printing Order Execute Borderless Printing Duplex Printing Setting Up Envelope Printing Printing on Postcards Displaying the Print Results before Printing Setting Paper Dimensions Custom Size Printing a Color Document in Monochrome Specifying Color Correction Adjusting Color Balance Adjusting Color Balance Using Sampl
317. ortant e The envelopes may jam in the printer if they are not flat or the edges are not aligned Make sure that no curl or puff exceeds 0 1 inch 3 mm 2 Open the rear tray cover A The paper output slot cover will open automatically 3 Pull out the paper support B until the arrow gt mark is aligned with the arrow 4 mark Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 112 2 S 4 Slide the paper guide C to the left and load the envelopes against the far right D of the rear tray WITH THE PRINT SIDE FACING YOU The folded flap of the envelope will be faced up on the left side Up to 10 envelopes can be loaded at once 5 Slide the paper guide C to align it with the envelopes Do not slide the paper guide too hard against the envelopes The envelopes may not be fed properly c l E F E Rear side F Address side Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 113 2 Note e Keep the envelope stack height below the tab G of the paper guide 6 Set the paper thickness lever H to the left 3J Note e Reset the paper thickness lever to the right when you finish printing 3 Note When printing select the size and type of the loaded envelopes on the print settings screen of the printer driver Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 114 Media Types You Can Use Choose paper suitable for printing for the best print results Canon provides you various types of paper to enhance t
318. ory If you cannot print yet restart your computer and retry printing e Printer driver could not be found Uninstall the printer driver following the procedure described in Deleting the Unnecessary Printer Driver then reinstall the printer driver with the Setup CD ROM or reinstall it from our website e Could not print Application name File name Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 476 Try printing again once the current job is complete The Inkjet Printer Scanner Fax Extended Survey Program Screen Is Displayed If the Inkjet Printer Scanner Fax Extended Survey Program is installed a confirmation screen asking for permission to send the printer and application software usage information will be displayed every month for about ten years Read the instructions on the screen and follow the procedure below Thank you for your cooperation in Inkjet Printer Scanner Fax Extended Survey Program For development and marketing of products that better meet customer needs Canon requests that the information below related to your Canon product be sent to Canon in case of using your Canon product in China to the legally approved research company through the Internet 1 Inforrration related to Canon inkjet printer scanner fax Computer s OS version language and display setting information Der ce driver and application software usage logs 2 Information related to Canon inkjet printer fax Printer s ID number installa
319. ot limited to communication on electronic mailing lists source code control systems and issue tracking systems that are managed by or on behalf of the Licensor for the purpose of discussing and improving the Work but excluding communication that is conspicuously marked or otherwise designated in writing by the copyright owner as Not a Contribution Contributor shall mean Licensor and any individual or Legal Entity on behalf of whom a Contribution has been received by Licensor and subsequently incorporated within the Work 2 Grant of Copyright License Subject to the terms and conditions of this License each Contributor hereby grants to You a perpetual worldwide non exclusive no charge royalty free irrevocable copyright license to reproduce prepare Derivative Works of publicly display publicly perform sublicense and distribute the Work and such Derivative Works in Source or Object form 3 Grant of Patent License Subject to the terms and conditions of this License each Contributor hereby grants to You a perpetual worldwide non exclusive no charge royalty free irrevocable except as stated in this section patent license to make have made use offer to sell sell import and otherwise transfer the Work where such license applies only to those patent claims licensable by such Contributor that are necessarily infringed by their Contribution s alone or by combination of Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 15 their C
320. ot printed correctly Check to see if a particular color s ink tank is not empty If the Nozzle Check Pattern is not printed correctly though ink is sufficient perform the Print Head Cleaning and try printing the Nozzle Check Pattern again e If the problem is not resolved after performing the Print Head Cleaning twice Perform the Print Head Deep Cleaning If the problem is not resolved after performing the Print Head Deep Cleaning turn off the printer and perform another Print Head Deep Cleaning after 24 hours e If the problem is not resolved after performing the Print Head Deep Cleaning twice Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 454 If Print Head Deep Cleaning does not resolve the problem the print head may be damaged Contact the service center CELE Perform Print Head Alignment gt Aligning the Print Head 2 Note e If the problem is not resolved after performing the Print Head Alignment perform Print Head Alignment manually referring to Aligning the Print Head Position from Your Computer Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 455 Ink Is Not Ejected Has the ink run out Open the print head cover then check the status of ink lamp gt Checking the Ink Status Are the print head nozzles clogged Print the Nozzle Check Pattern to determine whether the ink ejects properly from the print head nozzles Refer to When Printing Becomes Faint or Colors Are Incorrect for the Nozzle Check Pattern pri
321. p Click OK on the Main tab When you execute print the image is printed with the adjusted contrast Related Topics Setting the Print Quality Level Custom Specifying Color Correction Adjusting Color Balance Adjusting Color Balance Using Sample Patterns Printer Driver Adjusting Brightness Adjusting Intensity Adjusting Intensity Contrast Using Sample Patterns Printer Driver Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 341 Adjusting Intensity Contrast Using Sample Patterns Printer Driver You can look at the print results of pattern print and adjust the intensity contrast When you change the color balance or intensity contrast of a document the pattern print function prints the adjustment results in a list together with the adjustment values Described below is the procedure for adjusting the intensity contrast while looking at the pattern 1 Open the printer driver setup window 2 Select the manual color adjustment On the Main tab select Manual for Color Intensity and click Set Sagded Custom Pisin Paper Letter 8 511 22280m Ago harusi ha Cl Grayscale Printing M Preview betore painting The Manual Color Adjustment dialog box opens 3 Selecting pattern print On the Color Adjustment tab select the Print a pattern for color adjustment check box and click Pattern Print preferences Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 342 A
322. p flashes 3 times When the POWER lamp changed from flashing to lit the access point mode is enabled DJ Note e To confirm the current access point mode setting of the printer print out the network setting information Printing Out Network Setting Information e You can specify the access point name SSID and the security setting optionally Setting of the Access Point Mode Printing with the Access Point Mode Print with the access point mode following the procedure below 1 Connect an external device such as a computer or a smartphone to the printer via wireless LAN Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 171 Perform wireless LAN settings with your external device then assign the access point name specified for the printer as a destination Note e For details on how to perform wireless LAN settings with an external device refer to the device s instruction manual e When a WPA2 PSK AES password is valid on the printer entering the password is required to connect an external device to the printer via wireless LAN Enter the password specified for the printer 2 Start printing from an external device such as a computer or a smartphone Note e For details on how to print from an external device such as a computer or a smartphone via wireless LAN refer to the device s or application s instruction manual How to terminate the Access Point Mode In environments that the printer is connected w
323. pears on the computer screen when an error occurs Support Code means the error number and appears with an error message When an error occurs check the support code displayed on the computer screen and take the appropriate action Support Code Appears on the Computer Screen 1000 to 1Z2Z 1000 1200 1300 1401 1403 1405 1410 1411 1600 1660 1681 1687 1688 1689 1700 1701 1810 e 2000 to 2ZZZ 2100 2101 2103 2500 4000 to 4ZZZ 4103 5000 to 5ZZZ 5100 5200 5400 5700 5B00 5B01 5C00 6000 to 6ZZZ 6000 6500 6800 6801 6900 6901 6902 6910 6911 6930 6931 6932 6933 6940 6941 6942 6943 6944 6945 6946 6A00 A000 to ZZZZ A000 A100 B201 B202 B203 B204 About the support code for paper jam you can also refer to Support Code List When Paper Is Jammed Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 482 Support Code List When Paper Is Jammed If the paper is jammed remove it following the procedure appropriate for each case e If you can see the jammed paper at the paper output slot or the rear tray 1300 e If the paper tears and you cannot remove it from the paper output slot or from the rear tray Paper Is Jammed inside the Printer Cases other than above n Other Cases Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 483 1300 Cause Paper is jammed in the paper output slot or in the rear tray Action Remove the jammed paper following the procedure below
324. please visit http www canon co in environment Also this product complies with the India E waste Rule 2011 and prohibits use of lead mercury hexavalent chromium polybrominated biphenyls or polybrominated diphenyl ethers in concentrations exceeding 0 1 by weight and 0 01 by weight for Cadmium except for the exemptions set in Schedule Il of the Rule Environmental Information Reducing your environmental impact while saving money Power Consumption and Activation Time The amount of electricity a device consumes depends on the way the device is used This product is designed and set in a way to allow you to reduce your electricity costs After the last print it switches to Ready Mode In this mode it can print again immediately if required If the product is not used for a time the device switches to its Power Save Mode The devices consume less power Watt in these modes If you wish to set a longer Activation Time or would like to completely deactivate the Power Save Mode please consider that this device may then only switch to a lower energy level after a longer period of Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 91 time or not at all Canon does not recommend extending the Activation Times from the optimum ones set as default Energy Star The Energy Star programme is a voluntary scheme to promote the development and purchase of energy efficient models which help to minimise environmental impact Products which meet
325. ply Ensure that the area around the power outlet is kept clear at all times so you can easily unplug the power cord if necessary e Never remove the plug by pulling on the cord Pulling the cord may damage the power cord leading to possible fire or electrical shock e Do not use an extension lead cord Working around the machine e Never put your hands or fingers in the machine while it is printing e When moving the machine carry the machine at both ends In case the machine weighs more than 14 kg it is recommended to have two people lifting the machine Accidental dropping of the machine causes injury For the machine s weight refer to the On screen Manual Do not carry or store the printer with the front of printer the Paper Output Slot Cover side down A failure can result Do not place any object on the machine Especially do not place metal objects paper clips staples etc or containers of flammable solvents alcohol thinners etc on top of the machine Working around the machine For the multifunction printer e When loading a thick book on the Platen Glass do not press hard on the Document Cover The Platen Glass may break and cause injury Print Heads ink tanks and FINE Cartridges Keep ink tanks out of the reach of children In case ink is accidentally licked or swallowed rinse out mouth or give one or two glasses of water to drink If irritation or discomfort occurs obtain medical advice immediately
326. pply If you use a battery turn off the printer then detach the battery Contact the service center Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 541 B202 Cause An error requiring you to contact the service center has occurred Action Turn off the printer and unplug the power cord of the printer from the power supply If you use a battery turn off the printer then detach the battery Contact the service center Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 542 B203 Cause An error requiring you to contact the service center has occurred Action Turn off the printer and unplug the power cord of the printer from the power supply If you use a battery turn off the printer then detach the battery Contact the service center Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 543 B204 Cause An error requiring you to contact the service center has occurred Action Turn off the printer and unplug the power cord of the printer from the power supply If you use a battery turn off the printer then detach the battery Contact the service center Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 544
327. printer is displayed 4 When the confirmation screen to register the printer is displayed select Yes 5 In the print setup for Google Cloud Print select the display language and then select Authentication 6 When the registration completion message appears select OK Deleting the Printer from Google Cloud Print If the printer s owner changes or if you want to re register the printer delete the printer from Google Cloud Print by following the steps below 1 Make sure that the printer is turned on 2 Remote UI startup 3 Select Google Cloud Print setup gt Delete from Google Cloud Print 4 When the confirmation screen to delete the printer is displayed select Yes Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 71 Printing from Computer or Smartphone with Google Cloud Print When you send print data with Google Cloud Print the printer receives the print data and prints it automatically if the printer is turned on When printing from a smartphone tablet computer or other external device by using Google Cloud Print load paper into the printer in advance 1 Make sure that the printer is turned on Note e If you want to send the print data from an outside location turn on the printer in advance 2 Send print data from your smartphone tablet or computer The figure below is an example of when printing from the web browser corresponding with Google Cloud Print The screen differs depending on the applications or
328. properly Action Open the print head cover then take the corresponding actions below e Make sure that the ink tank is installed properly Push the ink tank until it clicks into place If the front innermost part of the ink tank is sticking up push down on the Canon logo on the ink tank e There are the right and left tabs on the print head lock lever Push both tabs of the print head lock lever and make sure that both tabs are locked securely Push both tabs of the print head lock lever until each clicks into place Push in the order of the left and right lever After taking the corresponding actions close the print head cover Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 500 1688 Cause Ink has run out The lamp on the ink tank flashes Action Replace the ink tank and close the print head cover Printing under the current condition may damage the printer If you want to continue printing in this condition you need to release the function for detecting the remaining ink level Press and hold the printer s RESUME CANCEL button for at least 5 seconds and then release it With this operation releasing the function for detecting the remaining ink level is memorized Please be advised that Canon shall not be liable for any malfunction or trouble which may be caused by continuation of printing under the ink out condition Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 501 1689 Cause The remaining ink level ca
329. pu jedan za jedan kada kupujete sli an novi proizvod ili ovl a enom centru za prikupljanje za recikla u istro ene elektri ne i elektronske opreme EEE baterija i akumulatora Nepravilno rukovanje ovom vrstom otpada mo e imati negativne posledice po ivotnu sredinu i ljudsko zdravlje usled potencijalno opasnih materijala koji se uglavnom vezuju za EEE Va a saradnja na ispravnom odlaganju ovog proizvoda e doprineti efikasnom kori enju prirodnih resursa Vi e informacija o tome kako mo ete da reciklirate ovaj proizvod potra ite od lokalnih gradskih vlasti komunalne slu be odobrenog plana recikla e ili servisa za odlaganje ku nog otpada ili posetite stranicu www canon europe com weee ili www canon europe com battery India only pie This product is not to be disposed of with your household waste according to the e waste Management and Handling Rules 2011 This product should be handed over to a designated collection point e g to an authorized collection site for recycling waste electrical and electronic equipment EEE Improper handling of this type of waste could have a possible negative impact on the environment and human health due to potentially hazardous substances that are generally associated with EEE At the same time your cooperation in the correct disposal of this product will contribute to the effective usage of natural resources For more information regarding return and recycling of WEEE products
330. quiet mode is not applied to operations direct print etc performed directly from the printer Custom Settings dialog box When you click Custom Settings the Custom Settings dialog box is displayed If necessary switch between various modes of printer operation Align heads manually Usually the Print Head Alignment function on the Maintenance tab is set to automatic head alignment but you can change it to manual head alignment If the printing results of automatic print head alignment are not satisfactory perform manual head alignment Check this check box to perform the manual head alignment Rotate 90 degrees left when orientation is Landscape On the Page Setup tab you can change the rotation direction of the Landscape in the Orientation To rotate the document 90 degrees to the left when printing select the check box Detect the paper width when printing from computer When you print from the computer this function identifies the paper that was loaded into this printer When the paper width detected by the printer differs from the width of the paper specified in Page Size on the Page Setup tab a message is displayed To use paper width detection when printing from the computer select the check box Important e If you are using user defined paper use the Custom Paper Size to correctly set the size of the paper loaded in the printer If an error message is displayed even though the same size that was set is loaded cl
331. r Ensuring Optimal Printing Quality Useful Information about Ink gt Key Points to Successful Printing Be Sure to Make Paper Settings after Loading Paper Canceling a Print Job Printer Handling Precautions Key to Enjoying Consistent Printing Quality Precautions for Safe Transport of the Printer Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 253 Useful Information about Ink How is ink used for various purposes other than printing Ink may be used for purposes other than printing Ink is not only used for printing but also for cleaning the print head to maintain the optimal printing quality The printer has the function to automatically clean the ink jet nozzles to prevent clogging In the cleaning procedure ink is pumped out from the nozzles Used ink for nozzle cleaning is limited to a small amount Does black and white printing use color ink Black and white printing may use ink other than black ink depending on the type of printing paper or the settings of the printer driver So color ink is consumed even when printing in black and white The ink lamp indicates when ink is running low You can confirm the status of each ink tank by the ink lamps Open the print head cover of the printer to confirm how the ink lamps light or flash When the ink is running low the ink lamp flashes slowly about 3 second interval to indicate that the ink is running low Then when the ink runs out the ink lamp flashes fast a
332. r computer by searching a Support Code Click Here to Search Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 437 Paper Does Not Feed Properly No Paper Error Occurs Make sure that paper is loaded Loading Paper Make sure of the following when you load paper When loading two or more sheets of paper flip through the paper before loading When loading two or more sheets of paper align the edges of the sheets before loading When loading two or more sheets of paper make sure that the paper stack does not exceed the paper load limit However proper feeding of paper may not be possible at this maximum capacity depending on the type of paper or environmental conditions either very high or low temperature and humidity In such cases reduce the sheets of paper you load at a time to less than half of the paper load limit Always load the paper in portrait orientation regardless of the printing orientation When you load the paper load the paper with the print side facing UP Align the paper stack against the right side of the rear tray and slide the paper guide so that it just touches the left edge of the stack Loading Paper Check to see if the paper you are printing on is not too thick or curled Media Types You Cannot Use Make sure of the following when you load Hagakis or envelopes e If a Hagaki is curled it may not feed properly even though the paper stack does not exceed the paper load limit Load
333. r driver on your computer to execute printing and check whether the document can be printed normally on the printer If the document cannot be printed refer to the Online Manual for your model Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 77 DJ Note e After you turn on the printer it may take few minutes before the printer can communicate through a wireless LAN connection Confirm that the printer is connected to the wireless LAN and then try printing If Bonjour on the printer is disabled AirPrint cannot be used Check the LAN settings on the printer and enable Bonjour Note e The windows used in the explanations may differ from those displayed by your Apple product or app Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 78 Android Print Use the Canon printing plugin Canon Print Service is a printing plug in for Android 4 4 available for free on Google Play Installing and activating the plug in enables your Android smartphone or tablet to print wirelessly to a Canon printer Printing via Mopria You can print wirelessly to a Canon printer from a Mopria compatible Android smartphone or tablet See the Mopria homepage http www mopria org for details including supported devices Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 79 Checking Printer Information You can use your smartphone tablet or computer to check the Printer status and execute utility functions from apps such as Canon Inkjet Print Utility and PIXMA Pr
334. r is being used from another computer a screen is displayed informing you of this condition Note e This item has the same function as Update in the Canon IJ Network Tool screen Network Information Displays the Network Information screen to confirm the network settings of the printer and the computer Network Information Screen Display Warning Automatically Enables or disables automatic display of the instruction screen When this menu is selected the instruction screen is displayed if one or more ports are unavailable for printing 3 Settings menu Configuration Displays the Configuration screen to configure settings of the selected printer Configuration Screen Note e This item has the same function as Configuration in the Canon IJ Network Tool screen Enable switch printer function When you cannot use your printer you can use the same one on the network instead When you enable this function and you cannot use your printer the screen to confirm if you start searching the same printer as yours is displayed Follow the message on the screen DJ Note e When this function is enabled a check mark appears on the menu Associate Port Displays the Associate Port screen and you can associate a port with the printer Associate Port Screen This menu is available when No Driver is displayed for the selected printer Associating a port with the printer enables you to use it Downloaded
335. r tears and you cannot remove the paper either from the paper output slot or from the rear tray or if the jammed paper remains inside the printer remove the paper following the procedure below gt Note e If you need to turn off the printer to remove jammed paper during printing press the RESUME CANCEL button to cancel print jobs before turning off the printer 1 Turn off the printer and unplug the power cord of the printer from the power supply If you use a battery turn off the printer then detach the battery 2 Open the print head cover 3 Make sure that the jammed paper is not under the print head holder If the jammed paper is under the print head holder move the print head holder to the right edge or the left edge whichever is easier to remove the paper When you move the print head holder press either the right side or the left side of the print head holder with your fingertips and slide the print head holder slowly to the right edge or the left edge 3 Important e When you move the print head holder do not touch the print head lock lever 4 Hold the jammed paper with your hands Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 486 If the paper is rolled up pull it out 5 Pull the paper slowly not to tear it then pull the paper out Keep an angle of the paper about 45 degrees and pull it slowly 6 Make sure that all the jammed paper is removed If the paper is torn a piece of paper
336. re applied to the selected printer 2 Update Performs printer detection again Click this button if the target printer is not displayed Important To change the printer s network settings using IJ Network Tool it must be connected via a LAN If No Driver is displayed for the name associate the port with the printer When the Printer Driver Is Not Associated with a Port If Not Found is displayed for the status check the followings e The access point is turned on e When using wired LAN the LAN cable is connected properly If the printer on a network is not detected make sure that the printer is turned on then click Update It may take several minutes to detect printers If the printer is not yet detected connect the machine and the computer with a USB cable then click Update If the printer is being used from another computer a screen is displayed informing you of this condition Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 228 Note This item has the same function as Refresh in the View menu 3 Configuration Click to configure settings of the selected printer Configuration Screen Note e You cannot configure a printer that has the status Not Found e This item has the same function as Configuration in the Settings menu Canon IJ Network Tool Menus The following menu is displayed from the Canon IJ Network Tool screen 7 2 B 4 Punters Name Update Configura on
337. re that the power is turned on 2 Open the print head cover The print head holder moves to the replacement position Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 125 Caution Do not hold the print head holder to stop or move it forcibly Do not touch the print head holder until it stops completely 3 Important Do not place any object on the print head cover It will fall into the rear tray when the print head cover is opened and cause the printer to malfunction e Do not touch the metallic parts or other parts inside the printer e If the print head cover is left open for more than 10 minutes the print head holder moves to the right In this case close and reopen the print head cover 3 Remove the ink tank with the lamp flashing fast Push the tab A and lift the ink tank to remove 3 Important Do not touch other parts besides the ink tanks e Handle the ink tank carefully to avoid staining of clothing or the surrounding area e Discard the empty ink tank according to the local laws and regulations regarding disposal of consumables Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 126 D gt Note e Do not touch the print head lock lever B If you pull up the print head lock lever lock it again Inside View e Do not remove both ink tanks at the same time Be sure to replace ink tanks one by one when replacing both ink tanks e For details on ink lamp flashing speed see Checking the Ink Status with
338. rea The symbol indicates that there is a new unread notice Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 50 series Sort Latest notices User information Help legal notices Log out f Facebook Evernote Ss om 6 Apps Con g Properties Manage jobs Sort Sort This displays the screen to sort registered apps You can use the EE buttons to change the display order of apps When you finish sorting press the Done button to confirm the order CANON iM 7 o t oo ne Facebook A v Cancel Latest notices Latest notices This displays the latest notices The symbol indicates that there is a new unread notice User information This displays the User information screen You can change the registered e mail address password language time zone and other settings Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 51 ae Help legal notices Help legal notices The description of the Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center screen and various reminders are displayed Log out This opens the Log out screen of the Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center 4 Display area The display changes based on the menu you select series CANON iMAGE GATEWAY Scan to E mail Evernote Dropbox Google Drive SkvNrive tr A v Config Properties Manage jobs 5 Menu area The following 4 menu buttons are displayed Pi e Apos Apps This displays the list of registered apps in the Display ar
339. reen Mng printer Updated date May 1 2014 5 01 AM le x series Copy apps Add printer From the Mng printer screen Select printer screen you can check and update printer information registered to the Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center change printer names delete printers add printers and copy apps Check the printer information series Copy apps The registered printer name is displayed indicates the currently selected printer indicates that an error occurred on the printer Display update date time of the printer information Mng printer Updated date May 1 2014 5 01 AM le series Copy apps Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 48 This displays the date and time the printer information was last updated refreshes the information Copy apps Select this to copy apps added in the selected printer to another printer Copy apps When you select coras f the screen shown below appears Copy registered apps to another printer Destination printer Source printer series 4 series Cancel Set the Destination printer and the Source printer Then select OK Change the printer name When you select 7 a screen to change the printer name appears Follow the instructions on the screen to change the name D gt Note e The printer name entry has the following character limitation Up to 128 characters Delete printers When you
340. ress horizontally set Orientation to Landscape 7 Select the print quality For Print Quality select High or Standard whichever best suits the purpose 8 Complete the setup Click OK When you execute printing the data will be printed onto the postcard Important e When you execute postcard printing a guide message is displayed When the guide message is displayed select Do not show this message again if you do not want any guide messages to be displayed To display guide messages again open the Maintenance tab and click View Printer Status to start the Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 309 Canon lJ Status Monitor On the Option menu choose Display Guide Message and click Hagaki Printing to enable the setting When printing on media other than postcards load the media according to usage method of that media and click Start Printing Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 310 Displaying the Print Results before Printing If you are using the XPS printer driver replace Canon IJ Preview with Canon IJ XPS Preview when reading this information You can display and check the print result before printing The procedure for displaying the print result before printing is as follows You can also set the print results display on the Quick Setup tab 1 Open the printer driver setup window 2 Set the preview Check the Preview before printing check box on the Main tab Pian Paper Leter
341. rinter driver Using AC Adapter Specify the time from the list When the AC adapter is used and this time elapses without any operations from the printer driver or the printer the printer turns off automatically Using Battery Specify the time from the list When the battery is used and this time elapses without any operations from the printer driver or the printer the printer turns off automatically Important e Disable cannot be specified for Using Battery Quiet Settings dialog box When you click Quiet Settings the Quiet Settings dialog box is displayed Quiet Settings dialog box allows you to specify a setting that reduces the operating noise of the printer Select when you wish to reduce the operating noise of the printer at night etc Using this function may lower the print speed Do not use quiet mode Select this option when you wish to use the printer with volume of normal operating noise Always use quiet mode Select this option when you wish to reduce the operating noise of the printer Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 384 Use quiet mode during specified hours Select this option when you wish to reduce the operating noise of the printer during a specified period of time Set the Start time and the End time of the quiet mode you wish to be activated If both are set to the same time the quiet mode will not function Important e If you specify a time for Use quiet mode during specified hours
342. rinter s name on the Canon IJ Network Tool screen the printer driver is not associated with a created port To associate a port with a printer driver follow the procedure below 1 Start up IJ Network Tool 2 Select the printer displayed as No Driver on Name 3 Select Associate Port on the Settings menu The Associate Port screen is displayed Associate a port with an installed printer Select a printer to associate with and cack OK Model Canon Sa genes Printer Name Status Avadable Avadable Avadable Available Model Canon m3 Canon Microsoft Microsoft 4 Select a printer to associate with a port Port Name res PORTPROMPT SHRFAX The list of the printers that the printer driver is installed is displayed at Printer on the Associate Port screen Select a printer to associate with a created port 5 Click OK Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 243 About Technical Terms In this section technical terms used in the manual are explained A Access Point A wireless transceiver or base station that receives information from wireless clients the machine and rebroadcasts it Required in an infrastructure network Access point mode The machine is used as an access point to connect external wireless communication devices e g computers smartphones or tablets in an environment where no access point or wireless LAN router is available You can connect up to 5 devices t
343. rinter you are using e Activate the wired LAN setting of the printer to change the settings in the Wired LAN sheet 1 Start up IJ Network Tool 2 Select the printer in Printers 3 Select Configuration from the Settings menu 4 Click the Wired LAN tab The Wired LAN sheet is displayed Wired LAN Admin Password v TCPAP Setup Get IP address automaticaly Use next IP address For details on the Wired LAN sheet see Wired LAN Sheet 5 Change the settings or confirm Set the IP address of the printer to be used over the LAN Specify a value appropriate for your network environment 6 Click OK After changing configuration a screen is displayed asking you for confirmation before the settings are sent to the printer If you click Yes the settings are sent to the printer and the Transmitted Settings screen is displayed Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 196 Changing the Settings in the Admin Password Sheet Note e You cannot change the settings when using the access point mode 1 Start up IJ Network Tool 2 Select the printer in Printers 3 Select Configuration from the Settings menu 4 Click the Admin Password tab The Admin Password sheet is displayed Weeless LAN Admin Password Vv Use admin password Password Password Confirmation For details on the Admin Password sheet see Admin Password Sheet 5 Change the settings or confirm To use an administrator
344. rintout of the nozzle check pattern Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 138 Cleaning the Print Head Clean the print head if lines are missing or if horizontal white streaks are present in the printed nozzle check pattern Cleaning unclogs the nozzles and restores the print head condition Cleaning the print head consumes ink so clean the print head only when necessary 1 Make sure that the power is turned on 2 Hold down the RESUME CANCEL button until the POWER lamp flashes once then release it immediately The printer starts cleaning the print head The cleaning will be complete when the POWER lamp lights after flashing Do not perform any other operations until the printer completes the cleaning of the print head This takes about 1 to 2 minutes 3 Check the print head condition Print the nozzle check pattern to check the print head condition Note e If the problem is not resolved after cleaning the print head twice clean the print head deeply Cleaning the Print Heads from Your Computer Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 139 Aligning the Print Head If printed ruled lines are misaligned or print results are otherwise unsatisfactory adjust the print head position Note e If the remaining ink level is low the print head alignment sheet will not be printed correctly Replace the ink tank whose ink is low e If you run out of the supplied paper Matte Photo Paper MP 101 or t
345. rivacy Statement describes information that Canon Inc Canon collects from users of the Service defined in Article 1 hereof throughout the world subject to certain exceptions and how this information is used and disclosed By using the Service you expressly agree to the collection use and disclosure of information as described in the Privacy Statement and Service Terms of Use the Terms If you do not agree to the terms af the Driusau Clatamant ar tha Tarme Do not agree Agree 9 In the user information entry screen enter your Password and select Next Enter your password for logging in to the Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 42 Register user info Set a password for logging into this service Password Password Confirmation 8 to 32 characters Cancel J Important There are character restrictions for the Password as shown below e The password needs to be between 8 and 32 characters long using single byte alphanumeric characters and symbols amp lt gt _ Alphabets are case sensitive 10 Enter the User name Enter the name that identifies the user Register user info User Name 1 to 20 characters Time zone UTC Coordinated Universal Time Ez Important The User name entry field has the following character restrictions e The password needs to be between 1 and 20 characters long
346. rn The nozzle check function allows you to check whether the print head is working properly by printing a nozzle check pattern Print the pattern if printing becomes faint or if a specific color fails to print The procedure for printing a nozzle check pattern is as follows Nozzle Check 1 Open the printer driver setup window 2 Click Nozzle Check on the Maintenance tab The Nozzle Check dialog box opens Click Initial Check Items to display the items that you need to check before printing the nozzle check pattern 3 Set the paper thickness lever to the right and load paper in the printer Load one sheet of A4 size or Letter size plain paper into the rear tray 4 Print a nozzle check pattern Make sure that the printer is on and click Print Check Pattern Printing of the nozzle check pattern begins Click OK when the confirmation message appears The Pattern Check dialog box opens 5 Check the print result Check the print result When the print result is normal click Exit If the print result is smudged or if there are any unprinted sections click Cleaning to clean the print head Related Topic Cleaning the Print Heads from Your Computer Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 151 Cleaning Inside the Printer Perform bottom plate cleaning before you execute duplex printing to prevent smudges on the back side of the paper Also perform bottom plate cleaning if ink smudges caused by something oth
347. rol The ink usage control function allows you to reduce black ink consumption and to produce the black sections with color inks when printing to plain paper from a computer Reducing Black Ink Consumption Producing the Black Sections with Color Inks Important e The print quality may deteriorate if this function is used Reducing Black Ink Consumption This function allows you to reduce the black ink consumption during printing and to allow longer life of black ink Important e This function is available when the settings below are selected When Plain Paper is selected for Media Type When Standard is selected for Print Quality e This function is not available when the setting below is selected in the Page Setup sheet When Booklet or Borderless is selected for Page Layout When Duplex Printing Manual is selected 1 Make sure that the printer is turned on 2 Open the printer driver setup window 3 Click the Maintenance tab and then Ink Usage Control 4 Select Save Black Ink 5 Click OK The specified setting will be used during printing Producing the Black Sections with Color Inks The black part is printed using color inks Use this function only as an immediate and temporary measure when the black ink runs out and there is no replacement at that time Disable this function under normal circumstances Important e This function is available when the settings below are selected
348. rying or clogging Always observe the following rules for optimal printing quality Never unplug the power cord until the power is turned off If you press the ON button to turn off the power the printer caps the print head nozzles automatically to prevent from drying If you unplug the power cord from the wall outlet before the POWER lamp is not lit the print head will not be capped properly and this will cause drying or clogging When unplugging the power cord make sure that the POWER lamp is not lit Print periodically Just as the tip of a felt pen becomes dry and unusable if it has not been used for a long time even if it is capped the print head too may become dried or clogged if the printer has not been used for a long time We recommend you to use the printer at least once a month J Note e Depending on the type of paper ink may blur if you trace the printed area with a highlight pen or paint stick or bleed if water or sweat comes in contact with the printed area Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 259 Precautions for Safe Transport of the Printer When relocating the printer make sure of the following D Important e Pack the printer in a sturdy box using sufficient protective material to ensure safe transport e With the print head and ink tank left installed in the printer press the ON button to turn off the power This allows the printer to automatically cap the print head thus preventing it
349. s The Canon IJ Status Monitor opens and displays an image of the ink status Option IpkOetats Help Porter is orire BET Document Name mm a aR Shop Now Display Part Queue DJ Note The information displayed on the Canon IJ Status Monitor may differ depending on the country or region where you are using your printer e When you receive a notice about the remaining ink level a mark appears above the ink icon For example 9 Ink tank is running low Prepare a new ink tank 3 If necessary click Ink Details You can check the ink related information If a warning or error related to the remaining ink amount occurs a notification icon is displayed at the top of the image in the Ink Details dialog box In such cases take the appropriate action as described on the screen DJ Note e You can also display the Ink Details dialog box by selecting the ink icon on the Canon IJ Status Monitor Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 350 Canon IJ Preview The Canon IJ Preview is an application software that displays what the print result will look like before a document is actually printed The preview reflects the information that is set within the printer driver and allows you to check the document layout print order and number of pages You can also change the media type settings When you want to display a preview before printing open the printer driver setup window click the Main tab and check the Preview
350. s 416 Ink Remaining Level Is Not Displayed on Printer Status Monitor of the Printer Use the printer driver with bidirectional communication Select Enable bidirectional support in the Ports sheet of the properties dialog box of the printer driver How to Open the Printer Driver Setup Window Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 417 Printing Speed Is Slow The printer may be printing out a large job issued from another computer Make sure that the radio status is good and adjust the installation positions while monitoring the radio status with IJ Network Tool Monitoring Wireless Network Status Make sure that there is no barrier or obstacle between the access point and the printer Wireless communication between different rooms or floors is generally poor The metal concrete or timber including the metallic material mud wall or insulator may interrupt a wireless communication If the printer cannot communicate with the computer over a wireless LAN for the wall material place the printer and the computer in the same room or floor GAL Make sure that there is no source of interference in your vicinity If a device e g microwave oven using the same frequency bandwidth as the wireless station is placed nearby the device may cause interference Place the wireless station as far away from the interference source as possible Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 418 Cannot Use the Printer on Replacing an Acc
351. s about an error that occurred You can also access the ink purchasing site and the Online Manual Important The Properties displayed may differ from the actual status at the display time depending on the printer status Manage jobs Manage jobs This screen displays the print status and the print history You can check the print status by looking at Status list and the print history by looking at History You can also cancel print jobs and delete history information To cancel or delete a job select that job and then select Cancel or Delete If you are using a PC n Mng print e Manage users 7 User information instructions Log cut Series 3 Drag apps to rearrange the order CANON iMAGE GATEWAY Config Properties Dropbox Manage jobs Google Drive Latest not There are no new notices Oan Notice list Notices 5 Mng printer Select printer button Manage users button Printer name area Menu area 54 5 6 7 8 Notices area Information area Global navigation area Display area YS wes Da DVD 1 Mng printer Select printer button When you select the Mng printer Select printer button the Mng printer Select printer screen appears e Mar 4 2014 4 44 AM Copy apps Pa Copy apps eS 5 Add printer From the Mng printer screen Select printer screen you can check and update printer information registered to the Canon Inkjet Cloud
352. s are unchanged relative to the paper feed direction This is the default setting Landscape Prints the document by rotating it 90 degrees relative to the paper feed direction You can change the rotation direction by going to the Maintenance tab opening the Custom Settings dialog box and then using Rotate 90 degrees left when orientation is Landscape check box To rotate the document 90 degrees to the left when printing select the Rotate 90 degrees left when orientation is Landscape check box Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 368 Rotate 180 degrees Prints the document by rotating it 180 degrees against the paper feed direction The width of print area and the amount of extension that are configured in other application software will be reversed vertically and horizontally Printer Paper Size Selects the size of paper actually loaded into the printer The default setting is Same as Page Size to perform normal sized printing You can select a printer paper size when you select Fit to Page Scaled Page Layout Tiling Poster or Booklet for Page Layout If you select a paper size that is smaller than the Page Size the document size will be reduced If you select a paper size that is larger the document size will be enlarged Also if you select Custom the Custom Paper Size dialog box opens and allows you to specify any vertical and horizontal dimensions for the paper size Page Layout Selects the size of the document yo
353. s area to be displayed when the Canon IJ XPS Preview is started Select Page Information Layout or Manual Color Adjustment Help Menu When you select this menu item the Help window for Canon IJ XPS Preview is displayed and you can check the version and copyright information E Print Prints the documents selected in the document list The printed documents are deleted from the list and when all documents are printed the Canon IJ XPS Preview closes Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 394 Combine Documents Combines the documents selected in the document list into one document If only one document is selected this command is grayed out and cannot be selected h Delete Document Deletes the selected document from the document list If the document list contains only one document the document is grayed out and cannot be selected L7 Reset Documents Returns the document selected in the document list to their status before they were added to the Canon IJ XPS Preview The combined documents are separated and the original documents are restored Fed View Thumbnails Reduces all pages in the document selected in the document list and displays them at the bottom of the preview window To hide the print pages click View Thumbnails again ii il Move to First Moves the selected print document to the beginning of the document list If the currently selected document is the first document this command is gra
354. s screen is not available depending on the printer you are using SSID mre Encryption Method Use WEP TCPAP Setup Gat IP address automaticaly Use next IP address For details on each sheet see the following Wireless LAN Sheet Wired LAN Sheet Admin Password Sheet Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 208 Wireless LAN Sheet Note e This screen is not available depending on the printer you are using Allows you to set the printer with wireless LAN connection To display the Wireless LAN sheet click the Wireless LAN tab on the Configuration screen Wireless LAN Admin Password v SID Encryption Method TCPAP Setup Gat IP address automaticaly Use next IP address 1 Network Type Displays the wireless LAN mode currently selected Infrastructure Connects the printer to the wireless LAN with an access point Access point mode Connects external wireless communication devices e g computers smartphones or tablets to the printer using it as an access point Note e When Access point mode is displayed on Network Type you cannot change the settings on the Wireless LAN sheet or the Admin Password sheet e You can perform setting from Set up printer s wireless LAN on the Settings menu when you use the printer with the access point mode Depending on the printer you are using you can change the settings using the operation panel 2 SSID The network nam
355. sage appears on your computer If the message warning that Canon software is attempting to access the network appears on the computer set the security software to allow access When the message does not appear on your computer Cancel to set up then set the security software to allow Canon software to access the network On the Setup CD ROM select win gt Driver gt DrvSetup then set the security software to allow the file Setup exe or Setup64 exe to access the network After setting the security software try to set up the network communication from the beginning Note e For the operation system firewall settings or the security software firewall settings refer to the instruction manual of the computer or software or contact its manufacturer If there is no problem with the firewall settings Go to check 3 Cannot Detect the Printer during Wireless LAN Setup Check 3 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 423 Cannot Detect the Printer during Wireless LAN Setup Check 3 Check the settings of the access point Check the settings of the access point for the network connection such as IP address filtering MAC address filtering or DHCP function Make sure that the radio channel of the access point and that assigned to the printer are the same For details on how to check the settings of the access point refer to the instruction manual supplied with the access point or contact its manufacturer Download
356. select the Search charm then search for IJ Network Tool In Windows 7 Windows Vista or Windows XP click Start and select All programs Canon Utilities IJ Network Tool and then IJ Network Tool Depending on the printer you are using an administrator password is already specified for the printer at the time of purchase When you change the network settings authentication by the administrator password is required For details About the Administrator Password For improving security it is recommended to change the administrator password Changing the Settings in the Admin Password Sheet Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 188 Changing the Settings in the Wireless LAN Sheet To change the wireless network settings of the printer connect the printer and the computer with a USB cable temporarily If you modify the wireless network settings of the computer over wireless connection without USB connection your computer may not be able to communicate with the machine after modifying the settings 9 gt Note e This screen is not available depending on the printer you are using e Activate the wireless LAN setting of the printer to change the settings in the Wireless LAN sheet 1 Start up IJ Network Tool 2 Select the printer in Printers When the printer is connected to the computer with a USB cable temporarily select the printer with USBnnn where n is a number appearing in the Port Name column
357. services supporting Google Cloud Print New tab New window New incognite window Bookmarks Edit Cut Copy Paste Zoom 10 O Print Save page as Find ap Total 1 sheet of paper a ies Tools b History Destination f Print with Google Cloud Print v Downloads t Sign in to Chrome Settings About Google Chrome Help Ext When the preparation for printing with Google Cloud Print is complete and when the printer is turned on the printer receives the print data and prints it automatically DJ Note e Depending on the communication status it may take a while to print the print data or the printer may not receive the print data e While printing with Google Cloud Print the printing may be canceled depending on the printer s status such as when the printer is being operated or an error has occurred To resume printing check the printer s status then print with Google Cloud Print again e For print settings e If you select the media type other than plain paper or if you select the paper size other than A4 Letter B5 A5 size the print data is printed in single sided even when you select the duplex print setting The paper size differs depending on the model of your printer For information about the supported paper sizes go to the Online Manual home page and refer to the Cannot Print Properly with Automatic Duplex Printing for your model Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 72
358. ses and any comments 3 Edit The Edit Accessible IP Address screen is displayed to edit the settings selected in Accessible IP Addresses Edit Accessible IP Address Screen Add Accessible IP Address Screen 4 Add The Add Accessible IP Address screen is displayed to register the IP address of a computer or a network device from which to access the printer over the network J Important Add the IP address of all computers or network devices within the network from which to access the printer The printer cannot be accessed from a computer or a network device that is not on the list Up to 16 IP addresses can be registered IP addresses specified by Range Specification are counted as one address Use Range Specification when you intend to register 17 or more IP addresses Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 223 5 Delete Deletes the selected IP address from the list Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 224 Edit Accessible MAC Address Screen Add Accessible MAC Address Screen Note e This screen is not available depending on the printer you are using The example screenshots in this section refer to the Add Accessible MAC Address Screen Instructions 1 MAC Address Enter the MAC address of a computer or a network device to allow access 2 Comment Optionally enter any information to identify the device such as the name of the computer gt Important e Comments wi
359. settings or the specified printing order may not be enabled Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 370 Print Options Opens the Print Options dialog box Changes detailed printer driver settings for print data that is sent from applications Stamp Background Stamp Opens the Stamp Background Stamp dialog box The Stamp function allows you to print a stamp text or a bitmap over or behind document data It also allows you to print date time and user name The Background function allows you to print a light illustration behind the document data Note e With the XPS printer driver the Stamp Background button has become the Stamp button and only the stamp function can be used Depending on the type of printer driver you are using and the environment Stamp and Background may not be available Custom Paper Size dialog box This dialog box allows you to specify the size width and height of the custom paper Units Select the unit for entering a user defined paper size Paper Size Specifies the Width and the Height of the custom paper Measurement is shown according to the units specified in Units Page Layout Printing dialog box This dialog box allows you to select the number of document pages to be placed on one sheet of paper the page order and whether a page border line is to be printed around each document page The settings specified in this dialog box can be confirmed in the settings preview on
360. st be a smaller value than the End IP Address 3 Comment Optionally enter any information to identify the device such as the name of the computer Important Comments will be displayed only on the computer used to enter them Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 226 Other Screens of IJ Network Tool Yv Canon IJ Network Tool Screen v Status Screen Yv Connection Performance Measurement Screen gt Maintenance Screen v Network Setup of the Card Slot Screen Associate Port Screen Yv Network Information Screen Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 227 Canon IJ Network Tool Screen This section describes the items and menus displayed on the Canon IJ Network Tool screen Items on the Canon IJ Network Tool Screen Canon IJ Network Tool Menus Items on the Canon IJ Network Tool Screen The following item is displayed on the Canon IJ Network Tool screen File View Settings Help F the printer you intend to use is not detected refer to the instructions and check the settings Check the status of the prrter to configure the settings t may take a few minutes for a printer to be visible on the network after R is tumad on Please wat a while and then cick Update 1 Printers The printer name status printer model name and port name are displayed A check mark next to the printer in the Name list indicates it is set as the default printer Configuration changes a
361. stom the Custom Paper Size dialog box opens and allows you to specify any vertical and horizontal dimensions for the paper size Orientation Selects the printing orientation If the application used to create your document has a similar function select the same orientation that you selected in that application Portrait Prints the document so that its top and bottom positions are unchanged relative to the paper feed direction This is the default setting Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 358 Landscape Prints the document by rotating it 90 degrees relative to the paper feed direction You can change the rotation direction by going to the Maintenance tab opening the Custom Settings dialog box and then using Rotate 90 degrees left when orientation is Landscape check box To rotate the document 90 degrees to the left when printing select the Rotate 90 degrees left when orientation is Landscape check box Print Quality Selects your desired printing quality Select one of the following to set the print quality level that is appropriate for the purpose To set the print quality level individually click the Main tab and for Print Quality select Custom The Set becomes enabled Click Set to open the Custom dialog box and then specify the desired settings High Gives priority to print quality over printing speed Standard Prints with average speed and quality Draft This setting is appropriate for test printing
362. t Important e When you unplug the power cord press the ON button then confirm that the POWER lamp is off Unplugging the power cord before the POWER lamp is turned off may cause drying or clogging of the print head and print quality may be reduced e If you stand the printer up or carry the printer before the POWER lamp goes off this may cause the ink to leak or the printer to break 1 Press the ON button to turn the printer off 3 Unplug the power cord D 1 The specification of the power cord differs depending on the country or region of use Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 106 Loading Paper Loading Paper Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 107 Loading Paper Loading Plain Paper Photo Paper Loading Envelopes Media Types You Can Use Media Types You Cannot Use Printing Area Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 108 Loading Plain Paper Photo Paper You can load plain paper or photo paper Important e If you cut plain paper into small size such as 4 x 6 10 x 15 cm or 5 x 7 13 x 18 cm to perform trial print it can cause paper jams J Note e We recommend Canon genuine photo paper for printing photos For details on the Canon genuine paper see Media Types You Can Use e You can use general copy paper e For the page size and paper weight you can use for this printer see Media Types You Can Use e For loading envelopes see Loadi
363. t How to Open the Printer Driver Setup Window 2 On the Maintenance sheet click View Printer Status 3 Select Enable Status Monitor on the Option menu if it is not selected Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 463 Problems with Installation Downloading gt Cannot Install the Printer Driver Easy WebPrint EX Does Not Start Up or Easy WebPrint EX Menu Does Not Appear How to Update Printer Driver in Network Environment gt Uninstalling IJ Network Tool Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 464 Cannot Install the Printer Driver If the installation does not start even after the Setup CD ROM is inserted into your computer s disc drive Start the installation following the procedure below 1 Select items as shown below In Windows 8 1 or Windows 8 select the Explorer icon in Taskbar on Desktop then select Computer from the list on the left o In Windows 7 or Windows Vista click Start then Computer In Windows XP click Start then My Computer 2 Double click the 2 CD ROM icon on the displayed window If the contents of the CD ROM are displayed double click MSETUP4 EXE If you cannot install the printer driver with the Setup CD ROM install it from our website D gt Note If the CD ROM icon is not displayed try the following e Remove the CD ROM from your computer then insert it again e Restart your computer If the icon is not yet displayed try different discs and see if they are d
364. t resolved contact the service center Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 537 6A00 Cause Printer error has occurred Action Turn off the printer and unplug the power cord of the printer from the power supply If you use a battery turn off the printer then detach the battery Plug the printer back in or attach the battery then turn the printer back on If the problem is not resolved contact the service center Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 538 A000 Cause Printer error has occurred Action Turn off the printer and unplug the power cord of the printer from the power supply If you use a battery turn off the printer then detach the battery Plug the printer back in or attach the battery then turn the printer back on If the problem is not resolved contact the service center Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 539 A100 Cause A problem has occurred with the battery Action Cancel printing then turn off the printer Either replace the battery pack or detach the battery attachment and connect the supplied AC adapter to the printer Plug the printer back in and turn the printer back on If the problem is not resolved contact the service center Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 540 B201 Cause An error requiring you to contact the service center has occurred Action Turn off the printer and unplug the power cord of the printer from the power su
365. t survey If you select No the information will be sent automatically J Note If you select Uninstall or Remove in Windows XP the Inkjet Printer Scanner Fax Extended Survey Program is uninstalled Follow the on screen instructions Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 478 Error Message Appears on a PictBridge Wireless LAN Compliant Device The following are the possible errors that may occur when printing directly from a PictBridge Wireless LAN compliant device and the countermeasures to clear them Note e This section describes errors that are indicated on Canon brand PictBridge Wireless LAN compliant devices The error messages and operations may vary depending on the device you are using For errors on non Canon PictBridge Wireless LAN compliant devices check the status of the Alarm lamp and take the appropriate action to clear the error For details see If an Error Occurs For the errors indicated on the PictBridge Wireless LAN compliant device and their solution also refer to the instruction manual of the device For other troubles on the device contact the manufacturer Error Message on the PictBridge Wireless LAN Compliant Device Printer in use If the printer is printing from the computer or warming up wait until the job ends When it is ready the printer starts printing automatically If the printer is not printing from the computer or warming up check the number of how many t
366. ta with an application software you are using the printing result may be improved Click Print Options on the Page Setup sheet on the printer driver Select the Do not allow application software to compress print data check box then click OK Deselect the check box after printing is complete Is the size of the print data extremely large Click Print Options on the Page Setup sheet on the printer driver Then set Prevention of Print Data Loss in the displayed dialog to On When On is selected for Prevention of Print Data Loss print quality may be reduced Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 448 Printed Paper Curls or Has Ink Blots Printed Paper Has Ink Blots Printed Paper Curls Did you confirm the paper and print quality settings Print Results Not Satisfactory If the intensity is set high reduce the intensity setting and try printing again If you are using plain paper to print images with high intensity the paper may absorb too much ink and become wavy Causing paper abrasion You can confirm the intensity using the printer driver Adjusting Intensity Is Photo Paper used for printing photographs When printing data with high color saturation such as photographs or images in deep color we recommend using Photo Paper Plus Glossy II or other Canon speciality paper Media Types You Can Use Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 449 Paper Is Smudged Printed Surface Is
367. tains unintended results such as streaks selecting this check box may improve the results Important e Uncheck this check box under normal circumstances Scale images using nearest neighbor interpolation When an image is to be enlarged or reduced when printed the printer uses a simple interpolation process to enlarge or reduce the image If the image data in a printed document is not printed clearly selecting this check box may improve the results Important e Uncheck this check box under normal circumstances DJ Note e Scale images using nearest neighbor interpolation can be used only with the XPS printer driver Prevention of Print Data Loss You can reduce the size of the print data that was created with the application software and then print the data Depending on the application software being used the image data may be cut off or may not be printed properly In such cases select On If you will not be using this function select Off J Important e When using this function the print quality may drop depending on the print data Unit of Print Data Processing Selects the processing unit of the print data to be sent to the printer Select Recommended under normal circumstances Important A large amount of memory may be used for certain settings Do not change the setting if your computer has a small amount of memory Note Unit of Print Data Processing tab cannot be used with the
368. ted on the toolbar Whole Displays the entire page of data as one page 50 Reduces the displayed data to 50 of the actual size to be printed 100 Displays the data at the actual size to be printed 200 Enlarges the displayed data to 200 of the actual size to be printed 400 Enlarges the displayed data to 400 of the actual size to be printed Option Menu This menu includes the following command Displays Print Page Information Displays print setup information including printer paper size media type and page layout for each page at the left side of the preview screen This screen also allows you to change the media type and paper source settings Help Menu When you select this menu item the Help window for Canon IJ Preview is displayed and you can check the version and copyright information Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 388 Start Printing button Prints the documents selected in the document list The printed documents are deleted from the list and when all documents are printed the Canon IJ XPS Preview closes Cancel Printing button Ends the Canon IJ Preview and cancels the printing of the document that is displayed on the preview screen You can click this button while spooling Print Page Information Screen Displays print setup information for each page at the left side of the preview screen This screen also allows you to change the media type and paper source settings Important If
369. ter and then select XPS Driver from Add Software Specifying the Printer Driver To specify the printer driver open the Print dialog box of the application software you are using and select XXX where XXX is your model name to specify the regular printer driver or select XXX XPS where XXX is your model name to specify the XPS printer driver Displaying the Manual from the Printer Driver To display a description of a tab in the printer driver setup window click the Help button found on the tab Related Topic How to Open the Printer Driver Setup Window Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 347 How to Open the Printer Driver Setup Window You can display the printer driver setup window from the application software in use or from the printer icon Open the Printer Driver Setup Window through the Application Software Follow the procedure below to configure printing profile when printing 1 Select the command that you perform printing on the application software In general select Print on the File menu to open the Print dialog box 2 Select your model name and click Preferences or Properties The printer driver setup window appears Note e Depending on application software you use command names or menu names may vary and there may be more steps For details refer to the user s manual of your application software Opening the Printer Driver Setup Window from the Printer Icon Follow the pro
370. ter Driver Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 339 Adjusting Contrast You can adjust the image contrast during printing To make the differences between the light and dark portions of images greater and more distinct increase the contrast On the other hand to make the differences between the light and dark portions of images smaller and less distinct reduce the contrast No adjustment Adjust the contrast The procedure for adjusting contrast is as follows You can also set contrast on the Quick Setup tab by choosing Photo Printing under Commonly Used Settings and then choosing Color Intensity Manual Adjustment under Additional Features 1 Open the printer driver setup window 2 Select the manual color adjustment On the Main tab select Manual for Color Intensity and click Set Pisn Paper Lotter 85 11 22280m Ea _ The Manual Color Adjustment dialog box opens 3 Adjust the contrast Moving the Contrast slider to the right increases the contrast and moving the slider to the left decreases the contrast You can also directly enter a value linked to the slider Enter a value in the range from 50 to 50 The current settings are displayed in the settings preview on the left side of the printer driver Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 340 4 After adjusting each color click OK ABCDEF 1234567 Sargle Tyge Rarderd Cl Yew Color Paten Complete the setu
371. ter analyzes the Orientation and Page Layout settings and automatically selects the best stapling margin position Check Stapling Side and select from the list to change it Specify Margin Opens the Specify Margin dialog box You can specify the width of the margin Copies Specifies the number of copies you want to print You can specify a value from 1 to 999 Important e If the application used to create your document has a similar function specify the number of copies with the application without specifying it here Print from Last Page Check this check box when you want to print from the last page in order If you do this you do not need to sort the pages into their correct order after printing Uncheck this check box to print your document in normal order starting from the first page Collate Check this check box to group together the pages of each copy when you want to print multiple copies Uncheck this check box when you want to print with all pages of the same page number grouped together Important e When the application software that you used to create the document has the same function give priority to the printer driver settings However if the print results are not acceptable specify the function settings on the application software When you specify the number of copies and the printing order with both the application and this printer driver the number of copies may be multiplied numbers of the two
372. ter that set up the printer to match the settings of the access point using IJ Network Tool How to Set an Encryption Key For information on how to set up the access point refer to the instruction manual provided with the access point or contact its manufacturer Make sure that the computer and the access point can communicate with each other After that set up the printer to match the settings of the access point using IJ Network Tool e When using WEP The key length key format the key to use one of 1 to 4 and the authentication method must match among the access point the printer and the computer In order to communicate with an access point that uses automatically generated WEP keys you must configure the printer to use the key generated by the access point by entering it in hexadecimal format Normally select Auto for the authentication method Otherwise select Open System or Shared Key according to the setting of the access point When the WEP Details screen appears after clicking Set on the Search screen follow the on screen instructions and set the key length the key format the key number and the authentication to enter a WEP key For details see Changing the WEP Detailed Settings When using WPA WPA2 The authentication method passphrase and dynamic encryption type must match on the access point the printer and the computer Enter the passphrase configured on the access point a sequence of between 8 an
373. that uses a large amount of ink continuously on plain paper the printer may pause temporarily In either case wait until the process is complete D Note e If you are printing a document with a large printing area or printing multiple copies of a document printing may pause to allow the ink to dry Has the printer been printing continuously for a long period If the printer has been printing continuously for a long time the print head or other parts around it may overheat The printer may stop printing at a line break for a period of time and then resume printing In this case wait for a while without operation If the printing still does not resume interrupt your print session at a convenient time and turn the printer off for at least 15 minutes A Caution e The print head and the surrounding area can become extremely hot inside the printer Never touch the print head or nearby components Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 440 Problems with Printing Quality Print Results Not Satisfactory Ink Is Not Ejected Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 44 Print Results Not Satisfactory If the print result is not satisfactory due to white streaks misaligned lines or uneven colors confirm the paper and print quality settings first CFG Do the page size and media type settings match the size and type of the loaded paper When these settings are incorrect you cannot obtain a proper print result If you
374. the Main tab When you execute print the printer uses the color space of the image data Related Topics Setting the Print Quality Level Custom Specifying Color Correction Adjusting Color Balance Adjusting Brightness Adjusting Intensity Adjusting Contrast Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 329 Adjusting Color Balance You can adjust the color tints when printing Since this function adjusts color balance of the output by changing the ink ratios of each color it changes the total color balance of the document Use the application software when you want to change the color balance significantly Use the printer driver only when you want to adjust the color balance slightly The following sample shows the case when color balance is used to intensify cyan and to diminish yellow so that the overall colors are more uniform 73 No adjustment Adjust color balance The procedure for adjusting color balance is as follows You can also set color balance on the Quick Setup tab by choosing Photo Printing under Commonly Used Settings and then choosing Color Intensity Manual Adjustment under Additional Features 1 Open the printer driver setup window 2 Select the manual color adjustment On the Main tab select Manual for Color Intensity and click Set Sandad Drok Quaton Pisin Paper Leter 85x11 22280m Eg CI Grayscale Porting D Preview betore paring Ago
375. the Page Setup tab J Note e Depending on the paper size selected on the Page Setup tab there may be sizes that cannot be selected Amount of Pattern Instances Sets the number of patterns to be printed You can select from Largest Large and Small When you select a pattern size the number of patterns that can be printed is as follows Note e Largest and Large cannot be selected when certain paper sizes or output paper sizes are selected The setting preview on the Main tab displays an image that allows you to check the overall layout Largest Cyan Magenta Yellow 37 Intensity Contrast 49 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 365 Large Cyan Magenta Yellow 19 Intensity Contrast 25 Small Cyan Magenta Yellow 7 Intensity Contrast 9 Color Variation Between Instances Sets the amount of color change between neighboring patterns Select from Large Medium and Small Large produces a large amount of change and Small produces a small amount of change Note Large is about double the size of Medium and Small is about half the size of Medium Matching Tab Allows you to select the method for adjusting colors to match the type of document to be printed Color Correction Allows you to select Driver Matching ICM ICC Profile Matching or None to match the purpose of the print operation Important e When Grayscale Printing is checked on the Main tab Color Correction appears grayed out and is unava
376. the color space of the image data Specify an ICC Profile with the Printer Driver and then Print Print from an application software that cannot identify input ICC profiles or does allow you to specify one by using the color space of the input ICC profile SRGB found in the data When printing Adobe RGB data you can print the data with the Adobe RGB color space even if the application software does not support Adobe RGB 1 Open the printer driver setup window 2 Select the manual color adjustment On the Main tab select Manual for Color Intensity and click Set The Manual Color Adjustment dialog box opens 3 Select color correction Click Matching tab and select ICM ICC Profile Matching for Color Correction 4 Select the input profile Select an Input Profile that matches the color space of the image data For sRGB data or data without an input ICC profile Select Standard For Adobe RGB data Select Adobe RGB 1998 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 328 Important e When the application software specifies an input profile the input profile setting of the printer driver becomes invalid e When no input ICC profiles are installed on your computer Adobe RGB 1998 will not be displayed 5 Set the other items If necessary click Color Adjustment tab and adjust Cyan Magenta Yellow Brightness Intensity and Contrast settings and then click OK 6 Complete the setup Click OK on
377. the instructions on the authentication screen and then select Log in Country Region Japan User ID Password 3 In the displayed album list select the album of your choice Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 63 lt CANON iMAGE GATEWAY Sample00 saa a Sample0d2 Pi 4 L Sample03 Py Sample04 Sample05 4 In the displayed image list select the image that you want to print and then select Next Sample01 5 Make the necessary print settings and then select Print Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 64 Selected 5 Paper size Letter Media type Plus Glossy Il Print quality Standard Border Borderless Photo fix Red EveCorrection Print 6 A print job completion message appears and printing starts The print data has been sent Continue To continue printing select Continue and perform the operation from Step 3 To end the printing select Apps The screen returns to the apps list screen Important e Ifa print job is not printed within 24 hours after the print job is issued the print job will expire and cannot be printed e With premium apps that limit the number of print jobs print jobs that expire and cannot be printed are also included in the print count Adding a Printer Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 65 Adding a Printer With one account you can use the Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center services on multipl
378. the paper thickness lever H to the right 3J Note e If the corners or edges of the paper are smudged try to print with the paper thickness lever set to the left It may improve print quality Reset the paper thickness lever to the right when you finish printing 3 Note e When printing select the size and type of the loaded paper on the print settings screen of the printer driver Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 111 Loading Envelopes You can load Envelope DL and Envelope Com 10 The address is automatically rotated and printed according to the envelope s direction by specifying with the printer driver properly gt Important e Printing of envelopes from a digital camera is not supported Do not use the following envelopes They could jam in the printer or cause the printer to malfunction e Envelopes with an embossed or treated surface e Envelopes with a double flap Envelopes whose gummed flaps are already moistened and adhesive 1 Prepare envelopes e Press down on all four corners and edges of the envelopes to flatten them e7 If the envelopes are curled hold the opposite corners and gently twist them in the opposite direction s e If the corner of the envelope flap is folded flatten it Use a pen to press the leading edge in the inserting direction flat and sharpen the crease SAPALA The figures above show a side view of the leading edge of the envelope Imp
379. the printer driver Preview Icon Shows the settings made on the Page Layout Printing dialog box You can check what the print result will look like before you actually print the data Pages Specifies the number of document pages to fit on one sheet Page Order Specifies the document orientation to be printed on a sheet of paper Page Border Prints a page border line around each document page Check this check box to print the page border line Tiling Poster Printing dialog box This dialog box allows you to select the size of the image to be printed You can also make settings for cut lines and paste markers which are convenient for pasting together the pages into a poster The settings specified in this dialog box can be confirmed in the settings preview on the printer driver Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 371 Preview Icon Shows the settings of the Tiling Poster Printing dialog box You can check what the print result will look like Image Divisions Select the number of divisions vertical x horizontal As the number of divisions increases the number of sheets used for printing increases If you are pasting pages together to create a poster increasing the number of divisions allows you to create a larger poster Print Cut Paste in margins Specifies whether to print the words Cut and Paste in the margins These words serve as guidelines for pasting together the pages into a poster Check this check box to pri
380. the printing resolution text and lines in the preview display may appear different from the actual print result With some applications the printing is divided into multiple print jobs To cancel printing delete all divided print jobs If image data is not printed correctly display the Print Options dialog box from the Page Setup tab and change the setting of Disable ICM required from the application software This may solve the problem Note Disable ICM required from the application software cannot be used when the XPS printer driver is used Do not start up the Canon IJ Network Tool while printing Do not print when the Canon IJ Network Tool is running Points to Note About Applications with Restrictions There are following restrictions in Microsoft Word Microsoft Corporation o When Microsoft Word has the same printing functions as the printer driver use Word to specify them When Fit to Page Scaled or Page Layout is used for Page Layout on the Page Setup tab of the printer driver the document may not print normally in certain versions of Word When Page Size in Word is set to XXX Enlarge Reduce the document may not print normally in certain versions of Word If this happens follow the procedure below 1 Open Word s Print dialog box Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 353 2 Open the printer driver setup window and on the Page Setup tab set Page Size to the same paper size that you specifie
381. the slider to the rightmost position 6 Save the background Click the Save settings tab and enter a title in the Title box and then click Save Click OK when the confirmation message appears Note e Spaces tabs and returns cannot be entered at the beginning or end of a title 7 Complete the setup Click OK then it returns to Stamp Background dialog box The registered title appears in the Background list Changing and Registering Some Background Settings 1 Select the background for which the settings are to be changed Select the Background check box in the Stamp Background dialog box Then from the list select the title of the background you want to change 2 Click Select Background Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 305 The Background Settings dialog box opens 3 Specify each item on the Background tab while viewing the preview window 4 Save the background Click Save overwrite on the Save settings tab When you want to save the background with a different title enter a new title in the Title box and click Save Click OK when the confirmation message appears 5 Complete the setup Click OK then it returns to Stamp Background dialog box The registered title appears in the Background list Deleting an Unnecessary Background 1 Click Select Background in the Stamp Background dialog box The Background Settings dialog box opens 2 Select the background to be deleted Select the titl
382. tier 8 511 22280m z EN Foge Sre li amp Onertation A Porat A O Lingrcape C Rotate 180 degrees PP Preta Pacer Size Letter 85 11 22280m Pisin Paper Letter 85 11 22280m Duplex Parting Manual Staplers Side Long ede stapling Left H 01 99 EF Port trom Last Page Ti Collate 0K cancel o Helo The current settings are displayed in the settings preview on the left side of the printer driver Copies sE Y 5 Complete the setup Click OK When you execute print the document will be printed with the specified scale 33 Important When the application software which you used to create the original has the scaled printing function configure the settings on your application software You do not need to configure the same setting in the printer driver Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 287 DJ Note e Selecting Scaled changes the printable area of the document Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 288 Page Layout Printing The page layout printing function allows you to print more than one page image on a single sheet of paper The procedure for performing page layout printing is as follows 1 Open the printer driver setup window 2 Set page layout printing Select Page Layout from the Page Layout list on the Page Setup tab The current settings are displayed in the settings preview on the left side of the printer driver Quick Setup Man Page Seo Maintena
383. ting If you do not agree to participate in the survey program Click Do not agree The confirmation screen will be closed and the survey at that time is skipped The confirmation screen will be displayed again one month later e To uninstall the Inkjet Printer Scanner Fax Extended Survey Program To uninstall the Inkjet Printer Scanner Fax Extended Survey Program click Uninstall then follow the on screen instructions Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 477 e Changing the confirmation screen setting 1 Select items as shown below In Windows 8 1 or Windows 8 select Control Panel from the Settings charm on Desktop gt Programs gt Programs and Features In Windows 7 or Windows Vista select the Start menu gt Control Panel gt Programs gt Programs and Features In Windows XP select the Start menu gt Control Panel gt Add or Remove Programs Note e In Windows 8 1 Windows 8 Windows 7 or Windows Vista a confirmation warning dialog box may appear when installing uninstalling or starting up software This dialog box appears when administrative rights are required to perform a task If you are logged on to an administrator account follow the on screen instructions 2 Select Canon Inkjet Printer Scanner Fax Extended Survey Program 3 Select Change If you select Yes after you have followed the on screen instructions the confirmation screen will be displayed at the time of the nex
384. tion Downloading 2acc lt cees dees es cee deca daediaee oers 464 Cannot Install the Printer Driver EITT a e EA _ 465 Easy WebPrint EX Does Not Start Up or Easy WebPrint EX Menu Does Not Appear 467 How to Update Printer Driver in Network Environment EEEE TET EN TF tap 468 Uninstalling IJ Network Tool a ceris risreresrncurrrdsekrea k kid tiriad e SHEE OS 469 About Errors Messages Displayed nnana anaana aa 470 Kon ENO OO aae erR needed AA teh ENAR aaee 471 A Message Is Displayed ee eee ee re er ee ee eee err er ee 474 Error Message Appears on a PictBridge Wireless LAN Compliant Device 479 If You Cannot Resolve the Problem 2 2225 e eee eee ee eee eee eee 481 Suppor Code Lisl es Sees eon 666445505 see oe eee sess 6 oeese os 482 Support Code List When Paper Is Jammed 0 000 cece eee eee eens 483 1900 65 oop ee ee ee en ee S eS ba eee een ae Cee EL ET E EEE EEEE 484 Paper ls Jamimed inside the Printer 2 42 25 454254 6989064042 08S 0 24400050 99 e400 88bE Deo 486 In Other Cases TTT PET ee eee TTT weer TITOR Corer Tee rere TETIT kips o 489 TOOU onire 0 44 9S 94 a E OP oe hE ee ees eee 490 Le oe ee eee ee ee ee ee eee ee ee as ee ee ee eee ee ee ee 491 1 ee ee eee eee ee eee ee eee S ee ee ee ee eee re ry ere eee 492 CS eee eee ee eee eS eee er ee re eee ee ee eee ee ee ee ee 493 eE S EE T E E eh tndeeeeenehes Set wees E EE ET ke ete sege be
385. tion date and time ink use information number of sheets printed and maintenance information If your Canon product is shared for use collective information recorded in the shared product will be sent _ In this survey we will not send any other information including your personal information For this reason from the infrerration that ic cant tn ne wa are unable tn identify enarifir metamas If you agree to the above click Agree Otherwise click Do not agree If you wish to uninstall this program click Uninstall This will un nstall the program and no further survey will be made Uninstall If you agree to participate in the survey program Click Agree then follow the on screen instructions The printer usage information will be sent via the Internet If you have followed the on screen instructions the information will be sent automatically from the second time onward and the confirmation screen will not be displayed again Note e When the information is being sent a caution screen such as an Internet security screen may be displayed In this case confirm that the program name is IJPLMUI exe then allow it e If you deselect the Send automatically from the next time check box the information will not be sent automatically from the second time onward and a confirmation screen will be displayed at the time of the next survey To send the information automatically see Changing the confirmation screen set
386. trom Las Page 3 Note e Click the deleted pages to display them again e Right click the settings preview to select Print all pages or Delete all pages 2 Complete the setup After completing the page selection click OK When you execute print only specified pages will be printed gt Important e Since tiling poster printing enlarges the document when printing it the print results may become coarse Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 293 Booklet Printing The booklet printing function allows you to print data for a booklet Data is printed on both sides of the paper This type of printing ensures that pages can be collated properly in page number order when the printed sheets are folded and stapled at the center ed The procedure for performing booklet printing is as follows 1 Open the printer driver setup window 2 Set booklet printing Select Booklet from the Page Layout list on the Page Setup tab The current settings are displayed in the settings preview on the left side of the window Letter 8 5711 22280m Pora A Rotate 180 degrees Letier 8 5711 22280m LA Pian Paper Leter 85x11 22280m Ba _ 3 Select the print paper size Select the size of the paper loaded in the printer from the Printer Paper Size list 4 Set the margin for stapling and the margin width Click Specify and specify the following settings in the Booklet Printing dialog box and then click OK Do
387. tting then try printing again For details on how to perform settings see Setting the Ink Usage Control Writing Error Output Error Communication Error If the POWER lamp is off make sure that the power plug is plugged in then turn the printer on While the POWER lamp is flashing the printer is initializing Wait until the POWER lamp stops flashing and remains lit Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 474 Make sure that the printer port is configured appropriately in the printer driver In the following instructions XXX signifies your printer s name 1 Log on as a user account with administrator privilege 2 Select items as shown below In Windows 8 1 or Windows 8 select Control Panel from the Settings charm on Desktop gt Hardware and Sound gt Devices and Printers In Windows 7 select Devices and Printers from the Start menu In Windows Vista select the Start menu gt Control Panel gt Hardware and Sound gt Printers In Windows XP select the Start menu gt Control Panel gt Printers and Other Hardware gt Printers and Faxes 3 Open the properties of printer driver for the printer In Windows 8 1 Windows 8 or Windows 7 right click the Canon XXX series icon where XXX is your printer s name then select Printer properties In Windows Vista or Windows XP right click the Canon XXX series icon where XXX is your printer s name then select Properties 4 Click the Ports tab to
388. ture select this check box and enter a password 2 Password Enter the password to set 3 Password Confirmation Enter the password again for confirmation 59 Important e If you forget the administrator password you specified initialize the printer to revert the password to the default setting Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 219 Network Information Screen Display the network information that is set for the printers and the computers To display the Network Information screen select Network Information from the View menu Network Information ooo i IE wos F me oe Pe i Sy o om 1 OK Returns to the Canon IJ Network Tool screen 2 Copy All Information All network information displayed is copied to the clipboard Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 220 Access Control Sheet 3J Note e This screen is not available depending on the printer you are using You can register the MAC addresses or the IP addresses of computers or network devices to allow access To display the Access Control sheet click the Access Control tab on the Configuration screen Wreless LAN WredLAN Access Control Admin Password Printer Acoess Control Type 1 Enable printer socess controsMA0 address MAD Address Comment instructions 1 Printer Access Control Type Select the type of access control with which to limit access of computers or network devices to the printer over a
389. twork Status Mae Make sure that a valid wireless channel is used Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 414 The wireless channel to be used may be limited depending on wireless network devices installed in the computer Refer to the instruction manual provided with your computer or your wireless network device to specify the valid wireless channel Make sure that the channel confirmed in Check 8 can communicate with the computer If not change the channel set to the access point Make sure that the firewall of the security software is disabled If the firewall function of your security software is turned on a message may appear warning that Canon software is attempting to access the network If the warning message appears set the security software to always allow access If using any programs that switch the network environment check their settings Some programs will enable a firewall by default When using a router connect the printer and computer to the LAN side same network segment If the problem is not resolved perform setup again with the Setup CD ROM or perform it according to the instructions on our website For placement Make sure that there is no barrier or obstacle between the access point and the printer D gt Note When you connect the printer to a Windows XP computer by cableless setup Follow the procedure below to perform settings of the printer and the computer 1 Enable the access point mo
390. ty software or operation system If so choose to enable communications When using IJ Network Tool you may be prompted to enable or disable communications depending on the firewall function of the security software If so choose to enable communications If you cannot set up the printer temporarily disable the firewall function of the security software or operation system Important e If you disabled the firewall function disconnect your network from the Internet Some applications like the network configuration software override firewall settings Check the application s settings beforehand If the printer you use is set to Get IP address automatically the IP address changes every time the printer connects to the network This may disable printer setup and communications depending on the firewall settings In this case either change the firewall settings or assign a fixed IP address to the printer An IP address can be set using IJ Network Tool Changing the Settings in the Wireless LAN Sheet Changing the Settings in the Wired LAN Sheet When assigning a fixed IP address to the printer you will need to specify an IP address with which the computer can communicate Note e For the operation system firewall settings or the security software firewall settings refer to the instruction manual of the computer or software or contact its manufacturer Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 252 Tips fo
391. u want to print and the type of printing Normal size This is the normal printing method Select this when you do not specify any page layout Automatically reduce large document that the printer cannot output If the printer cannot print the paper size of a document the printer can automatically reduce the size when it prints the document Check this check box to reduce the size when printing the document Borderless Chooses whether you are printing on a full page without any page margins or printing with page margins In borderless printing originals are enlarged to extend slightly off the paper Thus printing can be performed without any margins border Use Amount of Extension to adjust how much of the document extends off the paper during borderless printing Amount of Extension Adjusts how much of the document extends off the paper during borderless printing Moving the slider to the right increases the amount of extension and allows you to perform borderless printing with no problems Moving the slider to the left reduces the amount of extension and expands the range of the document to print Fit to Page This function enables you to automatically enlarge or reduce documents to fit to the paper size loaded in the printer without changing the paper size you specified in your application software Scaled Documents can be enlarged or reduced to be printed Specify the size in Printer Paper Size or enter the scaling ratio in the Sca
392. ualsPrinter com Manuals 352 Instructions for Use Printer Driver This printer driver is subject to the following restrictions Keep the following points in mind when using the printer driver Restrictions on the Printer Driver With some applications the Copies setting in the Page Setup tab of the printer driver may not be enabled In this case use the copies setting in the Print dialog box of the application software If the selected Language in the About dialog box of the Maintenance tab does not match the operating system interface language the printer driver setup window may not be displayed properly Do not change the Advanced tab items of the printer properties If you change any of the items you will not be able to use the following functions correctly Also if Print to file is selected in the Print dialog box of the application software and with applications that prohibit EMF spooling such as Adobe Photoshop LE and MS Photo Editor the following functions will not operate Preview before printing on the Main tab o Prevention of Print Data Loss in the Print Options dialog box on the Page Setup tab o Page Layout Tiling Poster Booklet Duplex Printing Manual Specify Margin Print from Last Page Collate and Stamp Background Stamp on the Page Setup tab o Print a pattern for color adjustment on the Color Adjustment tab in the Manual Color Adjustment dialog box Since the resolution in the preview display differs from
393. uctions then cick Retry 1 Skip Completes the setup without mapping a network drive to the card slot 2 Retry Returns to Network Setup of the Card Slot screen and re executes the network drive mapping 3 Cancel Cancels the card slot setup When IJ Network Tool is running over LAN the Cancel button is displayed grayed out and cannot be clicked Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 237 Associate Port Screen Allows you to associate a created port with a printer driver Select the printer for which you want to change the association then click OK 3J Note e You cannot print with the printer unless the printer driver is associated with the port Associate a port with an installed printer Select a printer to associate with and cack OK Model Available Canon m3 Avaliable Canon Available Microsoft Avaliable Microsoft 1 Model Pot Name rv PORTPROMPT SHRFAX Displays the name of device specified as a destination port It is blank if the name of device is not detected 2 Printer Displays the printer driver installed in the computer Select the printer for which you want to change the association 3 OK Performs association Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 238 Network Information Screen Display the network information that is set for the printers and the computers To display the Network Information screen select Network Information from the View menu
394. upply then plug the printer back in and turn the printer back on after leaving it for at least 2 minutes If you use a battery check the remaining level of the battery For details on how to check it refer to the battery s instruction manual If the battery is running out replace the battery with a charged one or connect the AC adapter to the printer If the problem is not resolved contact the service center Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 458 The Printer Turns Off Unintentionally Deactivate the setting to turn the unit off automatically The printer turns off automatically according to the elapsed time you specified if you activate the setting to turn the unit off automatically If you do not want the printer to turn off automatically open the printer driver setup window and in Auto Power under the Maintenance sheet select Disable for Using AC Adapter in Auto Power Off Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 459 Cannot Connect to Computer with a USB Cable Properly Printing Speed Is Slow Hi Speed USB Connection Does Not Work This device can perform faster Message Is Displayed If your system environment is not fully compatible with Hi Speed USB the printer will operate at a lower speed provided under USB 1 1 In this case the printer operates properly but printing speed may slow down due to communication speed Check the following to make sure that your system environment supports Hi Speed USB connecti
395. urce and configuration files Object form shall mean any form resulting from mechanical transformation or translation of a Source form including but not limited to compiled object code generated documentation and conversions to other media types Work shall mean the work of authorship whether in Source or Object form made available under the License as indicated by a copyright notice that is included in or attached to the work an example is provided in the Appendix below Derivative Works shall mean any work whether in Source or Object form that is based on or derived from the Work and for which the editorial revisions annotations elaborations or other modifications represent as a whole an original work of authorship For the purposes of this License Derivative Works shall not include works that remain separable from or merely link or bind by name to the interfaces of the Work and Derivative Works thereof Contribution shall mean any work of authorship including the original version of the Work and any modifications or additions to that Work or Derivative Works thereof that is intentionally submitted to Licensor for inclusion in the Work by the copyright owner or by an individual or Legal Entity authorized to submit on behalf of the copyright owner For the purposes of this definition submitted means any form of electronic verbal or written communication sent to the Licensor or its representatives including but n
396. utor has been advised of the possibility of such damages 9 Accepting Warranty or Additional Liability While redistributing the Work or Derivative Works thereof You may choose to offer and charge a fee for acceptance of support warranty indemnity or other liability obligations and or rights consistent with this License However in accepting such obligations You may act only on Your own behalf and on Your sole responsibility not on behalf of any other Contributor and only if You agree to indemnify defend and hold each Contributor harmless for any liability incurred by or claims asserted against such Contributor by reason of your accepting any such warranty or additional liability END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 17 Enter keywords in the search window and click a Search You can search for target pages in this guide Search Tips You can search for target pages by entering keywords in the search window Canon gt Language Search Tips amp gt Site Map gt Read Me First Online Manual You can see manuals of your product and applications Product Manuals You can learn how to handle and operate your product J Note The displayed screen may vary When searching from this page or the Home page without entering your product s model name or your application s name all products supported by this guide will be considered for the search If you want to narro
397. utput slot is exposed to strong light Action Press the printer s RESUME CANCEL button to dismiss the error then take the actions described below e Print the nozzle check pattern to check the status of the print head e Load a sheet of A4 Letter sized Canon Matte Photo Paper MP 101 and perform Automatic Print Head Alignment again e Adjust your operating environment and or the position of the printer so that the paper output slot is not exposed directly to strong light After carrying out the above measures if the problem continues after aligning the print head again press the printer s RESUME CANCEL button to dismiss the error and then perform Manual Print Head Alignment Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 509 4103 Cause Cannot perform printing with the current print settings Action Press the printer s RESUME CANCEL button to cancel printing Then change the print settings and print again Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 510 5100 Cause Printer error has occurred Action Cancel printing and turn off the printer Then confirm the following Confirm that there are no materials e g jammed paper that is preventing the print head holder from moving If any remove the materials e Confirm that The print head lock lever is locked securely Push the right and left tabs of the print head lock lever until each clicks into place e Confirm that the ink tanks are installed properly Push
398. w down the search results add your product s model name or your application s name to the keywords Searching for Functions Enter your product s model name and a keyword for the function you want to learn about Example When you want to learn how to load paper Enter your product s model name load paper in the search window and perform a search e Troubleshooting Errors Enter your product s model name and a support code Example When the following error screen appears Enter your product s model name 1000 in the search window and perform a search Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 18 ype Plain Paper Page Size Letter 8 5 11 22x28cm if Eror Persists J Note e The displayed screen varies depending on your product Searching for Application Functions Enter your application s name and a keyword for the function you want to learn about Example When you want to learn how to print collages with My Image Garden Enter My Image Garden collage in the search window and perform a search Searching for Reference Pages Enter your model name and a reference page title You can find reference pages more easily by entering the function name as well Example When you want to browse the page referred to by the following sentence on a scanning procedure page Refer to Color Settings Tab for your model from Home of the Online Manual for details Enter your product s model name scan Color Settings Tab
399. wnloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 294 ches 0012 Margin for stapling Select which side should the stapling margin be on when the booklet is completed Insert blank page To leave one side of a sheet blank check the check box and select the page to be left blank Margin Enter the margin width The specified width from the center of the sheet becomes the margin width for one page Page Border To print a page border around each document page check the check box 5 Complete the setup Click OK on the Page Setup tab When you execute print the document will be printed on one side of a sheet of paper When the printing of one side is complete set the paper correctly by following the message and click OK When the printing of the other side is complete fold the paper at the center of the margin and make a booklet Important Booklet cannot be selected when a media type other than Plain Paper is selected for Media Type on the Main tab Note The stamp and background are not printed on the inserted blank sheets with the Insert blank page function of booklet printing Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 295 Duplex Printing Travel Guide The procedure for printing data on both sides of a sheet of paper is as follows You can also set duplex printing in Additional Features on the Quick Setup tab 1 Open the printer driver setup window 2 Set duplex printing Check the Duplex Pri
400. xt file distributed as part of the Derivative Works within the Source form or documentation if provided along with the Derivative Works or within a display generated by the Derivative Works if and wherever such third party notices normally appear The contents of the NOTICE file are for informational purposes only and do not modify the License You may add Your own attribution notices within Derivative Works that You distribute alongside or as an addendum to the NOTICE text from the Work provided that such additional attribution notices cannot be construed as modifying the License You may add Your own copyright statement to Your modifications and may provide additional or different license terms and conditions for use reproduction or distribution of Your modifications or for any such Derivative Works as a whole provided Your use reproduction and distribution of the Work otherwise complies with the conditions stated in this License 5 Submission of Contributions Unless You explicitly state otherwise any Contribution intentionally submitted for inclusion in the Work by You to the Licensor shall be under the terms and conditions of this License without any additional terms or conditions Notwithstanding the above nothing herein shall supersede or modify the terms of any separate license agreement you may have executed with Licensor regarding such Contributions 6 Trademarks This License does not grant permission to use the trade names
401. y The connection between your device and the access point will be temporarily disabled while changing the setting Do not operate the screen of this guide until the setup is complete For office use consult your network administrator Take added care when connecting to a network that is not protected with security measures as there is a risk of disclosing data such as your personal information to a third party Connection without Using an Access Point D Important e If you connect a device connected to the Internet via an access point to the printer that is in access point mode the connection between the device and access point will be disabled In that case the connection of the device may switch to a mobile data connection automatically depending on your device When you connect to the Internet using a mobile data connection charges may apply depending on your contract e When you connect a device and the printer in access point mode the connection information will be saved to Wi Fi settings The device may be connected to the printer automatically even after disconnecting it or connecting it to another access point e You cannot connect to an access point and the printer that is in access point mode at the same time If you have an access point it is recommended that you use the access point to connect to the printer e To prevent automatic connection to the printer that is in access point mode change the connection mode after us
402. y Pian Paper Letter 8 511 22280m Ago barus i Eg al C Grayscale Prrting l Preview before panting The Manual Color Adjustment dialog box opens 3 Select color correction Click Matching tab select Color Correction setting that matches your purpose from the following and click OK Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 322 Caller Correction KM None Driver Matching With Canon Digital Photo Color you can print sRGB data with color tints that most people prefer ICM ICC Profile Matching Adjusts the colors by using an ICC profile when printing Specify the input profile to be used None The printer driver does not perform color correction Select this value when you are specifying an individually created printing ICC profile in an application software to print data 4 Complete the setup Click OK on the Main tab When you execute print the document data is printed with the specified color correction Important e When ICM is disabled in the application software ICM is unavailable for Color Correction and the printer may not be able to print the image data properly e When the Grayscale Printing check box on the Main tab is checked Color Correction appears grayed out and is unavailable Related Topics Optimal Photo Printing of Image Data Adjusting Colors with the Printer Driver Printing with ICC Profiles Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 323 Optima
403. y Plug the printer back in or attach the battery then turn the printer back on If the problem is not resolved contact the service center Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 514 5B00 Cause Printer error has occurred Action Contact the service center Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 515 5B01 Cause Printer error has occurred Action Contact the service center Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 516 5C00 Cause Printer error has occurred Action Turn off the printer and unplug the power cord of the printer from the power supply If you use a battery turn off the printer then detach the battery Plug the printer back in or attach the battery then turn the printer back on If the problem is not resolved contact the service center Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 517 6000 Cause Printer error has occurred Action Turn off the printer and unplug the power cord of the printer from the power supply If you use a battery turn off the printer then detach the battery Plug the printer back in or attach the battery then turn the printer back on If the problem is not resolved contact the service center Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 518 6500 Cause Printer error has occurred Action Turn off the printer and unplug the power cord of the printer from the power supply If you use a battery turn off the printer then det
404. yed out and cannot be selected t Move Up One Moves the selected print document one up from its current position If the currently selected document is the first document this command is grayed out and cannot be selected 5 Move Down One Moves the selected print document one down from its current position If the currently selected document is the last document this command is grayed out and cannot be selected st Move to Last Moves the selected print document to the end of the document list If the currently selected document is the last document this command is grayed out and cannot be selected X 9 Undo Reverses the previous change If the change cannot be reversed this function is grayed out and cannot be selected Delete Page Deletes the currently selected page If page layout printing is set the pages enclosed with red frame will be deleted Document list Displays the list of the print documents The document selected in the document list becomes the target for preview display and editing Document Name Displays the name of the print document If you click the name of the selected print document a text box is displayed and you can rename the document to any name Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 395 Pages Displays the number of pages in the print document J Important The number displayed in Pages and the output page count are different e To check the output page count check the status

Canon PIXMA iP110 User Guide Manual

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents